Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–1

Page 1A7A–1

1A7A Seat Assemblies

(Build No 3L147832 Onwards)

ATTENTION

Before performing any Service Operation or other procedure described in this Section, refer to 00 Warnings,

Cautions and Notes for correct workshop practices with regard to safety and/or property damage.

1 General Information .............................................................................................................................15

1.1 Front Seat General Description.......................................................................................................................... 15

Seat Covers.......................................................................................................................................................... 16

Electric Seat Operation ....................................................................................................................................... 16

Raise/Lower Movement.................................................................................................................................... 16

Fore/Aft Movement........................................................................................................................................... 16

Recline Movement............................................................................................................................................ 17

Four-way and Six-way Movement Control........................................................................................................ 17

Eight-way Movement Control ........................................................................................................................... 17

Memory Seat Position System ......................................................................................................................... 18

Priority Keys (Domestic Level 3 Vehicles Only)................................................................................................ 18

Memory Buttons............................................................................................................................................... 19

Using the Exterior Mirrors................................................................................................................................. 19

EZ-entry System, Coupe.................................................................................................................................. 20

Active Head Restraints........................................................................................................................................ 21

1.2 Rear Seat General Description ........................................................................................................................... 22

Sedan.................................................................................................................................................................... 22

Wagon................................................................................................................................................................... 22

Coupe.................................................................................................................................................................... 22

2 Service Operations – Front Seat, Except Coupe...............................................................................23

2.1 Front Seat Usage Chart....................................................................................................................................... 23

How To Use This Chart........................................................................................................................................ 23

Domestic .......................................................................................................................................................... 23

Gulf States ....................................................................................................................................................... 24

Brazil ................................................................................................................................................................ 24

Front Seat Type 1................................................................................................................................................. 25

Front Seat Type 2................................................................................................................................................. 27

Front Seat Type 3................................................................................................................................................. 29

Front Seat Type 4................................................................................................................................................. 31

Front Seat Type 5................................................................................................................................................. 33

Front Seat Type 6................................................................................................................................................. 35

Front Seat Type 7................................................................................................................................................. 37

Front Seat Type 8................................................................................................................................................. 39

Front Seat Type 9................................................................................................................................................. 41

Front Seat Type 10............................................................................................................................................... 43

Front Seat Type 11............................................................................................................................................... 45

Front Seat Type 12............................................................................................................................................... 47

Front Seat Type 13............................................................................................................................................... 49

Front Seat Type 14............................................................................................................................................... 51

Front Seat Type 15............................................................................................................................................... 53

Front Seat Type 16............................................................................................................................................... 55

Front Seat Type 17............................................................................................................................................... 57

Front Seat Type 18............................................................................................................................................... 59

Front Seat Type 19............................................................................................................................................... 61

Front Seat Type 20............................................................................................................................................... 63

Techline

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–2

Page 1A7A–2

Front Seat Type 21............................................................................................................................................... 65

Front Seat Type 22............................................................................................................................................... 67

Front Seat Type 23............................................................................................................................................... 69

Front Seat Type 24............................................................................................................................................... 71

2.2 Fire Extinguisher Assembly................................................................................................................................ 73

Remove................................................................................................................................................................. 73

Reinstall................................................................................................................................................................ 73

2.3 Front Seat Assembly........................................................................................................................................... 74

Remove................................................................................................................................................................. 74

Reinstall................................................................................................................................................................ 76

Seat Memory Calibration, Front Seat Type 11................................................................................................... 77

2.4 Front Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly............................................................................................................. 79

Remove................................................................................................................................................................. 79

Disassemble......................................................................................................................................................... 80

Front Seat Adjustment Switch.......................................................................................................................... 80

Memory Position Switch Assembly................................................................................................................... 81

Reinstall................................................................................................................................................................ 81

2.5 Front Seat Inner Side Cover................................................................................................................................ 82

Remove................................................................................................................................................................. 82

Reinstall................................................................................................................................................................ 82

2.6 Front Seat-back Rear Cover Assembly.............................................................................................................. 83

Remove................................................................................................................................................................. 83

Disassemble......................................................................................................................................................... 84

Reassemble.......................................................................................................................................................... 84

Reinstall................................................................................................................................................................ 85

2.7 Front Seat Head Restraint Assembly................................................................................................................. 86

Remove................................................................................................................................................................. 86

Disassemble......................................................................................................................................................... 86

Reassemble.......................................................................................................................................................... 87

Reinstall................................................................................................................................................................ 87

2.8 Front Seat Head Restraint Sleeve....................................................................................................................... 88

Remove................................................................................................................................................................. 88

Reinstall................................................................................................................................................................ 88

2.9 Lumbar Support Knob Assembly....................................................................................................................... 89

Remove................................................................................................................................................................. 89

Reinstall................................................................................................................................................................ 89

2.10 Front Seat-back Pad and Cover Assembly........................................................................................................ 90

Remove................................................................................................................................................................. 90

Disassemble......................................................................................................................................................... 91

Reassemble.......................................................................................................................................................... 92

Reinstall................................................................................................................................................................ 92

2.11 Front Seat-back Frame Assembly...................................................................................................................... 93

Remove................................................................................................................................................................. 93

Disassemble......................................................................................................................................................... 94

Side Impact Airbag Assembly .......................................................................................................................... 94

Front Seat Dummy Block Insert Assembly....................................................................................................... 95

Lumbar Support Assembly............................................................................................................................... 95

Active Head Restraint Frame Assembly........................................................................................................... 97

Reinstall................................................................................................................................................................ 98

2.12 Seat Cable Tray and Memory Module ................................................................................................................ 99

Remove................................................................................................................................................................. 99

Reinstall.............................................................................................................................................................. 100

2.13 Track and Height Adjust Assembly.................................................................................................................. 101

Remove............................................................................................................................................................... 101

Reinstall.............................................................................................................................................................. 101

2.14 Front Seat Cushion Pad and Cover Assembly................................................................................................ 103

Remove............................................................................................................................................................... 103

Disassemble....................................................................................................................................................... 104

Reassemble........................................................................................................................................................ 105

Reinstall.............................................................................................................................................................. 106

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–3

Page 1A7A–3

2.15 Front Seat Cushion Frame Assembly.............................................................................................................. 107

Remove............................................................................................................................................................... 107

Disassemble....................................................................................................................................................... 107

Reassemble........................................................................................................................................................ 107

Reinstall.............................................................................................................................................................. 107

2.16 Front Seat Lift Motor Assemblies..................................................................................................................... 108

2.17 Front Seat Fore/Aft Movement Motor Assembly............................................................................................. 109

2.18 Front Seat-back Recline Motor Assembly ....................................................................................................... 110

2.19 Drive Motor Hall-effect Sensors........................................................................................................................ 111

3 Diagnostics – Front Seat RHD, Non -memory (Except Coup e) ......................................................112

3.1 Prerequisites...................................................................................................................................................... 112

Safety Requirements ......................................................................................................................................... 112

Equipment .......................................................................................................................................................... 112

Testing Procedures ........................................................................................................................................... 112

3.2 Mechanical Diagnosis – Two-Way/Four-Way Seat.......................................................................................... 113

Lumbar Support Inoperative............................................................................................................................. 113

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 113

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................. 113

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................. 113

Seat Recline Forward and/or Back Function is Inoperative........................................................................... 114

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 114

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................. 114

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................. 114

Seat Fore/Aft Movement Function is Inoperative or is Not Smooth.............................................................. 115

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 115

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................. 115

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................. 115

3.3 Electrical Diagnosis – Four-way Driver’s Seat................................................................................................ 116

Wiring Diagram – Four-way Seat...................................................................................................................... 116

Connector Chart – Four-way Seat.................................................................................................................... 116

None of the Driver’s Seat Adjustment Switch Functions Operate................................................................. 117

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 117

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................. 117

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................. 118

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................. 118

Front/Rear of the Driver's Seat Does Not Raise and/or Lower....................................................................... 120

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 120

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................. 120

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................. 120

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................. 121

3.4 Four-way Seat Adjustment Switch Test........................................................................................................... 122

Test ..................................................................................................................................................................... 122

3.5 Electrical Diagnosis – Eight-way Passenger Seat .......................................................................................... 123

Wiring Diagram – Eight-way Passenger Seat.................................................................................................. 123

Connector Chart – Eight-way Passenger Seat................................................................................................ 123

Neither Seat Adjustment Switch Functions Operate...................................................................................... 124

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 124

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................. 124

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................. 124

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................. 125

None of the Passenger’s Seat Adjustment Switch Functions Operate......................................................... 126

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 126

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................. 126

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................. 126

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................. 127

Front/Rear of the Passenger’s Seat Does Not Raise and/or Lower............................................................... 128

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 128

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................. 128

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–4

Page 1A7A–4

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................. 128

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................. 129

Passenger’s Seat Fore/Aft Function is Inoperative or Not Smooth............................................................... 130

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 130

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................. 130

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................. 130

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................. 131

Passenger’s Seat Recline Forward and/or Aft Function is Inoperative ........................................................ 132

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 132

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................. 132

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................. 132

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................. 133

3.6 Eight-way Seat Adjustment Switch Test.......................................................................................................... 134

Test ..................................................................................................................................................................... 134

4 Diagnostics – Front Seat LHD, Non-memory (Except Coupe).......................................................135

4.1 Prerequisites...................................................................................................................................................... 135

Safety Requirements ......................................................................................................................................... 135

Equipment .......................................................................................................................................................... 135

Testing Procedures ........................................................................................................................................... 135

4.2 Mechanical Diagnosis – Two-way/Four-way/Six-way Seat............................................................................. 136

Lumbar Support Inoperative............................................................................................................................. 136

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 136

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................. 136

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................. 136

Seat-back Recline Forward and/or Aft Function is Inoperative..................................................................... 137

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 137

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................. 137

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................. 137

Two-way/Four-way Seat Fore/Aft Movement Function is Inoperative or is Not Smooth............................. 138

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 138

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................. 138

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................. 138

4.3 Electrical Diagnosis – Four-way/Six-way Seat................................................................................................ 139

Wiring Diagram – Four-way/Six-way Seat........................................................................................................ 140

Connector Chart – Four-way/Six-way Seat...................................................................................................... 141

Neither Seat Adjustment Switch Functions Operate...................................................................................... 142

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 142

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................. 142

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................. 142

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................. 143

None of the Driver’s Seat Adjustment Switch Functions Operate................................................................. 144

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 144

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................. 144

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................. 144

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................. 145

Front/Rear of the Driver's Seat Does Not Raise and/or Lower....................................................................... 146

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 146

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................. 146

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................. 146

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................. 147

Driver’s Seat Fore/Aft Movement Function is Inoperative or not Smooth.................................................... 148

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 148

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................. 148

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................. 148

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................. 149

None of the Passenger's Seat Adjustment Switch Functions Operate......................................................... 150

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 150

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................. 150

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–5

Page 1A7A–5

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................. 150

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................. 151

Front/Rear of the Passenger's Seat Does Not Raise and/or Lower............................................................... 152

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 152

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................. 152

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................. 152

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................. 153

4.4 Six-way Seat Adjustment Switch Test ............................................................................................................. 154

Test ..................................................................................................................................................................... 154

4.5 Mechanical Diagnosis – Eight-way Seat.......................................................................................................... 155

Lumbar Support Inoperative............................................................................................................................. 155

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 155

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................. 155

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................. 155

4.6 Electrical Diagnosis – Eight-way Seat ............................................................................................................. 156

Wiring Diagram – Eight-way Seat..................................................................................................................... 157

Connector Chart – Eight-way Seat................................................................................................................... 158

Neither Seat Adjustment Switch Functions Operate...................................................................................... 159

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 159

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................. 159

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................. 159

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................. 160

None of the Driver’s Seat Adjustment Switch Functions Operate................................................................. 161

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 161

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................. 161

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................. 161

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................. 162

Front/Rear of the Driver’s Seat Does Not Raise and/or Lower....................................................................... 163

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 163

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................. 163

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................. 163

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................. 164

Driver’s Seat Fore/Aft Movement Function is Inoperative or Not Smooth.................................................... 165

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 165

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................. 165

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................. 165

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................. 166

Driver’s Seat-back Recline Forw ard and/or Aft Function is Inoperative....................................................... 167

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 167

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................. 167

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................. 167

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................. 168

None of the Passenger’s Seat Adjustment Switch Functions Operate......................................................... 169

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 169

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................. 169

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................. 169

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................. 170

Front/Rear of the Passenger’s Seat Does Not Raise and/or Lower............................................................... 171

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 171

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................. 171

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................. 171

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................. 172

Passenger’s Seat Fore/Aft Movement Function is Inoperative or Not Smooth............................................ 173

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 173

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................. 173

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................. 173

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................. 174

Passenger’s Seat-back Recline Forward and/or Aft Function is Inoperative............................................... 175

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 175

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................. 175

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–6

Page 1A7A–6

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................. 175

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................. 176

5 Diagnostics – Front Seat Memory and Rear-v iew Mirror (Except Coupe)....................................177

5.1 Prerequisites...................................................................................................................................................... 177

Safety Requirements ......................................................................................................................................... 177

Equipment .......................................................................................................................................................... 177

Testing Procedures ........................................................................................................................................... 177

5.2 System Self Diagnosis ...................................................................................................................................... 178

Current DTCs...................................................................................................................................................... 178

History DTCs...................................................................................................................................................... 178

Clearing DTCs.................................................................................................................................................... 178

5.3 Tech 2 Diagnostics............................................................................................................................................ 179

Test Modes......................................................................................................................................................... 179

Mode F0: Diagnostic Trouble Codes.............................................................................................................. 179

Mode F1: Diagnostic Data Display................................................................................................................. 179

Mode F2: Snapshot........................................................................................................................................ 179

Mode F3: Miscellaneous Tests....................................................................................................................... 179

Mode F4: Additional Functions....................................................................................................................... 179

5.4 Tech 2 Test Modes and Displays for Diagnosis.............................................................................................. 180

System Select Menu.......................................................................................................................................... 180

Body Application Menu..................................................................................................................................... 180

System Identification......................................................................................................................................... 180

Application Menu............................................................................................................................................... 180

F0: Diagnostic Trouble Codes.......................................................................................................................... 181

F0: Read DTC Information ............................................................................................................................. 181

F1: Clear DTC Information ............................................................................................................................. 181

Diagnostic Trouble Codes................................................................................................................................. 181

F1: Diagnostic Data Display.............................................................................................................................. 182

F0: Inputs and Outputs................................................................................................................................... 182

F1: Memory.................................................................................................................................................... 185

F2: System Identification................................................................................................................................ 186

F2: Snapshot...................................................................................................................................................... 187

F3: Miscellaneous Tests.................................................................................................................................... 187

F0: Chime....................................................................................................................................................... 187

F1: LED.......................................................................................................................................................... 187

F2: Right Exterior Mirror................................................................................................................................. 187

F3: Left Exterior Mirror ................................................................................................................................... 187

F4: Front Vertical Motor.................................................................................................................................. 187

F5: Rear Vertical Mirror.................................................................................................................................. 187

F6: Horizontal Motor....................................................................................................................................... 187

F7: Recline Motor........................................................................................................................................... 187

F4: Additional Functions................................................................................................................................... 187

F0: Module Reset........................................................................................................................................... 187

5.5 Preliminary System Diagnosis.......................................................................................................................... 188

5.6 Diagnostic Tables.............................................................................................................................................. 189

Introduction........................................................................................................................................................ 189

5.7 Mechanical Diagnosis ....................................................................................................................................... 190

Lumbar Support Inoperative............................................................................................................................. 190

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 190

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................. 190

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................. 190

5.8 Electrical Diagnosis – Memory Seat................................................................................................................. 191

Wiring Diagram .................................................................................................................................................. 191

Connector Chart................................................................................................................................................. 193

Initial Check........................................................................................................................................................ 194

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 194

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................. 194

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................. 195

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–7

Page 1A7A–7

No Serial Data Communications to the Seat Memory Module....................................................................... 200

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 200

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................. 200

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................. 200

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................. 201

Seat Adjustment Switch Inoperative................................................................................................................ 202

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 202

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................. 202

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................. 202

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................. 203

Seat Front Lift Motor Inoperative...................................................................................................................... 204

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 204

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................. 204

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................. 204

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................. 204

Seat Rear Lift Motor Inoperative....................................................................................................................... 205

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 205

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................. 205

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................. 205

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................. 205

Seat Fore/Aft Movement Motor Inoperative..................................................................................................... 206

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 206

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................. 206

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................. 206

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................. 206

Seat-back Recline Motor Inoperative ............................................................................................................... 207

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 207

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................. 207

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................. 207

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................. 208

Memory Position Switch Inoperative ............................................................................................................... 209

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 209

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................. 209

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................. 209

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................. 210

Seat Front Lift Motor Hall-effect Sensor Check............................................................................................... 211

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 211

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................. 211

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................. 211

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................. 212

Seat Rear Lift Motor Hall-effect Sensor Check................................................................................................ 213

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 213

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................. 213

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................. 213

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................. 214

Seat Fore/Aft Movement Motor Hall-effect Sensor Check.............................................................................. 215

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 215

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................. 215

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................. 215

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................. 215

Seat-back Recline Motor Hall-effect Sensor Check........................................................................................ 216

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 216

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................. 216

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................. 216

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................. 216

Priority Key Feature Inoperative....................................................................................................................... 217

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 217

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................. 217

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................. 217

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................. 217

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–8

Page 1A7A–8

DTC 1 – Front Vertical Up Switch Stuck .......................................................................................................... 218

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 218

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................. 218

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................. 218

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................. 218

DTC 2 – Front Vertical Down Switch Stuck...................................................................................................... 219

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 219

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................. 219

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................. 219

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................. 219

DTC 3 – Rear Vertical Up Switch Stuck............................................................................................................ 220

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 220

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................. 220

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................. 220

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................. 220

DTC 4 – Rear Vertical Down Switch Stuck....................................................................................................... 221

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 221

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................. 221

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................. 221

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................. 221

DTC 5 – Horizontal Forward Switch Stuck....................................................................................................... 222

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 222

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................. 222

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................. 222

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................. 222

DTC 6 – Horizontal Back Switch Stuck ............................................................................................................ 223

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 223

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................. 223

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................. 223

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................. 223

DTC 7 – Recline Up Switch Stuck..................................................................................................................... 224

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 224

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................. 224

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................. 224

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................. 224

DTC 8 – Recline Down Switch Stuck................................................................................................................ 225

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 225

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................. 225

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................. 225

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................. 225

DTC 9 – Memory Button 1 Stuck....................................................................................................................... 226

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 226

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................. 226

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................. 226

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................. 226

DTC 10 – Memory Button 2 Stuck..................................................................................................................... 227

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 227

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................. 227

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................. 227

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................. 227

DTC 11 – Memory Button 3 Stuck..................................................................................................................... 228

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 228

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................. 228

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................. 228

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................. 228

DTC 12 – Mirror DIP Button Stuck.................................................................................................................... 229

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 229

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................. 229

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................. 229

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................. 229

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–9

Page 1A7A–9

DTC 13 – No Serial Data .................................................................................................................................... 230

DTC 14 – No Exterior Mirror Communications................................................................................................ 230

DTC 20 – Front Vertical Position Sensor Fault................................................................................................ 230

DTC 21 – Rear Vertical Position Sensor Fault................................................................................................. 230

DTC 22 – Horizontal Position Sensor Fault ..................................................................................................... 230

DTC 23 – Recline Position Sensor Fault.......................................................................................................... 230

DTC 24 – System Voltage Out of Range .......................................................................................................... 230

5.9 Memory Position Switch Test........................................................................................................................... 231

Remove............................................................................................................................................................... 231

Reinstall.............................................................................................................................................................. 231

Test ..................................................................................................................................................................... 231

5.10 Electrical Diagnosis – Rear-view Mirrors......................................................................................................... 232

Wiring Diagram .................................................................................................................................................. 232

Connector Chart................................................................................................................................................. 233

Initial Check........................................................................................................................................................ 234

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 234

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................. 234

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................. 234

Mirror Dip Function Check................................................................................................................................ 237

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 237

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................. 237

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................. 237

Mirror Heating Function Check......................................................................................................................... 238

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 238

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................. 238

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................. 238

No Serial Data from Exterior Rear-view Mirrors.............................................................................................. 239

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 239

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................. 239

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................. 239

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................. 240

No Serial Data – Right-hand Exterior Rear-view Mirror.................................................................................. 241

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 241

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................. 241

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................. 241

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................. 241

No Serial Data – Left-hand Exterior Rear-view Mirror..................................................................................... 242

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 242

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................. 242

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................. 242

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................. 242

Mirror Control Switch Inoperative.................................................................................................................... 243

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 243

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................. 243

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................. 243

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................. 244

6 Service Operations – Front Seat, Coupe .........................................................................................245

6.1 Front Seat Usage Chart..................................................................................................................................... 245

How To Use This Chart...................................................................................................................................... 245

Domestic ........................................................................................................................................................ 245

Gulf States ..................................................................................................................................................... 245

Front Seat Type 1............................................................................................................................................... 246

Front Seat Type 2............................................................................................................................................... 248

Front Seat Type 3............................................................................................................................................... 250

Front Seat Type 4............................................................................................................................................... 252

6.2 Fire Extinguisher Assembly.............................................................................................................................. 254

Remove............................................................................................................................................................... 254

Reinstall.............................................................................................................................................................. 254

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–10

Page 1A7A–10

6.3 Front Seat Assembly......................................................................................................................................... 255

Remove............................................................................................................................................................... 255

Reinstall.............................................................................................................................................................. 257

Seat Memory Calibration, Front Seat Type 1................................................................................................... 258

6.4 Front Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly........................................................................................................... 260

Remove............................................................................................................................................................... 260

Disassemble....................................................................................................................................................... 261

Front Seat Adjustment Switch........................................................................................................................ 261

Memory Position Switch Assembly................................................................................................................. 262

EZ-entry Module............................................................................................................................................. 262

Reinstall.............................................................................................................................................................. 263

6.5 Front Seat Inner Side Cover.............................................................................................................................. 264

Remove............................................................................................................................................................... 264

Reinstall.............................................................................................................................................................. 264

6.6 Front Seat-back Rear Cover Assembly............................................................................................................ 265

Remove............................................................................................................................................................... 265

Disassemble....................................................................................................................................................... 266

Reassemble........................................................................................................................................................ 266

Reinstall.............................................................................................................................................................. 267

6.7 Front Seat Head Restraint Assembly............................................................................................................... 268

Remove............................................................................................................................................................... 268

Disassemble....................................................................................................................................................... 268

Reassemble........................................................................................................................................................ 269

Reinstall.............................................................................................................................................................. 269

6.8 Front Seat Head Restraint Sleeve..................................................................................................................... 270

Remove............................................................................................................................................................... 270

Reinstall.............................................................................................................................................................. 270

6.9 EZ-entry Release Lever and Escutcheon......................................................................................................... 271

Remove............................................................................................................................................................... 271

Reinstall.............................................................................................................................................................. 273

6.10 EZ-entry Switch and Release Cable Assembly ............................................................................................... 274

6.11 Lumbar Support Knob Assembly..................................................................................................................... 275

Remove............................................................................................................................................................... 275

Reinstall.............................................................................................................................................................. 275

6.12 Front Seat-back Pad and Cover Assembly...................................................................................................... 276

Remove............................................................................................................................................................... 276

Disassemble....................................................................................................................................................... 277

Reassemble........................................................................................................................................................ 278

Reinstall.............................................................................................................................................................. 278

6.13 Front Seat-back Frame Assembly.................................................................................................................... 279

Remove............................................................................................................................................................... 279

Disassemble....................................................................................................................................................... 280

EZ-entry Release Lever Retaining Clip and Return Spring............................................................................ 280

Side Impact Airbag Assembly ........................................................................................................................ 280

Front Seat Dummy Block Insert Assembly..................................................................................................... 281

Lumbar Support Assembly............................................................................................................................. 282

Active Head Restraint Frame Assembly......................................................................................................... 284

Reinstall.............................................................................................................................................................. 285

6.14 Seat Cable Tray and Memory Module .............................................................................................................. 286

Remove............................................................................................................................................................... 286

Reinstall.............................................................................................................................................................. 287

6.15 Track and Height Adjust Assembly.................................................................................................................. 288

Remove............................................................................................................................................................... 288

Reinstall.............................................................................................................................................................. 289

6.16 Front Seat Cushion Pad and Cover Assembly................................................................................................ 290

Remove............................................................................................................................................................... 290

Disassemble....................................................................................................................................................... 290

Reassemble........................................................................................................................................................ 291

Reinstall.............................................................................................................................................................. 292

6.17 Front Seat Cushion Frame Assembly.............................................................................................................. 293

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–11

Page 1A7A–11

Remove............................................................................................................................................................... 293

Disassemble....................................................................................................................................................... 293

Reassemble........................................................................................................................................................ 293

Reinstall.............................................................................................................................................................. 293

6.18 Front Seat Lift Motor Assemblies..................................................................................................................... 294

6.19 Front Seat Fore/Aft Movement Motor Assembly............................................................................................. 295

6.20 Front Seat-back Recline Motor Assembly ....................................................................................................... 296

6.21 Drive Motor Hall-effect Sensors........................................................................................................................ 297

7 Diagnostics – Front Seat, Coupe......................................................................................................298

7.1 Prerequisites...................................................................................................................................................... 298

Safety Requirements ......................................................................................................................................... 298

Equipment .......................................................................................................................................................... 298

Testing Procedures ........................................................................................................................................... 298

7.2 Mechanical Diagnosis, All................................................................................................................................. 299

Lumbar Support Inoperative............................................................................................................................. 299

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 299

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................. 299

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................. 299

EZ-entry Lever Function Inoperative................................................................................................................ 300

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 300

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................. 300

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................. 300

7.3 Electrical Diagnosis – Eight-way Seat, Non-memory ..................................................................................... 301

Neither Seat Adjustment Switch Functions Operate...................................................................................... 301

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 301

Circuit Description.......................................................................................................................................... 301

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................. 301

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................. 301

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................. 302

EZ-entry Electrical Self Test Diagnosis – Eight-way Seat, Non-Memory ...................................................... 303

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 303

7.4 Electrical Diagnosis – Driver's Seat, Non-memory, LHD................................................................................ 304

Wiring Diagram – Driver's Seat, Non-memory, LHD ....................................................................................... 305

Connector Chart – Driver's Seat, Non-memory, LHD...................................................................................... 306

None of the Driver’s Seat Adjustment Switch Functions Operate................................................................. 307

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 307

Circuit Description.......................................................................................................................................... 307

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................. 307

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................. 307

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................. 308

Front/Rear of the Driver’s Seat Does Not Raise and/or Lower....................................................................... 310

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 310

Circuit Description.......................................................................................................................................... 310

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................. 310

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................. 310

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................. 311

Driver’s Seat Fore/Aft Function is Inoperative or Not Smooth ...................................................................... 312

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 312

Circuit Description.......................................................................................................................................... 312

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................. 312

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................. 312

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................. 313

Driver’s Seat Recline Forward and/or Aft Function is Inoperative................................................................ 315

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 315

Circuit Description.......................................................................................................................................... 315

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................. 315

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................. 315

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................. 316

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–12

Page 1A7A–12

Driver's Seat EZ-entry Switch Function is Inoperative................................................................................... 317

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 317

Circuit Description.......................................................................................................................................... 317

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................. 317

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................. 317

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................. 317

Driver's Seat Return Switch Function is Inoperative...................................................................................... 318

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 318

Circuit Description.......................................................................................................................................... 318

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................. 318

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................. 318

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................. 319

Driver's Seat Fore/Aft Movement Motor Hall-effect Sensor Test................................................................... 320

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 320

Circuit Description.......................................................................................................................................... 320

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................. 320

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................. 320

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................. 320

Driver's Seat Occupant Sensing Mat Test....................................................................................................... 321

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 321

Circuit Description.......................................................................................................................................... 321

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................. 321

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................. 321

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................. 321

7.5 Electrical Diagnosis – Passenger's Seat, Non-memory ................................................................................. 322

Wiring Diagram – Passenger's Seat, Non-memory, RHD............................................................................... 323

Wiring Diagram – Passenger's Seat, Non-memory, LHD................................................................................ 324

Connector Chart – Passenger's Seat, Non-memory, RHD and LHD.............................................................. 325

None of the Passenger’s Seat Adjustment Switch Functions Operate......................................................... 326

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 326

Circuit Description.......................................................................................................................................... 326

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................. 326

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................. 326

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................. 327

Front/Rear of the Passenger’s Seat Does Not Raise and/or Lower............................................................... 329

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 329

Circuit Description.......................................................................................................................................... 329

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................. 329

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................. 329

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................. 330

Passenger’s Seat Fore/Aft Function is Inoperative or Not Smooth............................................................... 331

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 331

Circuit Description.......................................................................................................................................... 331

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................. 331

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................. 331

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................. 332

Passenger's Seat Recline Forward and/or Aft Function is Inoperative......................................................... 334

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 334

Circuit Description.......................................................................................................................................... 334

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................. 334

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................. 334

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................. 335

Passenger's Seat EZ-entry Switch Function is Inoperative........................................................................... 336

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 336

Circuit Description.......................................................................................................................................... 336

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................. 336

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................. 336

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................. 336

Passenger's Seat Return Switch Function is Inoperative .............................................................................. 337

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 337

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–13

Page 1A7A–13

Circuit Description.......................................................................................................................................... 337

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................. 337

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................. 337

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................. 338

Passenger's Seat Fore/Aft Movement Motor Hall-effect Sensor Test ........................................................... 339

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 339

Circuit Description.......................................................................................................................................... 339

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................. 339

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................. 339

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................. 339

Passenger's Seat Occupant Sensing Mat Test ............................................................................................... 340

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 340

Circuit Description.......................................................................................................................................... 340

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................. 340

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................. 340

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................. 341

7.6 Electrical Diagnosis – Eight-way Seat, Memory.............................................................................................. 342

Neither Seat Adjustment Switch Functions Operate...................................................................................... 342

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 342

Circuit Description.......................................................................................................................................... 342

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................. 342

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................. 342

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................. 343

EZ-entry and Memory Self Test Diagnosis ...................................................................................................... 344

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 344

7.7 Electrical Diagnosis – Driver's Seat, Memory, RHD........................................................................................ 345

Wiring Diagram – Driver's Seat, Memory, RHD ............................................................................................... 346

Connector Chart – Driver's Seat, Memory, RHD ............................................................................................. 348

None of the Driver’s Seat Adjustment Switch Functions Operate................................................................. 349

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 349

Circuit Description.......................................................................................................................................... 349

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................. 349

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................. 349

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................. 350

Front/Rear of the Driver’s Seat Does Not Raise and/or Lower....................................................................... 352

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 352

Circuit Description.......................................................................................................................................... 352

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................. 352

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................. 353

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................. 353

Driver’s Seat Fore/Aft Function is Inoperative or Not Smooth ...................................................................... 355

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 355

Circuit Description.......................................................................................................................................... 355

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................. 355

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................. 355

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................. 356

Driver’s Seat Recline Forward and/or Aft Function is Inoperative................................................................ 358

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 358

Circuit Description.......................................................................................................................................... 358

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................. 358

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................. 358

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................. 359

Driver's Seat EZ-entry Switch Function is Inoperative................................................................................... 361

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 361

Circuit Description.......................................................................................................................................... 361

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................. 361

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................. 361

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................. 362

Driver's Seat Return Switch Function is Inoperative...................................................................................... 363

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 363

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–14

Page 1A7A–14

Circuit Description.......................................................................................................................................... 363

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................. 363

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................. 363

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................. 364

Driver's Seat Fore/Aft Movement Motor Hall-effect Sensor Test................................................................... 365

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 365

Circuit Description.......................................................................................................................................... 365

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................. 365

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................. 365

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................. 365

Driver's Seat-back Recline Motor Hall-effect Sensor Test ............................................................................. 366

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 366

Circuit Description.......................................................................................................................................... 366

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................. 366

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................. 366

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................. 366

Driver's Seat Front Lift Motor Hall-effect Sensor Test.................................................................................... 367

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 367

Circuit Description.......................................................................................................................................... 367

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................. 367

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................. 367

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................. 367

Driver's Seat Rear Lift Motor Hall-effect Sensor Test..................................................................................... 368

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 368

Circuit Description.......................................................................................................................................... 368

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................. 368

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................. 368

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................. 368

Driver's Seat Occupant Sensing Mat Test....................................................................................................... 369

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 369

Circuit Description.......................................................................................................................................... 369

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................. 369

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................. 369

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................. 369

Driver's Seat Memory Position Switch Test .................................................................................................... 370

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 370

Circuit Description.......................................................................................................................................... 370

Test Description ............................................................................................................................................. 370

Diagnostic Table Notes .................................................................................................................................. 370

Diagnostic Table............................................................................................................................................. 371

8 Service Operations – Rear Seat........................................................................................................372

8.1 Usage Charts...................................................................................................................................................... 372

S, SV8 and SS..................................................................................................................................................... 373

Coupe.................................................................................................................................................................. 374

8.2 Child Comforter Guide – Coupe ....................................................................................................................... 375

Remove............................................................................................................................................................... 375

Reinstall.............................................................................................................................................................. 376

9 Torque Wrench Specifications..........................................................................................................377

9.1 Front Seat........................................................................................................................................................... 377

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–15

Page 1A7A–15

1 General Information

This section describes the service an d diagnostic procedures for the seat assemblies fitted to MY 2004 VY and V2

Series vehicles (from build nu mber 3L147832 onwards) and is divided as follows for Service Operations:

• front seat assemblies for all models except coup e,

• front seat assemblies for coupe, and

• rear seat assemblies.

For Diagnosis the section is di vided as follows:

• front seat assemblies for right-hand drive vehicles, except coupe, fitted with non-memory seats,

• front seat assemblies for left-hand drive vehicles, except coupe, fitted with non-memory seats,

• front seat assemblies for vehicles, except coupe, fitted with memory seats, and

• front seat assemblies for coupe.

1.1 Front Seat General Description

For reasons of personal safety, the vehicle

must only be driven after the seat has been

adjusted to the correct driving position. Do

not adjust the driver’s seat when the vehicle

is moving as the seat could move away from

the driving position, causing loss of control.

Accessory and after mar ket seat covers MUST

NOT be fitted to any vehicle with side impact

airbags unless app roved by the man ufacturer.

Non-approved seat covers may inhibit the

operation of the side airbag, reducing the

protection otherwise provided to the

occupants during a side-impact collision.

The front seats fitted to MY 2004 VY and V2 Series vehicles , depending on vehicle Model Level, may feature:

• four, six or eight-way electric movement functions,

• side impact airbag assembl ies,

• cloth or leather trim,

• active head restraints,

• a driver's seat memory positio n system that integrates with other vehicle functions, and

• an EZ-entry system to aid rear seat access on coupe vehicles.

To identify the front seat type fitted to Sedan, Wagon and Utility vehicles, refer to 2.1 Front Seat Usage Chart, or for

Coupe vehicles refer to 6.1 Front Seat Usage Chart.

The front seatbelt buckle and pretens ioner assemblies are attached to the front seats. For service operations refer to

12M Occupant Protection System.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–16

Page 1A7A–16

Seat Covers

Two seat cover construction methods are used for the front seat assemblies. Surebond t ype covers are n ot serviced

separately as they are glued to the seat pa d. Hook and Loop type covers are fully serviceable as they are attached within

the grooves of the seat pad with a Velcro type materia l.

Electric Seat Operation

Depending on Mode l Level of the vehicle, the following front seat electric movement functions are available:

• four-way – seat cushion front raise/lo wer and rear raise/lower,

• six-way – as four-way plus seat fore/aft, and

• eight-way – as six-way plus seat-back recline.

Referring to Figure 1A7A – 1, four electric motor and gearbox assemblies provide the movement of the front seat, one

each, where fitted, for:

• front raise/lower movement (1),

• rear raise/lower movement (2),

• seat fore/aft movement (3), and

• seat-back recline (4).

Figure 1A7A – 1

Each function is independentl y controlled. Alternatively, if desired the front and rear raise/lower movement can be

performed together to raise or lower the complete seat.

Raise/Lower Movement

Two lift motor and gearbox assemblies (1 and 2, refer to Figure 1A7A – 1) are attached to the inboard side of the track

and height adjust assembly; one for front and the other for rear raise/lower movement. When a lift motor is operati ng, it

drives the gearbox which draws in or extends a mating worm shaft. This in turn operates on an arm and cross-shaft.

The cross-shaft is connected to another arm on the opposite side of the track and height adjust assembly and allows the

raising or lowering of that portion (front or rear) of the seat.

Fore/Aft Movement

To provide seat fore/aft movement, the motor and gearbox assembly (3, refer to Figure 1A7A – 1) is connected to a shaft

geared at each end. Within e ach seat track, the shaft gear is meshed upon a rack, providing fore/aft movement.

Seat Assemblies P age 1A7A–17

Page 1A7A–17

Recline Movement

Seat-back recline movement is provided by the recline motor and gearbox assembly (4, refer to Figure 1A7A – 1), which

is attached to the seat-back frame. A shaft from the gearbox is fitted with a drive gear at each end and is meshed with a

driven gear attached to each seat-back frame pivot. Motor operation causes rotation of the drive gear, which turns the

driven gear and seat-back frame, thereby altering the seat-back recline angle.

All motors reverse direction when the polarity at the wiring terminals is reversed, resulting in seat movement in the

opposite direction. During seat position adjustment, the drive motors will cease operation at the end of their travel via an

internal thermal cut-out switch, even if the seat adjustment switch is held on.

Components making up the seat-back recline mechanism and track and height adjust assembly are not serviced.

Four-way and Six-way Movement Control

Four-way and six-way seat movement is controlled by a

front seat adjustment switch (1), which is fitted to the outer

side of each front seat.

For the four-way seat, the switch provides independent

control of the front and rear raise/lower movements.

The six-way front seat adjustment switch provides fore/aft

movement in addition to the four-way movements.

To adjust the seat:

• Operate the switch up or down to raise/lower the seat.

• Operate the front of the switch up or down to

raise/lower the front of the seat.

• Operate the rear of the switch up or down to

raise/lower the rear of the seat.

• Operate the switch forward or backward to move the

seat fore/aft.

For further information, refer to the MY 2004 VY or V2

Series Owner's Handbook.

Figure 1A7A – 2

Eight-way Movement Control

The eight-way front seat adjustment switch has an

additional knob (1) which provides control of the seat-bac k

recline movement. The knob (2) provides the same

functions as six-way seats.

To adjust the seat recline:

• Operate the recline knob to adjust the angle of the

seat-back. The seat-back moves in the same direction

to which the switch is moved.

For Coupe vehicles, the seat-back recline switch is disabled

during operation of the EZ-entry function (refer to

EZ-entry System, Coupe, in this Section). The switch will be

enabled once the function is completed or cancelled. The

front seat adjustment switch is monitored by the EZ-entry

module during EZ-entry function and if the switch is

operated, the movement will be cancelled.

For further information, refer to the MY 2004 VY or V2

Series Owner's Handbook.

Figure 1A7A – 3

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–18

Page 1A7A–18

Memory Seat Position System

The driver’s seat in Domestic Level 3 and Coupe vehicles

are fitted with a memory seat position system.

The memory seat position system allo ws the driver to adjust

the seat to any of the positions stored in memory by

pressing one of the three memory buttons (1).

In addition, on keyless entry to Level 3 vehicles, the memory

seat position system through the Body Control Module

(BCM), recognises which ignition key has been used

(Priority 1 or Priority 2) and adjusts the seat position to the

driver’s preferred set position.

Audible and visual feedback for the various fu nctions of the

memory seat position system is provided. The s ystem has a

green LED and a chime, which are used to i ndicate memory

saves, the recall of priority memory numbers and for seat

diagnostic procedures.

Hall-effect sensors integrated into each of the motor

assemblies are used to monit or the positi on of the seat.

Figure 1A7A – 4

The seat memory module, mounted under the front seat, has a non-volatile memory. While disconnecting the battery will

not erase the seat memory settings, the seat will require recalibrating to reset the potentiometer stop values within the

memory control module.

NOTE

Some of the procedures relating to memory seat

diagnosis detailed in 5 Diagnostics – Front

Seat Memory and Rear-view Mirror (Except

Coupe) require the use of both the Priority 1 Key

and the Priority 2 Key.

Priority Keys (Domestic Level 3 Vehicles Only)

On Domestic Level 3 vehicles, the driver's seat movement is also a function of the priority keys. Priority key 1 and priority

key 2 move the driver's seat and exterior mirrors to the positions in which they were set when that key was last inserted

into the ignition switch. When the vehicle is unlock ed using the Unlock button on a priority key and that priority key is

inserted into the ignition switch, the vehicle identifies the priority key and:

• adjusts the position of the driver's seat,

• adjusts the position of the exterior mirrors to the last position used for that key, and

• if the mirror dip function is activated, adjusts the position of the passenger's exterior mirror when the transmission

selector is placed in reverse.

The driver's seat moves to the last position used for that priority key if:

• that was a memory button position, or

• the seat was adjusted without memorising the position.

The driver's seat moves to the alternate prio rity key position only after pressing the unlock button on the alternate priority

key. If the alternate priority key is not used to unlock the vehicle, that priority key will adjust all personalised settings (for

example, exterior mirror angles, radio and climate control), except the driver's seat.

If activated, the left exterior mirror dip function is linked to the seat and priority key memory (that is, each seat memory

position also stores the left exterior mirror DIP positio n, if activated).

For further information, refer to the MY 2004 VY Series Owner's Handbook.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–19

Page 1A7A–19

Memory Buttons

The seat can store three different memory settings. To recall a stored memory seat and exterior mirror position, press

and hold one of the memory buttons. After the seat has reached its memorised position, release the me mory button. If

the memory button is released before the seat reaches its memorised position, the seat stops moving.

To change a memory position:

1 Adjust the seat with the eight-way front seat adjustment switch.

2 Adjust the exterior mirrors (including the dip positio n).

3 Place the transmission selector in either park or neutral, then turn on the ignition switch.

4 Press the mirror DIP / memory store button (1, 2 or 3) within five seconds. (Two audible chimes are generated

when a new memory position has been stored.)

5 Place the transmission select or in reverse and wait for the passenger's mirror to be returned from the DIP angle to

complete saving the mirror position into memory, refer to Using the Exterior Mirrors in this Section.

Using the Exterior Mirrors

The right exterior mirror and left exterior mirror can be adjusted using the rear-view mirror switch on the driver’s door

armrest when the ignition is on.

To operate the right exterior mirror or left exterior mirror:

1 Turn on the ignition s witch.

2 Move the rocker switch on the rear-view mirror switch to the position to control the right or left exterior mirror.

3 Press the rear-view mirror switch in one of the directions indicated by one of the moulded dots on the edge of the

rear-view mirror switch to move the mirror up, down, left or right.

Adjusting the DIP View

To change the mirror dip posit ion and save it in memory:

1 Turn on the ignition s witch.

2 Place the transmission select or in reverse.

3 Ensure the DIP angle is switched on; the left exterior mirror moves to the current DIP position.

4 Adjust the left exterior mirror using the rear-view mirror switch.

5 Place the transmission selector out of reverse.

6 Press the mirror DIP button, then the desired memory store button (1, 2 or 3) to save the mirror dip position into

memory.

For further information, refer to the MY 2004 VY Series Owner's Handbook.

Toggle DIP Function On / Off

When the mirror DIP function is activated, the left exterior mirror moves to the position set, typically enabling the driver to

see the kerb more clearly. If activated, the DIP function is operational when the ignition is on and the transmission

selector placed in reverse.

To toggle between the dip view and normal view, press the mirror DIP / memory store button.

• When the DIP function is turned on, two audible chimes are generated.

• When the DIP function is turned off, one audible chime is generated.

For further information, refer to the MY 2004 VY Series Owner's Handbook.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–20

Page 1A7A–20

EZ-entry System, Coupe

The EZ-entry system provides a one touch mechanism to

move the front seat and allow rear seat passengers to enter

or exit the vehicle. The EZ-entry system comprises of:

• an EZ-entry release lever (1),

• a seat return switch (2),

• a passenger presence detection switch (3),

• an EZ-entry switch (4),

• an EZ-entry module (5) – vehicles without memory

function, and

• a memory module incorporating EZ-entry functions (6)

– vehicles with memory function.

When the EZ-entry release lever is un-latched, the seat-

back can be tilted for ward.

The EZ-entry module detects if the EZ-entry feature has

been activated via the EZ-entry switch and providing the

seat is not occupied, the seat will automatically move

forward until end of travel is reached.

Seat fore/ aft position is monitored by a sensor incorporated

with the fore/aft drive motor and recorde d in the EZ-entry

module.

To return the seat, the operator returns the seat-back to the

latched position and presses and holds the seat return

button. The seat will then return to it’s last recorded location.

If the seat return switch remains held, after a period of three

seconds the seat will resume its rearward movement for as

long as the switch is held or until the end of seat travel is

reached.

Figure 1A7A – 5

A passenger presence detection switch (1) is incorporated

into the front seat cushions (2).

Detection of a weight 15 kg or more over the passenger

presence detection switch (seat cushion) will cause the EZ-

entry module to either cancel fore/ aft movement or prevent

fore/ aft movement from commencing should the EZ-entry

function be initiated.

If weight detection causes the EZ-entry function to cease, a

period of one second must pass without weight before re-

start will commence.

The passenger presence detection switch is a pressur e

switch with a nominal high resistance cond ition with no

weight on the seat. The resistance decreases as the weight

is increased.

An integral diode is provided within the passenger presence

detection switch and is used by the module to verify

connection of the switch prior to for ward mov ement of the

seat during the operation of the EZ-entry function.

The module will test for the following conditions on the

passenger presence detection switch:

• either line connected to ground or battery, and

• either line open circuited.

Figure 1A7A – 6

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–21

Page 1A7A–21

Active Head Restraints

The front seats fitted to Domestic Acclaim, Calais and all domestic and export Coupe veh icles feature active head

restraints. During a rear-end collision, active head restraints are designed to move upward and forward to support the

occupant's head and reduc e neck injuries.

The impact force from the collision pushes the vehicle (and

seat) forward. As the vehicle moves forward at a speed

greater than the occupant’s body can react to, the body is

moved into the seat (A) pushing on the active hea d restraint

support strap (1).

Due to the pivoting of the active head restrain t frame (2), the

frame along with the head rest raint moves upward and

forward, supporting and limiting rearward travel of the

occupant's head.

Figure 1A7A – 7

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–22

Page 1A7A–22

1.2 Rear Seat General Description

Sedan

With the following exceptions, MY 2004 VY S edan Rear Seat Assemblies information carries over from MY 2003 VY

Series vehicles:

• S, SV8, SS rear seat pad and cover.

MY 2004 VY Sedan S, SV8 and SS vehicles now use the hook and loop system for attaching the rear seat covers to the

seat pads. Hook and Loop refers to the seat cover be ing able to be attached to the seat pad with a Velcro type material

and both cover and pad being serviced as separate parts. Previously these seats have b een of Surebond construction.

Service operations carry over from MY 2003 VY SS Sedan leather hook and loop rear sea ts, noting an extra hook and

loop strip running across the rear of the seat cushion.

For a breakdown of the MY 2004 Sedan S, SV8 and SS rear seat assemblies, refer to 8.1 Usage Charts. For information

not contained within this Section, refer to 1A7, 6 Service Operations – Rear Seat, Sedan in the MY 2003 VY and V2

Series Service Information.

Wagon

MY 2004 VY Wagon Rear Seat Assembl ies information carries over from MY 2003 VY Wagon vehicles.

For all Rear Seat Assemblies information, refer to 1A7, 7 Service Operations – Rear Seat, Wagon in the MY 2003 VY

and V2 Series Service Information.

Coupe

With the following exception, MY 2004 V2 Coupe Rear Seat Assemblies information carries over from MY 2003 V2

Coupe vehicles:

• child comforter guide.

Where fitted, the child comforter guide is attached to the rear seat-back frame and is used to position the seat-belt in a

more comfortable position for smaller passengers such as childr en. W hen not in use, the child comforter guide stores

away in a small pouch on the side of the rear seat-back assembly.

For a breakdown of the MY 2004 Coupe rear seat assemblies, refer to 8.1 Usage Charts.

For service information not contained within this Section, refer to 1A7, 8 Service Operations – Rear Seat, Coupe in the

MY 2003 VY and V2 Series Service Information.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–23

Page 1A7A–23

2 Service Operations – Front Seat,

Except Coupe

2.1 Front Seat Usage Chart

How To Use This Chart

Twenty four front seat configurations are fitted to MY 2004 VY Series vehicles. T he following usage chart is provided to

help determine the seat type fitted to the vehicle. This is important prior to repa irs being performed as the failed/dam aged

part may not be serviceable.

To determine the seat fitted to the vehicle, obtain the vehicle model, which seat requires attention and the seat cover

fabric. Then establish other features of the seat such as the electric movement functions. Using the ch art will lead to the

elimination of all other seat combinations, al lowing the identification of the typ e and the co nstruction of the seat. Finally,

refer to the Figure shown in Front Seat Type for a component breakdown of the front seat assembly.

1 Vehicle – Vehicle model identification.

2 Seating – Driver front seat or passenger front seat.

3 Fabric – Cloth or leather seat covers.

4 Movement – Indicates the number of movement functions of the seat:

• Two-way – Seat cushion mechanical fore/aft movement.

• Four-way – As two-way plus seat cushion electric front and rear raise/lower.

• Six-way – As four- way plus s eat cushion electric fore/aft movement.

• Eight-way – As six-way plus electric seat-back recline.

5 Memory – Indicates if a seat memory module is fitted.

6 SIAB – If the front seat is fitted with a side impact airbag assembly.

7 Construction – Surebond refers to the seat cover being glued to the seat pad. This type is serviced as a cover and

pad assembly only. Hook an d Loop refers to the seat cover being attached to the seat pad with a Velcro type

material and both being servi ced as separate parts.

8 Active Head Restrain t – Indicates whether standard height adjustable or active head restraints are fitted.

9 Front Seat Type – Identifies the seat type and provides reference to the following illustrations which show a

breakdown of the serviced component for each front seat assembly.

Domestic

Vehicle Seating Fabric Movement Memory SIAB Construction Active Head

Restraint Front Seat Type

(refer to)

Driver Cloth Four-way No Opt* Surebond No 1

(Figure 1A7A – 8)

Executive,

Base Utility

Passenger Cloth Two-way No Opt* Surebond No 2

(Figure 1A7A – 9)

Driver Cloth Four-way No Yes Surebond Yes 3

(Figure 1A7A – 10)

Acclaim

Passenger Cloth Two-way No Yes Surebond Yes 4

(Figure 1A7A – 11)

Driver Cloth/

Leather Four-way No Opt* Hook & Loop No 5

(Figure 1A7A – 12)

SV8, S,

S Utility

Passenger Cloth/

Leather Two-way No Opt* Hook & Loop No 6

(Figure 1A7A – 13)

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–24

Page 1A7A–24

Domestic

Vehicle Seating Fabric Movement Memory SIAB Construction Active Head

Restraint Front Seat Type

(refer to)

Driver Cloth/

Leather Four-way No Yes* Hook & Loop No 7

(Figure 1A7A – 14)

SS,

SS Utility

Passenger Cloth/

Leather Two-way No Yes* Hook & Loop No 8

(Figure 1A7A – 15)

Driver Cloth/

Leather Four-way No Yes Hook & Lo op No 9

(Figure 1A7A – 16)

Berlina

Passenger Cloth/

Leather Two-way No Yes Hook & Lo op No 10

(Figure 1A7A – 17)

Driver Cloth/

Leather Eight-way Yes Yes Hook & Lo op Yes 11

(Figure 1A7A – 18)

Calais

Passenger Cloth/

Leather Eight-way No Yes Hook & Lo op Yes 12

(Figure 1A7A – 19)

* Side impact airbag assemblies are not fitted to Utility vehicles

Gulf States

Vehicle Seating Fabric Movement Memory SIAB Construction Active Head

Restraint Front Seat Type

(refer to)

Passenger Cloth Two-way No No Surebond No 13

(Figure 1A7A – 20)

Lumina LS

Driver Cloth Six-way No No Surebond No 14

(Figure 1A7A – 21)

Passenger Cloth Eight-way No No Surebond No 15

(Figure 1A7A – 22)

Driver Cloth Eight-way No No Surebond No 16

(Figure 1A7A – 23)

Passenger Cloth Two-way No No Hook & Loop No 17

(Figure 1A7A – 24)

Lumina S

Driver Cloth Six-way No No Hook & Loop No 18

(Figure 1A7A – 25)

Passenger Cloth/

Leather Four-way No No Hook & Loop No 19

(Figure 1A7A – 26)

Lumina SS

Driver Cloth/

Leather Six-way No No Hook & Loop No 20

(Figure 1A7A – 27)

Passenger Cloth/

Leather Eight-way No No Hook & Loop No 21

(Figure 1A7A – 28)

Lumina LTZ

Driver Cloth/

Leather Eight-way No No Hook & Loop No 22

(Figure 1A7A – 29)

Brazil

Vehicle Seating Fabric Movement Memory SIAB Construction Active Head

Restraint Front Seat Type

(refer to)

Passenger Leather Eight-way No Yes Hook & Loop No 23

(Figure 1A7A – 30)

Omega CD

Driver Leather Eight-way No Yes Hook & Loop No 24

(Figure 1A7A – 31)

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–25

Page 1A7A–25

Front Seat Type 1

Figure 1A7A – 8

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–26

Page 1A7A–26

Legend

1 Front Seat Outer Front Cover

2 Front Seat Outer Rear Cover

3 Front Seat Inner Front Cover

4 Front Seat Inner Rear Cover

5 Front Seat Outer Side Cover

6 Recline Adjuster Knob

7 Front Seat Adjustment Switch Knob

8 Front Seat Adjustment Switch – Four-way

9 Front Seat Inner Side Cover

10 Front Seat-back Rear Cover

11 Front Seat-back Map Pocket#

12 Front Seat-back Cover Retaining Clips

13 Front Seat Head Restraint Pad Assembly

14 Front Seat Head Restraint Cover

15 Front Seat Head Restraint Sleeves

16 Front Seat-back Cover and Pad Assembly

17 Front Seat Dummy Block U-bolt*

18 Front Seat Dummy Block Insert*

19 Side Impact Airbag Assembly*

20 Lumbar Support Knob Cover

21 Lumbar Support Knob Screw

22 Lumbar Support Knob

23 Lumbar Support Deflector Ring

24 Lumbar Support Assembly

25 Lumbar Support Retaining Spring

26 Front Seat-back Frame Assembly

27 Front Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Assembly

28 Front Seat Cushion Frame Assembly

29 Seatbelt Buckle & Pretensioner Assembly

30 Wiring Harness Retaining Clip

31 Track and Height Adjust Assembly

32 Wiring Harness Assembly

33 Front Seat Cable Tray

* Side impact airbag assembl y is optional on Sedan and Wagon and not fitted to Utility vehicles. Front seat dummy block

assembly fitted to outer side when side impact airbag assembly not fitted.

# Front Seat-back map pocket not fitted to Utility vehicles.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–27

Page 1A7A–27

Front Seat Type 2

Figure 1A7A – 9

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–28

Page 1A7A–28

Legend

1 Front Seat Outer Front Cover

2 Front Seat Outer Rear Cover

3 Front Seat Inner Front Cover

4 Front Seat Inner Rear Cover

5 Front Seat Outer Side Cover

6 Recline Adjuster Knob

7 Front Seat Inner Side Cover

8 Front Seat-back Rear Cover

9 Front Seat-back Map Pocket#

10 Front Seat-back Cover Retaining Clips

11 Front Seat Head Restraint Pad Assembly

12 Front Seat Head Restraint Cover

13 Front Seat Head Restraint Sleeves

14 Front Seat-back Cover and Pad Assembly

15 Front Seat Dummy Block U-bolt*

16 Front Seat Dummy Block Insert*

17 Side Impact Airbag Assembly*

18 Lumbar Support Knob Cover

19 Lumbar Support Knob Screw

20 Lumbar Support Knob

21 Lumbar Support Deflector Ring

22 Lumbar Support Assembly

23 Lumbar Support Retaining Spring

24 Front Seat-back Frame Assembly

25 Front Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Assembly

26 Front Seat Cushion Frame Assembly

27 Seatbelt Buckle & Pretensioner Assembly

28 Wiring Harness Retaining Clip

29 Track and Height Adjust Assembly

* Side impact airbag assembl y is optional on Sedan and Wagon and not fitted to Utility vehicles. Front seat dummy block

assembly fitted to outer side when side impact airbag assembly not fitted.

# Front Seat-back map pocket not fitted to Utility vehicles.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–29

Page 1A7A–29

Front Seat Type 3

Figure 1A7A – 10

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–30

Page 1A7A–30

Legend

1 Front Seat Outer Front Cover

2 Front Seat Outer Rear Cover

3 Front Seat Inner Front Cover

4 Front Seat Inner Rear Cover

5 Front Seat Outer Side Cover

6 Recline Adjuster Knob

7 Front Seat Adjustment Switch Knob

8 Front Seat Adjustment Switch – Four-way

9 Front Seat Inner Side Cover

10 Front Seat-back Rear Cover

11 Front Seat-back Map Pocket

12 Front Seat-back Cover Retaining Clips

13 Front Seat Head Restraint Pad Assembly

14 Front Seat Head Restraint Cover

15 Front Seat Head Restraint Sleeves

16 Front Seat-back Cover and Pad Assembly

17 Front Seat Dummy Block U-bolt

18 Front Seat Dummy Block Insert

19 Side Impact Airbag Assembly

20 Lumbar Support Knob Cover

21 Lumbar Support Knob Screw

22 Lumbar Support Knob

23 Lumbar Support Deflector Ring

24 Lumbar Support Assembly

25 Lumbar Support Retaining Spring

26 Active Head Restraint Frame Sleeves

27 Active Head Restraint Frame Assembly

28 Active Head Restraint Frame Support Strap

29 Active Head Restraint Frame Retaining Spring

30 Front Seat-back Frame Assembly

31 Front Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Assembly

32 Front Seat Cushion Frame Assembly

33 Seatbelt Buckle & Pretensioner Assembly

34 Wiring Harness Retaining Clip

35 Track and Height Adjust Assembly

36 Wiring Harness Assembly

37 Front Seat Cable Tray

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–31

Page 1A7A–31

Front Seat Type 4

Figure 1A7A – 11

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–32

Page 1A7A–32

Legend

1 Front Seat Outer Front Cover

2 Front Seat Outer Rear Cover

3 Front Seat Inner Front Cover

4 Front Seat Inner Rear Cover

5 Front Seat Outer Side Cover

6 Recline Adjuster Knob

7 Front Seat Inner Side Cover

8 Front Seat-back Rear Cover

9 Front Seat-back Map Pocket

10 Front Seat-back Cover Retaining Clips

11 Front Seat Head Restraint Pad Assembly

12 Front Seat Head Restraint Cover

13 Front Seat Head Restraint Sleeves

14 Front Seat-back Cover and Pad Assembly

15 Front Seat Dummy Block U-bolt

16 Front Seat Dummy Block Insert

17 Side Impact Airbag Assembly

18 Lumbar Support Knob Cover

19 Lumbar Support Knob Screw

20 Lumbar Support Knob

21 Lumbar Support Deflector Ring

22 Lumbar Support Assembly

23 Lumbar Support Retaining Spring

24 Active Head Restraint Frame Sleeves

25 Active Head Restraint Frame Assembly

26 Active Head Restraint Frame Support Strap

27 Active Head Restraint Frame Retaining Spring

28 Front Seat-back Frame Assembly

29 Front Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Assembly

30 Front Seat Cushion Frame Assembly

31 Seatbelt Buckle & Pretensioner Assembly

32 Wiring Harness Retaining Clip

33 Track and Height Adjust Assembly

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–33

Page 1A7A–33

Front Seat Type 5

Figure 1A7A – 12

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–34

Page 1A7A–34

Legend

1 Front Seat Outer Front Cover

2 Front Seat Outer Rear Cover

3 Front Seat Inner Front Cover

4 Front Seat Inner Rear Cover

5 Front Seat Outer Side Cover

6 Recline Adjuster Knob

7 Front Seat Adjustment Switch Knob

8 Front Seat Adjustment Switch – Four-way

9 Front Seat Inner Side Cover

10 Front Seat-back Rear Cover

11 Front Seat-back Map Pocket#

12 Front Seat-back Cover Retaining Clips

13 Front Seat Head Restraint Pad Assembly

14 Front Seat Head Restraint Cover

15 Front Seat Head Restraint Sleeves

16 Front Seat-back Pad – Cloth Cover

17 Front Seat-back Cloth Cover

18 Front Seat-back Pad – Leather Cover

19 Front Seat-back Leather Cover

20 Front Seat Dummy Block U-bolt*

21 Front Seat Dummy Block Insert*

22 Side Impact Airbag Assembly*

23 Lumbar Support Knob Cover

24 Lumbar Support Knob Screw

25 Lumbar Support Knob

26 Lumbar Support Deflector Ring

27 Lumbar Support Assembly

28 Lumbar Support Retaining Spring

29 Front Seat-back Frame Assembly

30 Front Seat Cushion Cloth Cover

31 Front Seat Cushion Pad – Cloth Cover

32 Front Seat Cushion Leather Cover

33 Front Seat Cushion Pad – Leather Cover

34 Front Seat Cushion Frame Assembly

35 Seatbelt Buckle & Pretensioner Assembly

36 Wiring Harness Retaining Clip

37 Track and Height Adjust Assembly

38 Wiring Harness Assembly

39 Front Seat Cable Tray

* Side impact airbag assembl y is optional on Sedan and Wagon and not fitted to Utility vehicles. Front seat dummy block

assembly fitted to outer side when side impact airbag assembly not fitted.

# Front Seat-back map pocket not fitted to Utility vehicles.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–35

Page 1A7A–35

Front Seat Type 6

Figure 1A7A – 13

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–36

Page 1A7A–36

Legend

1 Front Seat Outer Front Cover

2 Front Seat Outer Rear Cover

3 Front Seat Inner Front Cover

4 Front Seat Inner Rear Cover

5 Front Seat Outer Side Cover

6 Recline Adjuster Knob

7 Front Seat Inner Side Cover

8 Front Seat-back Rear Cover

9 Front Seat-back Map Pocket#

10 Front Seat-back Cover Retaining Clips

11 Front Seat Head Restraint Pad Assembly

12 Front Seat Head Restraint Cover

13 Front Seat Head Restraint Sleeves

14 Front Seat-back Pad – Cloth Cover

15 Front Seat-back Cloth Cover

16 Front Seat-back Pad – Leather Cover

17 Front Seat-back Leather Cover

18 Front Seat Dummy Block U-bolt*

19 Front Seat Dummy Block Insert*

20 Side Impact Airbag Assembly*

21 Lumbar Support Knob Cover

22 Lumbar Support Knob Screw

23 Lumbar Support Knob

24 Lumbar Support Deflector Ring

25 Lumbar Support Assembly

26 Lumbar Support Retaining Spring

27 Front Seat-back Frame Assembly

28 Front Seat Cushion Cloth Cover

29 Front Seat Cushion Pad – Cloth Cover

30 Front Seat Cushion Leather Cover

31 Front Seat Cushion Pad – Leather Cover

32 Front Seat Cushion Frame Assembly

33 Seatbelt Buckle & Pretensioner Assembly

34 Wiring Harness Retaining Clip

35 Track and Height Adjust Assembly

* Side impact airbag assembl y is optional on Sedan and Wagon and not fitted to Utility vehicles. Front seat dummy block

assembly fitted to outer side when side impact airbag assembly not fitted.

# Front Seat-back map pocket not fitted to Utility vehicles.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–37

Page 1A7A–37

Front Seat Type 7

Figure 1A7A – 14

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–38

Page 1A7A–38

Legend

1 Front Seat Outer Front Cover

2 Front Seat Outer Rear Cover

3 Front Seat Inner Front Cover

4 Front Seat Inner Rear Cover

5 Front Seat Outer Side Cover

6 Recline Adjuster Knob

7 Front Seat Adjustment Switch Knob

8 Front Seat Adjustment Switch – Four-way

9 Front Seat Inner Side Cover

10 Front Seat-back Rear Cover Assembly#

11 Front Seat-back Cover Retaining Clips

12 Front Seat Head Restraint Pad Assembly

13 Front Seat Head Restraint Cover

14 Front Seat Head Restraint Sleeves

15 Front Seat-back Pad – Cloth Cover

16 Front Seat-back Cloth Cover

17 Front Seat-back Pad – Leather Cover

18 Front Seat-back Leather Cover

19 Front Seat Dummy Block U-bolt*

20 Front Seat Dummy Block Insert*

21 Side Impact Airbag Assembly*

22 Lumbar Support Knob Cover

23 Lumbar Support Knob Screw

24 Lumbar Support Knob

25 Lumbar Support Deflector Ring

26 Lumbar Support Assembly

27 Lumbar Support Retaining Spring

28 Front Seat-back Frame Assembly

29 Front Seat Cushion Cloth Cover

30 Front Seat Cushion Pad – Cloth Cover

31 Front Seat Cushion Leather Cover

32 Front Seat Cushion Pad – Leather Cover

33 Front Seat Cushion Frame Assembly

34 Seatbelt Buckle & Pretensioner Assembly

35 Wiring Harness Retaining Clip

36 Track and Height Adjust Assembly

37 Wiring Harness Assembly

38 Front Seat Cable Tray

* Side impact airbag assembly not fitted to Utility vehicles. Front seat dummy block assembly fitted to outer side when

side impact airbag assembl y not fitted.

# Net type map pocket is part of the front seat-back rear cover assembly. Front Seat-back map pockets are not fitted to

Utility vehicles.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–39

Page 1A7A–39

Front Seat Type 8

Figure 1A7A – 15

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–40

Page 1A7A–40

Legend

1 Front Seat Outer Front Cover

2 Front Seat Outer Rear Cover

3 Front Seat Inner Front Cover

4 Front Seat Inner Rear Cover

5 Front Seat Outer Side Cover

6 Recline Adjuster Knob

7 Front Seat Inner Side Cover

8 Front Seat-back Rear Cover Assembly#

9 Front Seat-back Cover Retaining Clips

10 Front Seat Head Restraint Pad Assembly

11 Front Seat Head Restraint Cover

12 Front Seat Head Restraint Sleeves

13 Front Seat-back Pad – Cloth Cover

14 Front Seat-back Cloth Cover

15 Front Seat-back Pad – Leather Cover

16 Front Seat-back Leather Cover

17 Front Seat Dummy Block U-bolt*

18 Front Seat Dummy Block Insert*

19 Side Impact Airbag Assembly*

20 Lumbar Support Knob Cover

21 Lumbar Support Knob Screw

22 Lumbar Support Knob

23 Lumbar Support Deflector Ring

24 Lumbar Support Assembly

25 Lumbar Support Retaining Spring

26 Front Seat-back Frame Assembly

27 Front Seat Cushion Cloth Cover

28 Front Seat Cushion Pad – Cloth Cover

29 Front Seat Cushion Leather Cover

30 Front Seat Cushion Pad – Leather Cover

31 Front Seat Cushion Frame Assembly

32 Seatbelt Buckle & Pretensioner Assembly

33 Wiring Harness Retaining Clip

34 Track and Height Adjust Assembly

* Side impact airbag assembly not fitted to Utility vehicles. Front seat dummy block assembly fitted to outer side when

side impact airbag assembl y not fitted.

# Net type map pocket is part of the front seat-back rear cover assembly. Front Seat-back map pockets are not fitted to

Utility vehicles.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–41

Page 1A7A–41

Front Seat Type 9

Figure 1A7A – 16

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–42

Page 1A7A–42

Legend

1 Front Seat Outer Front Cover

2 Front Seat Outer Rear Cover

3 Front Seat Inner Front Cover

4 Front Seat Inner Rear Cover

5 Front Seat Outer Side Cover

6 Recline Adjuster Knob

7 Front Seat Adjustment Switch Knob

8 Front Seat Adjustment Switch – Four-way

9 Front Seat Inner Side Cover

10 Front Seat-back Rear Cover

11 Front Seat-back Map Pocket

12 Front Seat-back Cover Retaining Clips

13 Front Seat Head Restraint Pad Assembly

14 Front Seat Head Restraint Cover

15 Front Seat Head Restraint Sleeves

16 Front Seat-back Pad – Cloth Cover

17 Front Seat-back Cloth Cover

18 Front Seat-back Pad – Leather Cover

19 Front Seat-back Leather Cover

20 Front Seat Dummy Block U-bolt

21 Front Seat Dummy Block Insert

22 Side Impact Airbag Assembly

23 Lumbar Support Knob Cover

24 Lumbar Support Knob Screw

25 Lumbar Support Knob

26 Lumbar Support Deflector Ring

27 Lumbar Support Assembly

28 Lumbar Support Retaining Spring

29 Front Seat-back Frame Assembly

30 Front Seat Cushion Cloth Cover

31 Front Seat Cushion Pad – Cloth Cover

32 Front Seat Cushion Leather Cover

33 Front Seat Cushion Pad – Leather Cover

34 Front Seat Cushion Frame Assembly

35 Seatbelt Buckle & Pretensioner Assembly

36 Wiring Harness Retaining Clip

37 Track and Height Adjust Assembly

38 Wiring Harness Assembly

39 Front Seat Cable Tray

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–43

Page 1A7A–43

Front Seat Type 10

Figure 1A7A – 17

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–44

Page 1A7A–44

Legend

1 Front Seat Outer Front Cover

2 Front Seat Outer Rear Cover

3 Front Seat Inner Front Cover

4 Front Seat Inner Rear Cover

5 Front Seat Outer Side Cover

6 Recline Adjuster Knob

7 Front Seat Inner Side Cover

8 Front Seat-back Rear Cover

9 Front Seat-back Map Pocket

10 Front Seat-back Cover Retaining Clips

11 Front Seat Head Restraint Pad Assembly

12 Front Seat Head Restraint Cover

13 Front Seat Head Restraint Sleeves

14 Front Seat-back Pad – Cloth Cover

15 Front Seat-back Cloth Cover

16 Front Seat-back Pad – Leather Cover

17 Front Seat-back Leather Cover

18 Front Seat Dummy Block U-bolt

19 Front Seat Dummy Block Insert

20 Side Impact Airbag Assembly

21 Lumbar Support Knob Cover

22 Lumbar Support Knob Screw

23 Lumbar Support Knob

24 Lumbar Support Deflector Ring

25 Lumbar Support Assembly

26 Lumbar Support Retaining Spring

27 Front Seat-back Frame Assembly

28 Front Seat Cushion Cloth Cover

29 Front Seat Cushion Pad – Cloth Cover

30 Front Seat Cushion Leather Cover

31 Front Seat Cushion Pad – Leather Cover

32 Front Seat Cushion Frame Assembly

33 Seatbelt Buckle & Pretensioner Assembly

34 Wiring Harness Retaining Clip

35 Track and Height Adjust Assembly

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–45

Page 1A7A–45

Front Seat Type 11

Figure 1A7A – 18

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–46

Page 1A7A–46

Legend

1 Front Seat Outer Front Cover

2 Front Seat Outer Rear Cover

3 Front Seat Inner Front Cover

4 Front Seat Inner Rear Cover

5 Front Seat Outer Side Cover

6 Front Seat Adjustment Switch Knobs

7 Front Seat Adjustment Switch – Eight-way

8 Memory Position Switch Cover

9 Memory Position Switch Assembly

10 Front Seat Inner Side Cover

11 Front Seat-back Rear Cover

12 Front Seat-back Map Pocket

13 Front Seat-back Cover Retaining Clips

14 Front Seat Head Restraint Pad Assembly

15 Front Seat Head Restraint Cover

16 Front Seat Head Restraint Sleeves

17 Front Seat-back Pad – Cloth Cover

18 Front Seat-back Cloth Cover

19 Front Seat-back Pad – Leather Cover

20 Front Seat-back Leather Cover

21 Front Seat Dummy Block U-bolt

22 Front Seat Dummy Block Insert

23 Side Impact Airbag Assembly

24 Lumbar Support Knob Cover

25 Lumbar Support Knob Screw

26 Lumbar Support Knob

27 Lumbar Support Deflector Ring

28 Lumbar Support Assembly

29 Lumbar Support Retaining Spring

30 Active Head Restraint Frame Sleeves

31 Active Head Restraint Frame Assembly

32 Active Head Restraint Frame Support Strap

33 Active Head Restraint Frame Retaining Spring

34 Front Seat-back Frame Assembly

35 Front Seat Cushion Cloth Cover

36 Front Seat Cushion Pad – Cloth Cover

37 Front Seat Cushion Leather Cover

38 Front Seat Cushion Pad – Leather Cover

39 Front Seat Cushion Frame Assembly

40 Seatbelt Buckle & Pretensioner Assembly

41 Wiring Harness Retaining Clip

42 Track and Height Adjust Assembly

43 Seat Memory Module

44 Wiring Harness Assembly

45 Front Seat Cable Tray

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–47

Page 1A7A–47

Front Seat Type 12

Figure 1A7A – 19

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–48

Page 1A7A–48

Legend

1 Front Seat Outer Front Cover

2 Front Seat Outer Rear Cover

3 Front Seat Inner Front Cover

4 Front Seat Inner Rear Cover

5 Front Seat Outer Side Cover

6 Front Seat Adjustment Switch Knobs

7 Front Seat Adjustment Switch – Eight-way

8 Front Seat Inner Side Cover

9 Front Seat-back Rear Cover

10 Front Seat-back Map Pocket

11 Front Seat-back Cover Retaining Clips

12 Front Seat Head Restraint Pad Assembly

13 Front Seat Head Restraint Cover

14 Front Seat Head Restraint Sleeves

15 Front Seat-back Pad – Cloth Cover

16 Front Seat-back Cloth Cover

17 Front Seat-back Pad – Leather Cover

18 Front Seat-back Leather Cover

19 Front Seat Dummy Block U-bolt

20 Front Seat Dummy Block Insert

21 Side Impact Airbag Assembly

22 Lumbar Support Knob Cover

23 Lumbar Support Knob Screw

24 Lumbar Support Knob

25 Lumbar Support Deflector Ring

26 Lumbar Support Assembly

27 Lumbar Support Retaining Spring

28 Active Head Restraint Frame Sleeves

29 Active Head Restraint Frame Assembly

30 Active Head Restraint Frame Support Strap

31 Active Head Restraint Frame Retaining Spring

32 Front Seat-back Frame Assembly

33 Front Seat Cushion Cloth Cover

34 Front Seat Cushion Pad – Cloth Cover

35 Front Seat Cushion Leather Cover

36 Front Seat Cushion Pad – Leather Cover

37 Front Seat Cushion Frame Assembly

38 Seatbelt Buckle & Pretensioner Assembly

39 Wiring Harness Retaining Clip

40 Track and Height Adjust Assembly

41 Wiring Harness Assembly

42 Front Seat Cable Tray

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–49

Page 1A7A–49

Front Seat Type 13

Figure 1A7A – 20

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–50

Page 1A7A–50

Legend

1 Front Seat Outer Front Cover

2 Front Seat Outer Rear Cover

3 Front Seat Inner Front Cover

4 Front Seat Inner Rear Cover

5 Front Seat Outer Side Cover

6 Recline Adjuster Knob

7 Front Seat Inner Side Cover

8 Front Seat-back Rear Cover

9 Front Seat-back Map Pocket

10 Front Seat-back Cover Retaining Clips

11 Front Seat Head Restraint Pad Assembly

12 Front Seat Head Restraint Cover

13 Front Seat Head Restraint Sleeves

14 Front Seat-back Cover and Pad Assembly

15 Front Seat Dummy Block U-bolt

16 Front Seat Dummy Block Insert

17 Lumbar Support Knob Cover

18 Lumbar Support Knob Screw

19 Lumbar Support Knob

20 Lumbar Support Deflector Ring

21 Lumbar Support Assembly

22 Lumbar Support Retaining Spring

23 Front Seat-back Frame Assembly

24 Front Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Assembly

25 Front Seat Cushion Frame Assembly

26 Seatbelt Buckle & Pretensioner Assembly

27 Wiring Harness Retaining Clip

28 Track and Height Adjust Assembly

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–51

Page 1A7A–51

Front Seat Type 14

Figure 1A7A – 21

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–52

Page 1A7A–52

Legend

1 Front Seat Outer Front Cover

2 Front Seat Outer Rear Cover

3 Front Seat Inner Front Cover

4 Front Seat Inner Rear Cover

5 Front Seat Outer Side Cover

6 Recline Adjuster Knob

7 Front Seat Adjustment Switch Knob

8 Front Seat Adjustment Switch – Four-way

9 Front Seat Inner Side Cover

10 Front Seat-back Rear Cover

11 Front Seat-back Map Pocket

12 Front Seat-back Cover Retaining Clips

13 Front Seat Head Restraint Pad Assembly

14 Front Seat Head Restraint Cover

15 Front Seat Head Restraint Sleeves

16 Front Seat-back Cover and Pad Assembly

17 Front Seat Dummy Block U-bolt

18 Front Seat Dummy Block Insert

19 Lumbar Support Knob Cover

20 Lumbar Support Knob Screw

21 Lumbar Support Knob

22 Lumbar Support Deflector Ring

23 Lumbar Support Assembly

24 Lumbar Support Retaining Spring

25 Front Seat-back Frame Assembly

26 Front Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Assembly

27 Front Seat Cushion Frame Assembly

28 Seatbelt Buckle & Pretensioner Assembly

29 Wiring Harness Retaining Clip

30 Track and Height Adjust Assembly

31 Wiring Harness Assembly

32 Fire Extinguisher Mounting Bracket

33 Front Seat Cable Tray

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–53

Page 1A7A–53

Front Seat Type 15

Figure 1A7A – 22

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–54

Page 1A7A–54

Legend

1 Front Seat Outer Front Cover

2 Front Seat Outer Rear Cover

3 Front Seat Inner Front Cover

4 Front Seat Inner Rear Cover

5 Front Seat Outer Side Cover

6 Front Seat Adjustment Switch Knobs

7 Front Seat Adjustment Switch – Eight-way

8 Front Seat Inner Side Cover

9 Front Seat-back Rear Cover

10 Front Seat-back Map Pocket

11 Front Seat-back Cover Retaining Clips

12 Front Seat Head Restraint Pad Assembly

13 Front Seat Head Restraint Cover

14 Front Seat Head Restraint Sleeves

15 Front Seat-back Cover and Pad Assembly

16 Front Seat Dummy Block U-bolt

17 Front Seat Dummy Block Insert

18 Lumbar Support Knob Cover

19 Lumbar Support Knob Screw

20 Lumbar Support Knob

21 Lumbar Support Deflector Ring

22 Lumbar Support Assembly

23 Lumbar Support Retaining Spring

24 Front Seat-back Frame Assembly

25 Front Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Assembly

26 Front Seat Cushion Frame Assembly

27 Seatbelt Buckle & Pretensioner Assembly

28 Wiring Harness Retaining Clip

29 Track and Height Adjust Assembly

30 Wiring Harness Assembly

31 Front Seat Cable Tray

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–55

Page 1A7A–55

Front Seat Type 16

Figure 1A7A – 23

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–56

Page 1A7A–56

Legend

1 Front Seat Outer Front Cover

2 Front Seat Outer Rear Cover

3 Front Seat Inner Front Cover

4 Front Seat Inner Rear Cover

5 Front Seat Outer Side Cover

6 Front Seat Adjustment Switch Knobs

7 Front Seat Adjustment Switch – Eight-way

8 Front Seat Inner Side Cover

9 Front Seat-back Rear Cover

10 Front Seat-back Map Pocket

11 Front Seat-back Cover Retaining Clips

12 Front Seat Head Restraint Pad Assembly

13 Front Seat Head Restraint Cover

14 Front Seat Head Restraint Sleeves

15 Front Seat-back Cover and Pad Assembly

16 Front Seat Dummy Block U-bolt

17 Front Seat Dummy Block Insert

18 Lumbar Support Knob Cover

19 Lumbar Support Knob Screw

20 Lumbar Support Knob

21 Lumbar Support Deflector Ring

22 Lumbar Support Assembly

23 Lumbar Support Retaining Spring

24 Front Seat-back Frame Assembly

25 Front Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Assembly

26 Front Seat Cushion Frame Assembly

27 Seatbelt Buckle & Pretensioner Assembly

28 Wiring Harness Retaining Clip

29 Track and Height Adjust Assembly

30 Wiring Harness Assembly

31 Fire Extinguisher Mounting Bracket

32 Front Seat Cable Tray

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–57

Page 1A7A–57

Front Seat Type 17

Figure 1A7A – 24

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–58

Page 1A7A–58

Legend

1 Front Seat Outer Front Cover

2 Front Seat Outer Rear Cover

3 Front Seat Inner Front Cover

4 Front Seat Inner Rear Cover

5 Front Seat Outer Side Cover

6 Recline Adjuster Knob

7 Front Seat Inner Side Cover

8 Front Seat-back Rear Cover

9 Front Seat-back Map Pocket

10 Front Seat-back Cover Retaining Clips

11 Front Seat Head Restraint Pad Assembly

12 Front Seat Head Restraint Cover

13 Front Seat Head Restraint Sleeves

14 Front Seat-back Pad – Cloth Cover

15 Front Seat-back Cloth Cover

16 Front Seat-back Pad – Leather Cover

17 Front Seat-back Leather Cover

18 Front Seat Dummy Block U-bolt

19 Front Seat Dummy Block Insert

20 Lumbar Support Knob Cover

21 Lumbar Support Knob Screw

22 Lumbar Support Knob

23 Lumbar Support Deflector Ring

24 Lumbar Support Assembly

25 Lumbar Support Retaining Spring

26 Front Seat-back Frame Assembly

27 Front Seat Cushion Cloth Cover

28 Front Seat Cushion Pad – Cloth Cover

29 Front Seat Cushion Leather Cover

30 Front Seat Cushion Pad – Leather Cover

31 Front Seat Cushion Frame Assembly

32 Seatbelt Buckle & Pretensioner Assembly

33 Wiring Harness Retaining Clip

34 Track and Height Adjust Assembly

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–59

Page 1A7A–59

Front Seat Type 18

Figure 1A7A – 25

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–60

Page 1A7A–60

Legend

1 Front Seat Outer Front Cover

2 Front Seat Outer Rear Cover

3 Front Seat Inner Front Cover

4 Front Seat Inner Rear Cover

5 Front Seat Outer Side Cover

6 Recline Adjuster Knob

7 Front Seat Adjustment Switch Knob

8 Front Seat Adjustment Switch – Six-way

9 Front Seat Inner Side Cover

10 Front Seat-back Rear Cover

11 Front Seat-back Map Pocket

12 Front Seat-back Cover Retaining Clips

13 Front Seat Head Restraint Pad Assembly

14 Front Seat Head Restraint Cover

15 Front Seat Head Restraint Sleeves

16 Front Seat-back Pad – Cloth Cover

17 Front Seat-back Cloth Cover

18 Front Seat-back Pad – Leather Cover

19 Front Seat-back Leather Cover

20 Front Seat Dummy Block U-bolt

21 Front Seat Dummy Block Insert

22 Lumbar Support Knob Cover

23 Lumbar Support Knob Screw

24 Lumbar Support Knob

25 Lumbar Support Deflector Ring

26 Lumbar Support Assembly

27 Lumbar Support Retaining Spring

28 Front Seat-back Frame Assembly

29 Front Seat Cushion Cloth Cover

30 Front Seat Cushion Pad – Cloth Cover

31 Front Seat Cushion Leather Cover

32 Front Seat Cushion Pad – Leather Cover

33 Front Seat Cushion Frame Assembly

34 Seatbelt Buckle & Pretensioner Assembly

35 Wiring Harness Retaining Clip

36 Track and Height Adjust Assembly

37 Wiring Harness Assembly

38 Fire Extinguisher Mounting Bracket

39 Front Seat Cable Tray

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–61

Page 1A7A–61

Front Seat Type 19

Figure 1A7A – 26

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–62

Page 1A7A–62

Legend

1 Front Seat Outer Front Cover

2 Front Seat Outer Rear Cover

3 Front Seat Inner Front Cover

4 Front Seat Inner Rear Cover

5 Front Seat Outer Side Cover

6 Recline Adjuster Knob

7 Front Seat Adjustment Switch Knob

8 Front Seat Adjustment Switch – Four-way

9 Front Seat Inner Side Cover

10 Front Seat-back Rear Cover Assembly#

11 Front Seat-back Cover Retaining Clips

12 Front Seat Head Restraint Pad Assembly

13 Front Seat Head Restraint Cover

14 Front Seat Head Restraint Sleeves

15 Front Seat-back Pad – Cloth Cover

16 Front Seat-back Cloth Cover

17 Front Seat-back Pad – Leather Cover

18 Front Seat-back Leather Cover

19 Front Seat Dummy Block U-bolt

20 Front Seat Dummy Block Insert

21 Lumbar Support Knob Cover

22 Lumbar Support Knob Screw

23 Lumbar Support Knob

24 Lumbar Support Deflector Ring

25 Lumbar Support Assembly

26 Lumbar Support Retaining Spring

27 Front Seat-back Frame Assembly

28 Front Seat Cushion Cloth Cover

29 Front Seat Cushion Pad – Cloth Cover

30 Front Seat Cushion Leather Cover

31 Front Seat Cushion Pad – Leather Cover

32 Front Seat Cushion Frame Assembly

33 Seatbelt Buckle & Pretensioner Assembly

34 Wiring Harness Retaining Clip

35 Track and Height Adjust Assembly

36 Wiring Harness Assembly

37 Front Seat Cable Tray

# Net type map pocket is part of the front seat-back rear cover assembly.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–63

Page 1A7A–63

Front Seat Type 20

Figure 1A7A – 27

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–64

Page 1A7A–64

Legend

1 Front Seat Outer Front Cover

2 Front Seat Outer Rear Cover

3 Front Seat Inner Front Cover

4 Front Seat Inner Rear Cover

5 Front Seat Outer Side Cover

6 Recline Adjuster Knob

7 Front Seat Adjustment Switch Knob

8 Front Seat Adjustment Switch – Six-way

9 Front Seat Inner Side Cover

10 Front Seat-back Rear Cover Assembly#

11 Front Seat-back Cover Retaining Clips

12 Front Seat Head Restraint Pad Assembly

13 Front Seat Head Restraint Cover

14 Front Seat Head Restraint Sleeves

15 Front Seat-back Pad – Cloth Cover

16 Front Seat-back Cloth Cover

17 Front Seat-back Pad – Leather Cover

18 Front Seat-back Leather Cover

19 Front Seat Dummy Block U-bolt

20 Front Seat Dummy Block Insert

21 Lumbar Support Knob Cover

22 Lumbar Support Knob Screw

23 Lumbar Support Knob

24 Lumbar Support Deflector Ring

25 Lumbar Support Assembly

26 Lumbar Support Retaining Spring

27 Front Seat-back Frame Assembly

28 Front Seat Cushion Cloth Cover

29 Front Seat Cushion Pad – Cloth Cover

30 Front Seat Cushion Leather Cover

31 Front Seat Cushion Pad – Leather Cover

32 Front Seat Cushion Frame Assembly

33 Seatbelt Buckle & Pretensioner Assembly

34 Wiring Harness Retaining Clip

35 Track and Height Adjust Assembly

36 Wiring Harness Assembly

37 Fire Extinguisher Mounting Bracket

38 Front Seat Cable Tray

# Net type map pocket is part of the front seat-back rear cover assembly.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–65

Page 1A7A–65

Front Seat Type 21

Figure 1A7A – 28

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–66

Page 1A7A–66

Legend

1 Front Seat Outer Front Cover

2 Front Seat Outer Rear Cover

3 Front Seat Inner Front Cover

4 Front Seat Inner Rear Cover

5 Front Seat Outer Side Cover

6 Front Seat Adjustment Switch Knobs

7 Front Seat Adjustment Switch – Eight-way

8 Front Seat Inner Side Cover

9 Front Seat-back Rear Cover

10 Front Seat-back Map Pocket

11 Front Seat-back Cover Retaining Clips

12 Front Seat Head Restraint Pad Assembly

13 Front Seat Head Restraint Cover

14 Front Seat Head Restraint Sleeves

15 Front Seat-back Pad – Cloth Cover

16 Front Seat-back Cloth Cover

17 Front Seat-back Pad – Leather Cover

18 Front Seat-back Leather Cover

19 Front Seat Dummy Block U-bolt

20 Front Seat Dummy Block Insert

21 Lumbar Support Knob Cover

22 Lumbar Support Knob Screw

23 Lumbar Support Knob

24 Lumbar Support Deflector Ring

25 Lumbar Support Assembly

26 Lumbar Support Retaining Spring

27 Front Seat-back Frame Assembly

28 Front Seat Cushion Cloth Cover

29 Front Seat Cushion Pad – Cloth Cover

30 Front Seat Cushion Leather Cover

31 Front Seat Cushion Pad – Leather Cover

32 Front Seat Cushion Frame Assembly

33 Seatbelt Buckle & Pretensioner Assembly

34 Wiring Harness Retaining Clip

35 Track and Height Adjust Assembly

36 Wiring Harness Assembly

37 Front Seat Cable Tray

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–67

Page 1A7A–67

Front Seat Type 22

Figure 1A7A – 29

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–68

Page 1A7A–68

Legend

1 Front Seat Outer Front Cover

2 Front Seat Outer Rear Cover

3 Front Seat Inner Front Cover

4 Front Seat Inner Rear Cover

5 Front Seat Outer Side Cover

6 Front Seat Adjustment Switch Knobs

7 Front Seat Adjustment Switch – Eight-way

8 Front Seat Inner Side Cover

9 Front Seat-back Rear Cover

10 Front Seat-back Map Pocket

11 Front Seat-back Cover Retaining Clips

12 Front Seat Head Restraint Pad Assembly

13 Front Seat Head Restraint Cover

14 Front Seat Head Restraint Sleeves

15 Front Seat-back Pad – Cloth Cover

16 Front Seat-back Cloth Cover

17 Front Seat-back Pad – Leather Cover

18 Front Seat-back Leather Cover

19 Front Seat Dummy Block U-bolt

20 Front Seat Dummy Block Insert

21 Lumbar Support Knob Cover

22 Lumbar Support Knob Screw

23 Lumbar Support Knob

24 Lumbar Support Deflector Ring

25 Lumbar Support Assembly

26 Lumbar Support Retaining Spring

27 Front Seat-back Frame Assembly

28 Front Seat Cushion Cloth Cover

29 Front Seat Cushion Pad – Cloth Cover

30 Front Seat Cushion Leather Cover

31 Front Seat Cushion Pad – Leather Cover

32 Front Seat Cushion Frame Assembly

33 Seatbelt Buckle & Pretensioner Assembly

34 Wiring Harness Retaining Clip

35 Track and Height Adjust Assembly

36 Wiring Harness Assembly

37 Fire Extinguisher Mounting Bracket

38 Front Seat Cable Tray

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–69

Page 1A7A–69

Front Seat Type 23

Figure 1A7A – 30

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–70

Page 1A7A–70

Legend

1 Front Seat Outer Front Cover

2 Front Seat Outer Rear Cover

3 Front Seat Inner Front Cover

4 Front Seat Inner Rear Cover

5 Front Seat Outer Side Cover

6 Front Seat Adjustment Switch Knobs

7 Front Seat Adjustment Switch – Eight-way

8 Front Seat Inner Side Cover

9 Front Seat-back Rear Cover

10 Front Seat-back Map Pocket

11 Front Seat-back Cover Retaining Clips

12 Front Seat Head Restraint Pad Assembly

13 Front Seat Head Restraint Cover

14 Front Seat Head Restraint Sleeves

15 Front Seat-back Pad

16 Front Seat-back Cover

17 Front Seat Dummy Block U-bolt

18 Front Seat Dummy Block Insert

19 Side Impact Airbag Assembly

20 Lumbar Support Knob Cover

21 Lumbar Support Knob Screw

22 Lumbar Support Knob

23 Lumbar Support Deflector Ring

24 Lumbar Support Assembly

25 Lumbar Support Retaining Spring

26 Front Seat-back Frame Assembly

27 Front Seat Cushion Cover

28 Front Seat Cushion Pad

29 Front Seat Cushion Frame Assembly

30 Seatbelt Buckle & Pretensioner Assembly

31 Wiring Harness Retaining Clip

32 Track and Height Adjust Assembly

33 Wiring Harness Assembly

34 Front Seat Cable Tray

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–71

Page 1A7A–71

Front Seat Type 24

Figure 1A7A – 31

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–72

Page 1A7A–72

Legend

1 Front Seat Outer Front Cover

2 Front Seat Outer Rear Cover

3 Front Seat Inner Front Cover

4 Front Seat Inner Rear Cover

5 Front Seat Outer Side Cover

6 Front Seat Adjustment Switch Knobs

7 Front Seat Adjustment Switch – Eight-way

8 Front Seat Inner Side Cover

9 Front Seat-back Rear Cover

10 Front Seat-back Map Pocket

11 Front Seat-back Cover Retaining Clips

12 Front Seat Head Restraint Pad Assembly

13 Front Seat Head Restraint Cover

14 Front Seat Head Restraint Sleeves

15 Front Seat-back Pad

16 Front Seat-back Cover

17 Front Seat Dummy Block U-bolt

18 Front Seat Dummy Block Insert

19 Side Impact Airbag Assembly

20 Lumbar Support Knob Cover

21 Lumbar Support Knob Screw

22 Lumbar Support Knob

23 Lumbar Support Deflector Ring

24 Lumbar Support Assembly

25 Lumbar Support Retaining Spring

26 Front Seat-back Frame Assembly

27 Front Seat Cushion Cover

28 Front Seat Cushion Pad

29 Front Seat Cushion Frame Assembly

30 Seatbelt Buckle & Pretensioner Assembly

31 Wiring Harness Retaining Clip

32 Track and Height Adjust Assembly

33 Wiring Harness Assembly

34 Fire Extinguisher Mounting Bracket

35 Front Seat Cable Tray

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–73

Page 1A7A–73

2.2 Fire Extinguisher Assembly

Remove

1 Remove the fire extinguisher (1) from the cover (2).

2 Remove the two screws (3) attaching the fire

extinguisher mounting br acket (4) to the track and

height adjust assembly.

3 Remove the bracket and cover from the track and

height adjust assembly. If required remove t he bracket

from the cover.

Figure 1A7A – 32

Reinstall

Reinstallation of the fire extinguisher assembly is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the following:

Tighten the attaching screws to the correct torque specification.

Fire extinguisher mounting bracket

attaching screw torque specification.......15.0 – 20.0 Nm

Seat Assemblies P age 1A7A–74

Page 1A7A–74

2.3 Front Seat Assembly

LT Section No. – 14-295

Before performing any service operation on a

front seat assembly fitted with side impact

airbags, ensure the occupant protection

system is disabled, refer to 12M Occupant

Protection System.

NOTE

If the seat assembly is to be disassembled, adjust

the seat assembly to its highest position before

disconnecting the power to the seat.

NOTE

Clean hands are essential when working on the

interior trim.

Remove

Disconnection of the battery affects certain

vehicle electronic systems. Refer to

00, 5 Battery Disconnection Procedures

before disconnecting the battery.

1 Disconnect the battery.

2 For the driver’s seat on right-hand drive vehicles,

(except utility, regular cab and crew cab), remove the

screw (1) atta ching the front seat outer front cover (2).

3 Using a small screwdriver, push in the centre of the

oin to separate the front cover and the front seat outer

rear cover (3).

4 Unclip the covers from the seat track and disengage

from the side sill trim.

5 Pull the covers apart and remove the rear cover.

6 For the driver’s seat on right-hand drive vehicles,

(except utility, regular cab and crew cab), slide the

front cover over the fuel filler door release lever (4)

and remove.

Figure 1A7A – 33

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–75

Page 1A7A–75

7 Disconnect the body wiring ha r ness connector (1), the

seatbelt pretensioner wiring connector (2) and the side

impact airbag wiring connector (3), if fitted.

Figure 1A7A – 34

8 Unclip the front seat inner rear cover (1) from the seat

track (2).

Figure 1A7A – 35

9 Unclip the front seat inner front cover (1) from the seat

track (2).

Figure 1A7A – 36

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–76

Page 1A7A–76

10 Remove the four screws (1) attaching the front seat to

the vehicle.

11 Remove the seat from the vehicle.

Figure 1A7A – 37

Reinstall

Reinstallation of the front seat assembly is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the following:

1 Position the front seat assembly into the vehicle.

2 Install the four screws securing the front seat.

3 Tighten the attaching screws to the correct torque specification.

Front seat assembly attaching screw

torque specification.................................35.0 – 50.0 Nm

4 Connect the seat wiring harness connector, seatbelt pretensioner harness connector and the side impact airbag

connector.

5 Align the front seat outer cover’s retaining clips and push firmly to engage.

6 Push the front of the front seat outer cover do wn to engage the cover with the front of the seat rail.

7 For the driver’s side on right-hand drive vehicles, install the front seat outer cover attaching screw and tighten to the

specified torque.

Front seat outer front cover attaching

screw torque specification...........................1.0 – 3.0 Nm

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–77

Page 1A7A–77

8 Check the operation of the front seat functions. While checking the seat adjustment/operat ion, also check that the

seat wiring harnesses do not foul with any of the seat’s moveable components (i.e. seat motor drive shafts, etc.).

NOTE

Type 11 front seats will require seat memory

calibration to reinstate seat memory functions,

refer to Seat Memory Calibration, Front Seat

Type 11 in this Section.

9 Switch the ignition on and observe the airbag warning indicator in the instrument cluster.

• If no fault is detected, the airbag warning indicator shou ld illuminate for approximat ely five seconds while the

system performs a self-test, and then extinguish.

• If a fault is present, the airbag warning indic ator will remain illuminated and a warning chime may sound after

approximately three seconds. The warning message ‘SRS Airbag F ault’ is also displayed in the instrume nt

cluster multi-function display. To diagnose the fault, refer to 12M Occupant Protection.

Seat Memory Calibration, Front Seat Type 11

Whenever power is interrupted to the seat memory module, the following procedure must be performed to reinstate seat

memory functions.

Step Operation Result

1 1 Operate the seat adjustment switch to move the

seat forward.

2 Operate the seat adjustment switch for 1 second to

move the seat aft.

3 Operate the seat adjustment switch to move the

seat forward.

Seat will cease movement when track limit is

reached.

Seat will move aft.

Seat will cease movement when track limit is

reached.

2 1 Operate the seat adjustment switch to move the

seat aft.

2 Operate the seat adjustment switch for 1 second to

move the seat forward.

3 Operate the seat adjustment switch to move the

seat aft.

Seat will cease movement when track limit is

reached.

Seat will move for ward.

Seat will cease movement when track limit is

reached.

3 1 Operate the seat adjustment switch to raise the

front of the seat.

2 Operate the adjustment switch for 1 second to

lower the front of the seat.

3 Operate the seat adjustment switch to raise the

front of the seat.

Seat will cease movement when upper limit is

reached.

Se at wi ll lo wer .

Seat will cease movement when upper limit is

reached.

4 1 Operate the seat adjustment switch to lower the

front of the seat.

2 Operate seat adjustment switch for 1 second to

raise the front of the seat.

3 Operate the seat adjustment switch to lower the

front of the seat.

Seat will cease movement when lower limit is

reached.

Seat will raise.

Seat will cease movement when lower limit is

reached.

5 1 Operate the seat adjustment switch to raise the rear

of the seat.

2 Operate the seat adjustment switch for 1 second to

lower the rear of the seat.

3 Operate the seat adjustment switch to raise the rear

of the seat.

Seat will cease movement when upper limit is

reached.

Se at wi ll lo wer .

Seat will cease movement when upper limit is

reached.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–78

Page 1A7A–78

Step Operation Result

6 1 Operate the seat adjustment switch to lower the

rear of the seat.

2 Operate the seat adjustment switch for 1 second to

raise the rear of the seat.

3 Operate the seat adjustment switch to lower the

rear of the seat.

Seat will cease movement when lower limit is

reached.

Seat will raise.

Seat will cease movement when lower limit is

reached.

7 1 Operate the seat adjustment switch to move the

seat-back aft.

2 Operate the seat adjustment switch for 1 second to

move the seat-back forward.

3 Operate the seat adjustment switch to move the

seat-back aft.

Hold switch until lower limit is reached. This

does not have to be mechanical limit.

Seat-back will move forward.

Hold switch until lower limit is reached. This

should be same position as in 1.

8 1 Operate the seat adjustment switch to move the

seat-back forward.

2 Operate the seat adjustment switch for 1 second to

move the seat-back aft.

3 Operate the seat adjustment switch to move the

seat-back forward.

Hold switch until upper lim it is reached. This

does not have to be mechanical limit.

Seat-back will move aft.

Hold switch until upper lim it is reached. This

should be same position as in 1.

9 Press the mirror dip/memory store (M) button for 1

second. Stores the calibration into memory. A three-

tone chime sounds to confirm storage.

To test that the seat limits have been correctly calibrated, perform the following:

Step Operation Result

1 Operate the seat adjustment switch in one direction

(fore/aft, raise/lower, etc.). Hold until seat stops.

2 Release the switch briefly. –

3 Operate the switch in the same direction and hold for 3

seconds. The motor will not operate for 2 seconds, then

operates for 0.5 second.

This is a limp-home function that allo ws the

seat to be manually adjusted should a sensor

fail.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–79

Page 1A7A–79

2.4 Front Seat Outer Side Cover Assembl y

LT Section No. – 14-322

Remove

1 Raise the seat to the full-up position.

2 Remove the screw (1) from the front of the front seat

outer side cover (2).

3 If required, carefully prise the recliner knob (3) from

the seat assembly.

4 Remove the plug (4) by rotating the plug a nti-

clockwise, one quarter of a turn.

4 Remove the screw (5) located behind the plu g.

5 Reach up under the seat assembly and squeeze

together the two retaining tangs (6), on the i nner side

of the side cover while gently pulling the cover.

6 Gently pull the side cover away from the seat to

disengage the two clips (7) attached to the seat-back

frame assembly.

NOTE

Only remove the side cover far enough away

from the seat cushion assembly to gain access

to the seat wiring harness connectors.

Figure 1A7A – 38

7 Where fitted, disconnect the front seat adjustment

switch connector (1), recline motor harness connector

(2) and the memory position switch connector (3) and

unclip the harness from the side cover.

8 Remove the side cover assembly.

Figure 1A7A – 39

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–80

Page 1A7A–80

Disassemble

Front Seat Adjustment Switch

Remove

1 Depending on moveme nt functions, remove the one or

two adjustment knobs (1) from the front seat

adjustment switch (2), by carefully prising them free

with a small flat tip screwdriver wrapped in a clean

shop rag.

Figure 1A7A – 40

2 Remove the three screws (1) attaching the front seat

adjustment switch (2) to the front seat outer side

cover (3).

3 Remove the adjustment switch.

Figure 1A7A – 41

Reinstall

1 Tighten the attaching screws to the correct torque specification.

Front seat adjustment switch

attaching screw torque specification...........1.0 – 3.0 Nm

2 Push the knobs in until they click in place.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–81

Page 1A7A–81

Memory Position Switch Assembly

Remove

1 Remove the two screws (1) attaching the memory

position switch cover (2) to the front seat outer side

cover (3).

2 Lift out the memory position switch assembly (4) from

its recess in the side cover.

3 As required, each position button can b e removed

from the switch.

Figure 1A7A – 42

Reinstall

Reinstallation of the memory position switch assembly is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the following:

1 If removed, push the position buttons in until they click in place, ensuring correct orientation.

2 Tighten the attaching screws to the correct torque specification.

Memory position switch cover

attaching screw torque specification...........1.0 – 3.0 Nm

Reinstall

Reinstallation of the front seat outer side cover is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the following:

1 Tighten the attaching screws to the correct torque specification.

Front seat outer side cover attaching

screw torque specification...........................1.0 – 3.0 Nm

2 If fitted, ensure the recliner knob is securely clipped in place.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–82

Page 1A7A–82

2.5 Front Seat Inner Side Cover

LT Section No. – 14-322

As required, remove the front seat assembly, refer to 2.3 Front Seat Assembly.

Remove

1 Remove the screw (1) attaching the front seat inner

side cover (2) to the seat assembly (3) and remove the

cover.

Figure 1A7A – 43

Reinstall

Reinstallation of the front seat inner side cover is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the following:

Tighten the attaching screw to the correct torque specification.

Front seat inner side cover attachi ng

screw torque specification...........................1.0 – 3.0 Nm

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–83

Page 1A7A–83

2.6 Front Seat-back Rear Cover Assembly

LT Section No. – 14-322

Remove

The following components will require

replacement when performing this operation.

• Two front seat-back rear cover retaining

clips.

1 Pull the lower corners of the front seat-back rear

cover (1) away from the seat (2), breaking the two

retaining clips (3).

Figure 1A7A – 44

2 While holding the lower portion of the front seat-back

rear cover (1) out, pull the cover down to release the

two upper retaining lugs (2).

3 Remove the cover.

Figure 1A7A – 45

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–84

Page 1A7A–84

Disassemble

When performing Step 1, take care when

removing the retaining clip (1) not to break

the front seat-back map pocket shafts on

which the reta ining clips are attached.

NOTE

This procedure cannot be performed on vehicles

that have the net type seat-back map pocket.

1 Remove the two retaining clips (1) attaching the front seat-back map pocket (2) to the front seat-back rear

cover (3), refer to Figure 1A7A – 46.

2 Remove the four screws (4) attaching the map pocket to the cover.

3 Remove the map pocket.

Figure 1A7A – 46

Reassemble

Reassembly of the front seat-back rear cover is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the following:

Tighten the attaching screws to the correct torque specification.

Front seat-back map pocket attaching

screw torque specification...........................1.0 – 3.0 Nm

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–85

Page 1A7A–85

Reinstall

1 Replace the damaged retaining clip (1) on the front

seat-back rear cover (2), two places.

Figure 1A7A – 47

2 Align the two upper retaining l ugs (1) with the seat-

back.

3 Push the front seat-back rear cover (2) up and in at

the lower edge to engage the two lower retaining clips.

Figure 1A7A – 48

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–86

Page 1A7A–86

2.7 Front Seat Head Restraint Assembly

LT Section No. – 14-295

Remove

1 Raise the head restraint fully.

2 Insert a suitable size probe into the hole (1) in the right-hand head restraint sleeve (2), refer to F igure 1A7A – 49

3 Push the probe in slightly whil e applying slight upward pressure on the head restraint. Hold the upward pressure.

4 Depress the head restraint sleeve height adjuster lock (3) on the left-hand head restraint sleeve and remove the

head restraint.

Figure 1A7A – 49

Disassemble

1 Disengage the front head restraint cover J-stri p by

pulling the flap (1) back and out of flap (2) in the

direction shown.

Figure 1A7A – 50

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–87

Page 1A7A–87

2 Remove the four staples (1) retaining the cover (2) to

the head restraint pad assembly.

3 Remove the cover from the pad assemb ly.

Figure 1A7A – 51

Reassemble

Reassembly of the front seat head restraint assembly is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the following:

Ensure the head restraint cover J-clip is fully enga ged and sits neatly in the recess in the head restraint pad.

Reinstall

Ensuring correct orientation of the head restraint, fit the head restraint shafts into the sleeves and p ush the head restraint

down.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–88

Page 1A7A–88

2.8 Front Seat Head Restraint Sleeve

LT Section No. – 14-275

As required, remove the front seat head restraint assembl y, refer to 2.7 Front Seat Head Restrai nt Assembl y.

Remove

1 Push down on the surrounding seat cover to reveal the

upper portion of the seat-back frame or active head

restraint frame (1).

2 Using a fine flat-blade screwdriver, depress the head

restraint sleeve retaining lug (2) and withdraw the

head restraint sleeve (3) from the frame.

3 Repeat for the remaining sleeve as required.

Figure 1A7A – 52

Reinstall

Reinstallation of the front seat head restraint sleeve is the reverse of the removal proce dure, noting the following:

NOTE

Ensure the sleeve with the height adjuster lock

(1) is installed on the left-hand side of the seat;

that is the side that corresponds to the lower

square notch (2) in the head restraint shaft.

Figure 1A7A – 53

1 Align the head restraint sleeve locatin g ribs (1 ) with

the notch (2) in the seat-back frame.

2 Insert the sleeve and ensure it clicks into place.

Figure 1A7A – 54

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–89

Page 1A7A–89

2.9 Lumbar Support Knob Assembly

LT Section No. – 14-275

Remove

1 Ensure the lumbar support is in the full off position.

2 Using a fine flat-blade scre w-driver, carefull y prise the

cap (1) from the lumbar support knob (2).

3 Remove the screw (3) attaching the knob to the

lumbar support shaft.

4 Pull the knob off the lumbar support shaft and remove

the lumbar support deflector ring (4).

NOTE

The knob is lightly clipped to the lumbar support

shaft and will ‘click-off’.

Figure 1A7A – 55

Reinstall

Reinstallation of the lumbar s upport knob assembly is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the following:

Tighten the screw to the correct torque specification.

Lumbar support knob attachin g

screw torque specification...........................2.0 – 5.0 Nm

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–90

Page 1A7A–90

2.10 Front Seat-back Pad and Cover

Assembly

LT Section No. – 14-295

As required, remove the following compo nents:

1 Front seat assembly, refer to 2.3 Front Seat Assembly.

2 Front seat outer side cover assembly, refer to 2.4 Front Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.

3 Front seat inner side cover, refer to 2.5 Front Seat Inner Side Cover.

4 Front seat-back rear cover assembly, refer to 2.6 Front Seat-back Rear Cover Assemb ly.

5 Front seat head restraint assembly, refer to 2.7 Front Seat Head Restraint Assembly.

6 Front seat head restraint sleeves, refer to 2.8 Front Seat Head Restraint Sleeve.

7 Lumbar support knob assembly, refer to 2.9 Lumbar Suppor t Knob Assembly.

Remove

1 Disengage the J-strips from the seat frame a nd the

Velcro tab at each lower corner.

2 Lift the cover and pad assembly up and away from the

seat-back frame, manoeuvring it over the seat-back

components such as the side impact airbag a nd

dummy block insert assemblies.

Figure 1A7A – 56

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–91

Page 1A7A–91

Disassemble

NOTE

The following illustrations show typical hook and

loop arrangement, which will vary according to

seat type.

Surebond type seat-back pad and cover

assemblies cannot be disassembled.

1 Fold the lower corners of the seat-back cove r (1) over

the seat-back pad (2).

Figure 1A7A – 57

2 While holding the front seat-back pad (1), pull the

lower corners of the front seat-back cover (2), upwards

and away from the pad to diseng age the hook and

loop strips (3).

3 Pull the cover up and over the upper ed ge of the pad.

Figure 1A7A – 58

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–92

Page 1A7A–92

Reassemble

1 With the front seat-back cover (1) folded at the central

horizontal strip of hook and loop (2), align th e centre

mark (3) on the cover with the centre mark (4) on the

front seat-back pad.

2 Press the cover firmly into the corresponding groove i n

the pad to engage the hook and loop.

Figure 1A7A – 59

3 With the cover folded at the two vertical strips of the

hook and loop, press the cover firml y into the

corresponding grooves in the pad.

Figure 1A7A – 60

4 Roll the upper corners of the cover over the pad.

5 Roll the sides of the cover over the pad.

6 Roll the lower corners of the cover over the pad.

NOTE

Make sure the cover is fitted neatly by hand into

all corners and contours of the pad.

Figure 1A7A – 61

Reinstall

Reinstallation of the front seat -back pad and cover assembly is the reverse of the removal procedure.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–93

Page 1A7A–93

2.11 Front Seat-back Frame Assembly

When carrying a live (undeployed) side

impact airbag assembly or a front seat-back

frame assembly fitted with a (undeployed)

side impact airbag assembly, ensure the

airbag opening is pointed away from you.

Never carry the side impact airbag assembly

or seat-back frame assembly fitted w ith a side

impact airbag assembly by the airbag wiring

harness or connectors. In case of an

accidental deployment, the airbag will then

deploy with minimal chance of injury.

When placing a live side impact airbag

assembly or a fro nt seat-ba ck frame as sembly

fitted with a (undeployed) side impact airbag

assembly on a bench or other surface, alw ays

face the airbag opening up, away from the

surface. Never rest the airbag assembly or

seat-back frame with the airbag opening face

down. This is necessary so that a free space

is provided to allow the airbag to expand in

the unlikely event of accidental deployment.

Otherwise, personal injury may result.

LT Section No. – 14-275

As required remove the following c ompo nents:

1 Front seat assembly, refer to 2.3 Front Seat Assembly.

2 Front seat outer side cover assembly, refer to 2.4 Front Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.

3 Front seat inner side cover, refer to 2.5 Front Seat Inner Side Cover.

Remove

1 Remove the two screws (1), each side, attaching the

seat-back assembly (2) to the front seat cushion frame

assembly (3).

2 As required, disconnect and detach the front seat-back

recline motor and side impact airbag wiring harnesses.

3 Remove the seat-back assembly.

Figure 1A7A – 62

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–94

Page 1A7A–94

Disassemble

As required, remove the following compo nents:

1 Front seat-back rear cover assembly, refer to 2.6 Front Seat-back Rear Cover Assemb ly.

2 Front seat head restraint assembly, refer to 2.7 Front Seat Head Restraint Assembly.

3 Front seat head restraint sleeves, refer to 2.8 Front Seat Head Restraint Sleeve.

4 Lumbar support knob assembly, refer to 2.9 Lumbar Suppor t Knob Assembly.

5 Front seat-back pad and cover assembl y, refer to 2.10 Front Seat-back Pad and Cover Assembly.

Side Impact Airbag Assembly

Remove

1 As required, unclip the side im pact airbag wiring

harness (1) from the retaining clip (2) and cut the

cable tie (3) securing the harness to the front seat

cushion frame assembly, taking care not to damage

the wiring harness.

2 Unclip the wiring harness connector (4) from the track

and height adjust assembly (5).

Figure 1A7A – 63

3 Remove the lock-nut (1), two places, attaching the

side impact airbag assembl y ( 2) to the seat-b ack

frame (3) and airbag assembly.

Figure 1A7A – 64

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–95

Page 1A7A–95

Reinstall

Reinstallation of the side impact airba g asse mbly is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the following:

1 Ensure the conduit covering the wiring harness and the harness is positioned correctl y, refer to Figure 1A7A – 63.

2 Tighten the nuts to the correct torque specification.

Side impact airbag assembly attaching

nut torque specification...............................5.0 – 6.0 Nm

Front Seat Dummy Block Insert Assembly

Remove

1 Remove the lock-nut (1), two places, attaching the

front seat dummy block insert (2) to the seat-back

frame (3) and remove the dummy block insert

assembly.

2 If required, remove the dummy block U-bolt (4) from

the dummy block insert.

Figure 1A7A – 65

Reinstall

Reinstallation of the front seat dummy block insert assembly is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the

following:

Tighten the nuts to the correct torque specification.

Front seat dummy block insert attaching

nut torque specification...............................5.0 – 6.0 Nm

Lumbar Support Assembly

Remove

1 Remove the retainer (1), two places, attaching the

lumbar support assembly (2) to the seat-back frame.

Figure 1A7A – 66

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–96

Page 1A7A–96

2 Depress the retaining tab (1) and from the inner side

of the seat-back frame, rotate the lumbar support

shaft (2) and withdraw from the seat-back frame.

3 Repeat for the opposite side.

Figure 1A7A – 67

4 Disconnect the spring (1), two places, attaching the

lumbar support assembly (2) to the seat-bac k frame or

active head restraint frame.

TIP

To aid spring remova l, pull the support asse mbly

toward the side that the spring is being remove d

to relieve spring tension.

Figure 1A7A – 68

5 Remove the lumbar support assembly (1).

Figure 1A7A – 69

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–97

Page 1A7A–97

Reinstall

Reinstallation of the lumbar s upport assembly is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the following:

Ensure the lumbar support assembl y is correctly seated on the cushion side of the active head restraint frame, where

fitted, with the black lumbar support shaft on the outer side of the seat.

Active Head Restraint Frame Assembly

Remove

1 Remove the screw (1) and nut (2), two places,

attaching the active head restraint frame assembly (3)

to the seat-back frame hinge.

Figure 1A7A – 70

2 Withdraw the active head restraint frame assembly (1)

downward to remove it from the seat-back frame and

remove.

Figure 1A7A – 71

3 If required, slide the support strap (1) from the active

head restraint frame.

Figure 1A7A – 72

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–98

Page 1A7A–98

4 If required, depress the tab (1), two places, and

withdraw the active head restraint frame sleeve (2)

from the seat-back frame.

5 Repeat for the opposite sleeve as requ ired.

Figure 1A7A – 73

6 If required, remove the spring (1), from the active head

restraint frame hinge and seat-back frame.

7 Repeat for the opposite side as required.

Figure 1A7A – 74

Reinstall

Reinstallation of the active head restraint frame assembly is the reverse of the removal proced ure, noting the following:

Tighten the screws to the correct torque specification.

Active head restraint frame assembly

attaching screw torque specification...........3.0 – 5.0 Nm

Reinstall

Reinstallation of the front seat-back frame assembly is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the following:

1 Tighten the attaching screws to the correct torque specific ation.

Front seat-back frame assembly

attaching screw torque specification.......30.0 – 45.0 Nm

2 Check the mechanical and ele c trical operation of the front seat.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–99

Page 1A7A–99

2.12 Seat Cable Tray and Memory Module

Remove

1 Remove the front seat assembly, refer to 2.3 Front Seat Assembly.

2 Remove the seat track and height adjust assembly, refer to 2.13 Track and Height Adjust Assembly.

3 Disconnect the wiring harness connectors as required.

4 Unclip the cable tray from the front of the seat track

and height adjust assembly.

Figure 1A7A – 75

5 Pull the cable tray forward to release it from the seat

track and height adjust assembly.

Figure 1A7A – 76

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–100

Page 1A7A–100

6 If required, use a 5 mm drill bit and dri ll out the pop

rivet (1), two places, securing the seat memor y

module to the cable tray.

7 Remove the seat memory module.

Figure 1A7A – 77

8 If required, remove the wiring harness from the cable

tray by squeezing the tabs on the harness clips (1)

and removing the tape (2) as required.

Figure 1A7A – 78

Reinstall

Reinstallation of the seat memor y module is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the following:

1 Ensure the wiring harness an d connectors are correctly routed and attach ed securely.

2 Use new pop rivets.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–101

Page 1A7A–101

2.13 Track and Height Adjust Assembly

The track and height adjust assembly

components are non-serviceable. If the track

and height adjust assembly, drive motors or

drive shafts require replacement, the entire

track and height adjust assembly must be

replaced.

LT Section No. – 14-275

Remove

1 Remove the front seat assembly, refer to 2.3 Front Seat Assembly.

2 Remove the front seat outer side cover assembl y, refer to 2.4 Front Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.

3 As required, detach the wiring harness con nectors.

4 As required, detach the seatbelt pretensioner and side airbag wiring harnesses.

5 Remove the four nuts (1) attaching the track and

height adjust assembly (2) to the seat.

6 Remove the track and height adjust assembly.

7 If required, remove the cable tray and wiring harness

assembly, refer to 2.12 Seat Cable Tray and Memory

Module.

8 If required, remove the seatbelt buckle and

pretensioner assembly, refer to 12M Occupant

Protection System.

Figure 1A7A – 79

Reinstall

Reinstallation of the track and height adjust assembly is the reverse of the removal procedur e, noting the following:

1 Ensure the connectors are correctly routed and attached se curely, refer to Figure 1A7A – 80.

2 Tighten the nuts to the correct torque specification.

Track and height adjust asse mbly

attaching nut torque specification............24.0 – 32.0 Nm

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–102

Page 1A7A–102

Figure 1A7A – 80

Legend

1 Ground Cable

2 Seatbelt Pretensioner Wiring Harness 3 Side Impact Inflatable Restraint Wiring Harness (where

fitted)

4 Seat Memory Module (where fitted)

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–103

Page 1A7A–103

2.14 Front Seat Cushion Pad and Cover

Assembly

LT Section No. – 14-295

As required, remove the following compo nents:

1 Front seat assembly, refer to 2.3 Front Seat Assembly.

2 Front seat outer side cover assembly, refer to 2.4 Front Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.

3 Front seat inner side cover, refer to 2.5 Front Seat Inner Side Cover.

4 Front seat-back frame assembly, refer to 2.11 Front Seat-back Frame Assembly.

Remove

1 From under the front seat cushion, disengage the front

and side J-strips (1) away from the seat frame (2).

2 Lift the cover and pad assembly a way from the seat

frame and then release the rear J-strip (3).

3 Remove the cover and pad assembly.

Figure 1A7A – 81

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–104

Page 1A7A–104

Disassemble

NOTE

The following illustrations show typical hook and

loop arrangement, which will vary according to

seat type.

Surebond type seat-back pad and cover

assemblies cannot be disassembled.

1 Fold the rear corners of the front seat cushion

cover (1) over the front seat cushion pad (2).

Figure 1A7A – 82

2 While holding the front seat cushi on pad (1), pull the

rear corners of the front seat cushion cover (2) forward

and away from the pad to diseng age the hook and

loop strips (3).

3 Pull the cover up and over the forward edge of the

pad.

Figure 1A7A – 83

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–105

Page 1A7A–105

Reassemble

Reassembly of the front seat cushion pad is the reverse of the disassembly procedure n oting the following:

1 Align either of the outer hook and loop strips (1) and

the one or two cross hook and loop strips (2), on the

front seat cushion cover (3), with the front seat

cushion pad (4).

2 Press the folded edge of the cover firmly into the

corresponding groove in the pad to engage the hook

and loop strip.

Figure 1A7A – 84

3 Align and press the outer hook and loop strip (1), on

the cover (2), with the corresponding groove in the

pad (3).

Figure 1A7A – 85

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–106

Page 1A7A–106

4 Roll the front corners of the cover over the pad.

5 Roll the sides of the cover over the pad.

6 Roll the rear corners of the cover over the pad.

NOTE

Make sure the pad is fitted neatly by hand into all

corners and contours of the seat cover.

Do not pull the cover onto the pad from

underneath using the J-strip to make it fit

neatly, as the fabric may be damaged.

Figure 1A7A – 86

Reinstall

Reinstallation of the front seat cushion pad and cover assembly is the reverse of the removal procedure.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–107

Page 1A7A–107

2.15 Front Seat Cushion Frame Assembly

LT Section No. – 14-275

Remove

As required remove the following c ompo nents:

1 Front seat assembly, refer to 2.3 Front Seat Assembly.

2 Front seat outer side cover assembly, refer to 2.4 Front Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.

3 Front seat inner side cover, refer to 2.5 Front Seat Inner Side Cover.

4 Front seat-back frame assembly, refer to 2.11 Front Seat-back Frame Assembly.

5 Track and height adjust assembly, refer to 2.13 Track and Height Adjust Assembly.

6 Front seat cushion pad and cover assembly, refer to 2.14 Front Seat Cushion Pad and Cover Assembly.

Disassemble

1 To remove the suspension mat (1), modify a G-clamp

with a 5mm diameter metal dowel (2) welded to one

end and another appro ximate ly 40mm long and with a

2mm diameter pin (3) approxim ately 20mm long

welded to the other end.

2 Using the G-clamp, stretch the suspension mat far

enough to allow the four retaining springs (4 ) to be

removed from the seat cushion frame.

3 Back the G-clamp load off and remove the suspensio n

mat.

When using the G-clamp, use existing holes

in the suspension mat to ensure that mat

deformation does not occur.

Figure 1A7A – 87

Reassemble

Reassembly of the suspension mat is the reverse of the disassembl y proc edure.

Reinstall

Reinstallation of the front seat cushion frame assembly is the reverse of the removal pro cedure, noting the following:

1 Ensure all wiring is correctly connected and routed, refer to 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses.

2 Check the mechanical and ele c trical operation of the front seat.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–108

Page 1A7A–108

2.16 Front Seat Lift Motor Assemblies

The front seat lift motor assemblies are non-serviceabl e items.

If a front seat lift motor assembly requires replacement, the track and height adjust assembly must be repl aced, refer to

2.13 Track and Height Adjust Assembly.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–109

Page 1A7A–109

2.17 Front Seat Fore/Aft Movement Motor

Assembly

The front seat fore/aft movement motor assembl y is a non-serviceable item.

If the front seat fore/aft movement motor or drive shafts require replacement, the track and height adjus t assembly must

be replaced, refer to 2.13 Track and Height Adjust Assembly.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–110

Page 1A7A–110

2.18 Front Seat-back Recline Motor Assembly

The front seat-back recline motor assembly is a non-serviceable item.

If the front seat-back recline motor assembly requires replacement, the fron t seat-back frame assembly must be

replaced, refer to 2.11 Front Seat-back Frame Assembly.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–111

Page 1A7A–111

2.19 Drive Motor Hall-effect Sensors

The front seat drive motor hall-effect sensors are non-serviceable items.

If the front seat fore/aft movement and/or front seat lift motor hall-effect sensors require replacement, the track and

height adjust assembly must be replaced, refer to 2.13 Track and Heig ht Adjust Assembly.

If the seat-back recline motor hall-effect sensor requires replacement, the front seat-back frame assem bly must be

replaced, refer to 2.11 Front Seat-back Frame Assembly.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–112

Page 1A7A–112

3 Diagnostics – Front Seat RHD,

Non-memory (Except Coupe)

3.1 Prerequisites

Safety Requirements

When operating the seat as part of any Steps

in the diagnostic tables, ensure that fingers

and limbs are clear of mo ving parts.

Equipment

The following equipment is required to diagnose the seats:

• an unpowered test lamp with a current dra w of less than 3 A, and

• a digital multimeter with a minimum impe dance of 10 MΩ.

Testing Procedures

The following points must be adhered to

when performing diagnostic testing on

components:

• Take care when using testing equipment

to diagnose wiring harness connectors. It

is preferred that the technician backprobe

the connector to avoid terminal damage.

• When tests are required on connector

terminals, use the adapters in the

connector adapter kit KM–609 to prevent

damage to the terminals.

• Unless the multimeter being used has an

auto-ranging function, ensure the correct

range is selected.

• When backpro bing connectors, ensure the

test lamp ground lead is connected to an

appropriate ground point on the vehicle.

Ensure this ground point is not part of the

circuit being tested.

NOTE

When following the steps in th e diagnostic tables,

perform them in the order cited. If the required

nominal value or result is not achi eved, rectif y t he

problem before proceeding any further.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–113

Page 1A7A–113

3.2 Mechanical Diagnosis – Two-Way/Four-

Way Seat

Lumbar Support Inoperative

Introduction

This test is used to aid in diagnosing the lumbar support as sembly.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

1 Checks if the lumbar support knob is properly engaging the lumbar support adjuster. Check the knob for cracks and

worn splines.

2 Checks if the lumbar support assembly is damage d or worn and if the retaining springs are serviceable and

securely attached to the seat back frame assembly.

3 Checks if the lumbar support assembly is serviceable and if the lumber support assembly strap is operating

correctly within the guide rails.

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Remove the lumbar support knob, refer to 2.9 Lumbar Support Knob

Assembly.

Is the lumbar support adjust knob serviceable? Go to Step 2

Replace the knob,

refer to 2.9 Lumbar

Support Knob

Assembly

2 1 Remove the seat-back cover.

2 Inspect the lumbar support retainers and spri ngs.

Are the lumbar support retaining spri ngs serviceable and securel y

attached to the seat-back frame assembly? Go to Step 3

Replace or reattach

the retaining

springs, refer to

2.11 Front Seat-

back Frame

Assembly

3 1 Visually inspect the lumbar support assembly. Check for bro ken

or worn parts.

2 Check the strap running across the lumber s upport assembly is

serviceable and running freely within the guide rails.

NOTE

You may need to attach the lumber support knob to

actuate the strap.

Is the lumbar support assembly serviceabl e? System serviceable

Replace lumbar

support assembly

or resecure lumbar

support assembly

strap ensuring

strap is not binding

with guide rails,

refer to 2.11 Front

Seat-back Frame

Assembly

When all diagno sis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–114

Page 1A7A–114

Seat Recline Forward and/or Back Function is Inoperative

Introduction

This test is used to aid in diagnosing the manual recline function of the seat assembl y.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

1 Checks if the recliner knob is properly engaging the recliner shaft. Check the knob for cracks and worn splines.

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Remove the recliner knob, refer to 2.4 Front Seat Outer Side Cover

Assembly

Is the recliner knob serviceable?

Replace the front

seat-back frame

assembly, refer to

2.11 Front Seat-

back Frame

Assembly

Replace the

recliner knob, refer

to 2.4 Front Seat

Outer Side Cover

Assembly

When all diagno sis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–115

Page 1A7A–115

Seat Fore/Aft Movement Function is Inoperative or is Not Smooth

Introduction

This test is used to aid in diagnosi ng the fore/aft movement function of the seat being inoperative or the action of the seat

through the range of movement is not smooth.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

1 Checks if there are any items obstructing the guide rails which may stop or hinder the seat movement.

2 Checks if the guide rails have adequate lubricant appli ed to provide a smooth operation for the seat.

3 Checks if the linkage assembly between the adjustment lever and lockin g tangs is worn or damaged. The lockin g

tangs must disengage from the guide rails be fore the seat will move.

4 Checks if the guide rails have been damaged. Any binding between the inner and outer guide rails will result in

poor operation of the fore and aft movement.

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Are the guide rails free from obstructions? Go to Step 2 Remove the

obstructing item

2 Are the gui de rails adequately lubricated?

Go to Step 3

Apply a small

amount of grease

type NLGI No. 1

Lithium Grease

(with 9% Zinc

Oxide) to the rails

3 Do the lock ing tangs disengage the guide rails when the seat fore and

aft adjustment lever is raised to its full movement?

Go to Step 4

Replace the track

and height adjust

assembly, refer to

2.13 Track and

Height Adjust

Assembly

4 Do the guide rails bind at any point of travel during the fore and aft

movements of the seat? Replace the track

and height adjust

assembly, refer to

2.13 Track and

Height Adjust

Assembly System serviceable

When all diagno sis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–116

Page 1A7A–116

3.3 Electrical Diagnosis – Four-way Driver’s

Seat

The charts in this Section are used to aid in diagnosing faults on four-way driver’s seat assemblies. To aid in the use of

the diagnostic tables, refer to Wiring Diagram – Four-way Seat and Connector Chart – Four-way Seat in this Section.

Wiring Diagram – Four-way Seat

Figure 1A7A – 88

Connector Chart – Four-way Seat

Figure 1A7A – 89

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–117

Page 1A7A–117

None of the Driver’s Seat Adjustment Switch Functions Operate

Introduction

This test is used to aid in diagnosing the driver’s seat adjustment switch when none of the switch functions operate. The

test diagnoses the driver’s seat adjustment switch and associated power and ground circuits.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

1 Checks if battery voltage is more than 11.5 V. The seat motors require mo re than 11.5 V to operate correctly.

2 Checks if circuit breaker F2 located on the passenger com partment fuse and relay panel assembl y is tripped.

Isolates if circuit breaker F2 is the fault affecting the circuit between the battery and conne ctor X200 pin 19.

3 Checks if fusible link F105 located on the engine compartment fuse and relay panel assembly is serviceable.

Isolates if the fusible link is the fault affecting the circuit between the battery and connector X200 pin 19.

4 Checks if all the connectors required for the seat to operate effectively are in place a nd positively connected.

5 Checks if there is battery power at connector S50 – X1 pi n 7. Isolates if there is a fault between the bat tery and

connector S50 – X1 pin 7.

6 Checks if there is battery power at connector X302 pi n 3. Isolates if there i s a fault in circuit 540 between

connectors S50 – X1 pin 7 and X302 p in 3.

7 Checks if there is battery voltage at connector X200 pin 19. Isolates if the fault is between the battery and

connector X200 pin 19.

8 Checks if there is battery voltage at circuit breaker F2. Isolates whether the fault is between the b attery and circuit

breaker F2 or bet ween circuit breaker F2 an d connector X200 pin 19.

9 Checks if there is battery voltage at fusible link F105. Isolates whether the fault is between the battery and fusible

link F105 or between fusible li nk F105 and circuit breaker F2.

10 Checks if the driver’s seat adjustment switch is serviceable.

11 Checks if the ground point associated with the system is serviceable.

12 Checks if there is continuity between connectors S50 – X1 pin 6 and X302 pin 1 which supplies the ground circuit

for the driver’s seat adjustment switch. Isolates whether there is a fault in circuit 650 bet ween the switch and

connector X302 pin 1 or between connector X302 pin 1 and the ground point.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–118

Page 1A7A–118

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to 12P Wirin g Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Check the battery voltage, refer to 12A Battery and Cables.

Is the battery voltage more than 11.5 V? Go to Step 2

Refer to 12A

Battery and Cables

for further

diagnosis

2 Inspect circuit breaker F2, refer to 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring

Harness.

Is circuit breaker F2 tripped?

Allow the circuit

breaker to reset

(refer to Note 3).

If the circuit breaker

trips again, repair

or replace circuit

540 (refer to

Note 2) Go to Step 3

3 Inspect fusible link F105, refer to 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring

Harness.

Is fuse F105 serviceable?

Go to Step 4

Replace the fusible

link.

If the fusible link

becomes

unserviceable

again, repair or

replace circuit 342

(refer to Note 2)

4 Are the following connectors secure (refer to Note 3)?

• S50

• X200

• X302

• Y67

• Y69 Go to Step 5

Ensure the

connectors are

secure

5 Backprobe connector S50 – X1 pin 7 with a test lamp (refer Note 1).

Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 10 Go to Step 6

6 Backprobe connector X302 pin 3 with a test lamp (refer to Note 1).

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Repair or replace

circuit 540 between

connectors

X302 pin 3 and

S50 – X1 pin 7

(refer to Note 2) Go to Step 7

7 Backprobe connector X200 pin 19 with a test lamp (refer to Note 1).

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Repair or replace

circuit 540 between

connectors

X200 pin 19 an d

X302 pin 3 (refer to

Note 2) Go to Step 8

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–119

Page 1A7A–119

Step Action Yes No

8 1 Remove circuit breaker F2 from the passenger compartment

fuse and relay panel assembly.

2 Using a test lamp, probe connector X12 9 – X45 – 2 (refer to

Note 1).

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Repair or replace

circuit 540 between

circuit breaker F2

and connector

X200 pin 19 (refer

to Note 2) Go to Step 9

9 1 Remove fusible link F105.

2 Using a test lamp, probe connector X18-105 (refer to Note 1).

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Repair or replace

circuit 342 between

fusible link F105

and circuit breaker

F2 (refer to Note 2)

Repair or replace

circuit 1 between

the battery and

fusible link F105

(refer to Note 2)

10 1 Remove the driver’s seat adjustment switch from the seat, refer

2.4 Front Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.

2 Test the driver’s seat adjustment switch, refer to 3.4 Four-way

Seat Adjustment Switch Test.

Is the driver’s seat adjustment switch serviceable? Go to Step 11

Replace the

driver’s seat

adjustment switch,

refer to 2.4 Front

Seat Outer Side

Cover Assembly

11 Ensure ground point X118 – GP12 (located in the middle of the

transmission tunnel) is secure and has good contact with the vehicle

structure.

Is the ground point secure to the vehicle with a good contact? Go to Step 12 Repair ground poi nt

12 1 Backprobe connector X302 pin 1 with a test lamp (refer Note 1).

2 Operate the driver’s seat adjustment switch in any of the

available directions.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Repair or replace

circuit 650 between

connector X302 pin

1 and ground point

X118 – GP12 (refer

Note 2)

Repair or replace

circuit 650 between

connectors

S50 – X1 pin 6 and

X302 pin 1 (refer

Note 2)

When all diagno sis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–120

Page 1A7A–120

Front/Rear of the Driver's Seat Does Not Raise and/or Lower

Introduction

This test is used to aid in diagnosing the front and/or the rear of the driver's seat not raising and/or lowering. The test

diagnoses the driver’s seat ad justment switch and the motor circuits.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

1 Checks if the driver's seat adjustment switch operates the seat in any direct ion. Isolates whether ther e is a battery

or ground fault affecting the seat operation.

2 Checks if all the connectors required for the seat to operate effectively are in place a nd positively connected.

3 Checks if the driver's seat adjustment switch is serviceable.

4 Confirms whether the rear of the seat raises or lowers. Isolates if the seat rear lift motor and circuit of the seat is the

fault.

5 Confirms whether the front of the seat raises or lo wers. Isolates if the seat front lift motor and circuit of the seat is

the fault.

6 Checks if there is battery power to the seat rear lift motor at connector Y69 – X1 pin 1. Isolates if there is a fault in

circuit 282 that supplies battery po wer to the motor to raise the rear of the seat.

7 Checks if there is battery power to the seat rear lift motor at connector Y69 – X1 pin 5. Isolates whether the fault is

in circuit 283 that supplies battery power to the motor to lower the rear of the seat or the motor is faulty. As

reversing the polarity changes the direction of the motor, this Step also confirms the ground circuit from Step 6 is

serviceable.

8 Checks if there is battery power to the seat front lift motor at connector Y67 – X1 pin 1. Isolates if there is a fault in

circuit 286 that supplies battery po wer to the motor to raise the front of the seat.

9 Checks if there is battery power to the seat front lift motor at connector Y67 – X1 pin 5. Isolates whether the fault is

in circuit 287 that supplies battery power to the motor to lower the front of the seat or the motor is faulty. As

reversing the polarity changes the direction of the motor, this Step also confirms the ground circuit from Step 8 is

serviceable.

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to 12P Wirin g Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–121

Page 1A7A–121

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Does the driver's seat adjustment s witch operate the seat correctly in

any of the four directions?

Go to Step 2

Refer to None of

the Driver’s Seat

Adjustment Switch

Functions Operate

in this Section

2 Are the following connectors secure?

• S50

• Y69

• Y67 Go to Step 3

Ensure the

connectors are

secure

3 1 Remove the driver's seat adjustment switch from the seat, refer

to 2.4 Front Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.

2 Test the driver's seat adjustment switch, refer to 3.4 Four-way

Seat Adjustment Switch Test.

Is the driver's seat adjustment switch serviceable? Go to Step 4

Replace the driver's

seat adjustment

switch, refer to 2.4

Front Seat Outer

Side Cover

Assembly

4 Operate the driver's seat adjustment switch to raise or lower the rear

of the seat.

Does the rear of the seat raise and lower? Go to Step 5 Go to Step 6

5 Operate the driver's seat adjustment switch to raise or lower the front

of the seat.

Does the front of the seat raise and lower? System serviceable Go to Step 8

6 1 Backprobe connector Y69 – X1 pin 1 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

2 Operate the driver's seat adjustment switch to raise the rear of

the seat.

Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 7

Repair or replace

circuit 282 (refer to

Note 2)

7 1 Backprobe connector Y69 – X1 pin 5 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

2 Operate the driver's seat adjustment switch to lower the rear of

the seat.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Replace the seat

rear lift motor, refer

to 2.16 Front Seat

Lift Motor

Assemblies

Repair or replace

circuit 283 (refer to

Note 2)

8 1 Backprobe connector Y67 – X1 pin 1 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

2 Operate the driver's seat adjustment switch to raise the front of

the seat.

Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 9

Repair or replace

circuit 286 (refer to

Note 2)

9 1 Backprobe connector Y67 – X1 pin 5 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

2 Operate the driver's seat adjustment switch to lower the front of

the seat.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Replace the seat

front lift motor, refer

to 2.16 Front Seat

Lift Motor

Assemblies

Repair or replace

circuit 287 (refer to

Note 2)

When all diagno sis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–122

Page 1A7A–122

3.4 Four-way Seat Adjustment Switch Test

The switch is located on the outer side of the seat, attached to the inner side of the front seat outer side cover.

Test

1 Remove the four-way seat adjustment switch, refer to 2.4 Front Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.

2 Place the switch in the positions as detailed i n the

chart in this Section. Place the probes of the

multimeter onto the terminals listed and take the

reading. Compare the reading to the chart.

3 If the switch fails any part of the test, replace the

switch assembly with a serviceable item.

4 Install the four-way seat adjustment s witch, refer to

2.4 Front Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.

Figure 1A7A – 90

Four-way Seat Adjustment Switch

Switch Position Switch Terminals Indication If Switch Is Serviceable

Position A 3 and 7 Continuity

Position B 2 and 7 Continuity

Position C 4 and 7 Continuity

Position D 1 and 7 Continuity

Switch in the neutral position 6 and either 1, 2, 3 or 4 Continuity

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–123

Page 1A7A–123

3.5 Electrical Diagnosis – Eight-way

Passenger Seat

The charts in this Section are used to aid in diagnosing faul ts on eight-way non-memory seat assemb lies. To aid in the

use of the diagnostic tables, refer to Wiring Diagram – Eight-way Passenger Seat and C onnector Chart – Eight-way

Passenger Seat in this Section.

Wiring Diagram – Eight-way Passenger Seat

Figure 1A7A – 91

Connector Chart – Eight-way Passenger Seat

Figure 1A7A – 92

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–124

Page 1A7A–124

Neither Seat Adjustment Switch Functions Operate

Introduction

This test is used to aid in diagnosing the seat power and ground circuits, if neither seat operates when either seat

adjustment switch is operated.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

1 Checks if battery voltage is more than 11.5 V. The seat motors require mo re than 11.5 V to operate correctly.

2 Checks if circuit breaker F2 located on the passenger com partment fuse and relay panel assembl y is tripped.

Isolates if circuit breaker F2 is the fault affecting the circuit between the battery and conne ctor X200 pin 19.

3 Checks if fusible link F105 located on the engine compartment fuse and relay panel assembly is serviceable.

Isolates if the fusible link is the fault affecting the circuit between the battery and connector X200 pin 19.

4 Check if connector X200 is secure.

5 Checks if there is battery voltage at connector X200 pin 19. Isolates if the fault is between the battery and

connector X200 pin 19. If the fault in the circuit is between connectors X200 pin 19 and either X3 08 pin B or

X302 pin 3, only one seat will operate.

6 Checks if there is battery voltage at circuit breaker F2. Isolates whether the fault is between the b attery and circuit

breaker F2 or bet ween circuit breaker F2 an d connector X200 pin 19.

7 Checks if there is battery voltage at fusible link F105. Isolates whether the fault is between the battery and fusible

link F105 or between fusible li nk F 105 and circuit breaker F2.

8 Checks if the ground point associated with the system is serviceable.

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to 12P Wirin g Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–125

Page 1A7A–125

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Check the battery voltage, refer to 12A Battery and Cables.

Is the battery voltage more than 11.5 V? Go to Step 2

Refer to 12A

Battery and Cables

for further

diagnosis

2 Inspect circuit breaker F2, refer to 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring

Harnesses.

Is circuit breaker F2 tripped?

Allow the circuit

breaker to reset

(refer to Note 3).

If the circuit breaker

trips again, repair

or replace circuit

540 (refer to

Note 2) Go to Step 3

3 Inspect fusible link F105, refer to 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring

Harnesses.

Is fuse F105 serviceable?

Go to Step 4

Replace the fusible

link.

If the fusible link

becomes

unserviceable

again, repair or

replace circuit 342

(refer to Note 2)

4 Is connector X200 secure? Go to Step 5 Ensure the

connector is secure

5 Backprobe connector X200 pin 19 with a test lamp (refer to Note 1).

Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 8 Go to Step 6

6 1 Remove circuit breaker F2 from the passenger compartment

fuse and relay panel assembly.

2 Using a test lamp, probe connector X12 9 – X45 pin 2 (refer to

Note 1).

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Repair or replace

circuit 540 between

circuit breaker F2

and connector

X200 pin 19 (refer

to Note 2) Go to Step 7

7 1 Remove fusible link F105.

2 Using a test lamp, probe connector X18-105 (refer to Note 1).

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Repair or replace

circuit 342 between

fusible link F105

and circuit breaker

F2 (refer to Note 2)

Repair or replace

circuit 1 between

the battery and

fusible link F105

(refer to Note 2)

8 Ensure ground point X118 – GP12 (located in the middle of the

transmission tunnel) is secure and has good contact with the vehicle

structure.

Is the ground point secure to the vehicle with a good contact?

Repair or replace

circuit 650 (refer to

Note 2) Repair ground point

When all diagno sis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–126

Page 1A7A–126

None of the Passenger’s Seat Adjustment Switch Functions Operate

Introduction

This test is used to aid in diagnosing the passenger’s seat adjustment switch when none of the switch functions operate.

The test diagnoses the passenger’s seat adjustment switch and associated power and ground circuits.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

1 Checks if all of the driver’s seat functions work. If none of them work, the fault is not isolated to the passenger’s

seat only.

2 Checks if there is battery power at connector X308 pin B. Isolates if there is a fault in circuit 540 between

connectors X200 pin 19 and X308 pin B.

3 Checks if all the connectors required for the seat to operate effectively are in place a nd positively connected.

4 Checks if there is battery power at connector S176 – X1 pin 5. Isolates if there is a fault in circuit 540 between

connectors S176 – X1 pin 5 and X308 pin B.

5 Checks if the passenger’s seat adjustment switch is serviceable.

6 Checks if there is continuity between connec tors S176 – X1 pin 1 and X308 pin A which supp lies the ground circuit

for the passenger’s seat adjustment s witch. Isolates whether there is a fault in circuit 650 between the switch and

connector X308 pin A or between connector X308 pin A and the ground point.

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to 12P Wirin g Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–127

Page 1A7A–127

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Are all of the passenger’s seat adjustment switch functions

inoperative? Refer to Neither

Seat Adjustment

Switch Functions

Operate in this

Section Go to Step 2

2 Backprobe connector X308 pin B with a test lamp (refer to Note 1).

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Go to Step 3

Repair or replace

circuit 540 between

connectors

X200 pin 19 an d

X308 pin B (refer to

Note 2)

3 Are the following connectors secure (refer to Note 3)?

• S176

• X308

• Y81

• Y84

• Y86

• Y91 Go to Step 4

Ensure the

connectors are

secure

4 Backprobe connector S176 – X1 pin 5 with a test lamp (refer to Note

1).

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Go to Step 5

Repair or replace

circuit 540 between

connectors

S176 – X1 pin 5

and X308 pin B

(refer to Note 2)

5 1 Remove the passenger’s seat adjustment switch from the seat,

refer to 2.4 Front Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.

2 Test the passenger’s seat adjustment switch, refer to 3.6 Eight-

way Seat Adjustment Switch Test.

Is the passenger’s seat adjustment s witch serviceable? Go to Step 6

Replace the

passenger’s seat

adjustment switch,

refer to 2.4 Front

Seat Outer Side

Cover Assembly

6 1 Backprobe connector X308 pin A with a test lamp (refer to Note

1).

2 Operate the passenger’s seat adjustment switch in any of the

available directions.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Repair or replace

circuit 650 between

connector X308 pin

A and ground point

X118 – GP12 (refer

to Note 2)

Repair or replace

circuit 650 between

connectors

S176 – X1 pin 1

and X308 pin A

(refer to Note 2)

When all diagno sis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–128

Page 1A7A–128

Front/Rear of the Passenger’s Seat Does Not Raise and/or Lower

Introduction

This test is used to aid in diagnosing the front and/or the rear of the passenger’s seat not raising and/or lowering. The

test diagnoses the seat adjustment switch and the motor circuits.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

1 Checks if the passenger’s seat adjustment switch operates the seat in any direction. Isolates whether the power

and/or ground circuits are at fault.

2 Checks if all the connectors required for the seat to operate effectively are in place a nd positively connected.

3 Checks if the passenger’s seat adjustment switch is serviceable.

4 Confirms whether the rear of the seat raises or lowers. Isolates if the rear lift motor and circuit of the seat is the

fault.

5 Confirms whether the front of the seat raises or lo wers. Isolates whether the front lift motor and circuit of the seat is

the fault.

6 Checks if there is battery power to the seat rear lift motor at connector Y86 – X1 pin 1. Isolates if there is a fault in

circuit 288 that supplies battery po wer to the motor to raise the rear of the seat.

7 Checks if there is battery power to the seat rear lift motor at connector Y86 – X1 pin 5. Isolates whether the fault is

in circuit 289 that supplies battery power to the motor to lower the rear of the seat or the motor is faulty. As the

direction of the motor is changed by reversing the polarity, this Step also confirms if the ground circuit from Step 6

is serviceable.

8 Checks if there is battery power to the seat front lift motor at connector Y84 – X1 pin 1. Isolates if there is a fault in

circuit 297 that supplies battery po wer to the motor to raise the front of the seat.

9 Checks if there is battery power to the seat front lift motor at connector Y84 – X1 pin 5. Isolates whether the fault is

in circuit 298 that supplies battery power to the motor to lower the front of the seat or the motor is faulty. As the

direction of the motor is changed by reversing the polarity, this Step also confirms if the ground circuit from Step 8

is serviceable.

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to 12P Wirin g Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–129

Page 1A7A–129

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Does the passenger’s seat adjustment switch operate correctly in any

of the eight directions?

Go to Step 2

Refer to None of

the Passenger’s

Seat Adjustment

Switch Functions

Operate in this

Section

2 Are the following connectors secure (refer to Note 3)?

• S176

• Y84

• Y86 Go to Step 3

Ensure the

connectors are

secure

3 1 Remove the passenger’s seat adjustment switch from the seat,

refer to 2.4 Front Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.

2 Test the passenger’s seat adjustment switch, refer to 3.6 Eight-

way Seat Adjustment Switch Test.

Is the passenger’s seat adjustment s witch serviceable? Go to Step 4

Replace the

passenger’s seat

adjustment switch,

refer to 2.4 Front

Seat Outer Side

Cover Assembly

4 Operate the passenger’s seat adjustment switch to raise or lower the

rear of the seat.

Does the rear of the seat raise and lo wer? Go to Step 5 Go to Step 6

5 Operate the passenger’s seat adjustment switch to raise or lower the

front of the seat.

Does the front of the seat raise and lower? System serviceable Go to Step 8

6 1 Backprobe connector Y86 – X1 pin 1 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

2 Operate the passenger’s seat adjustment switch to raise the

rear of the seat.

Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 7

Repair or replace

circuit 288 (refer to

Note 2)

7 1 Backprobe connector Y86 – X1 pin 5 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

2 Operate the passenger’s seat adjustment switch to lower the

rear of the seat.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Replace the seat

rear lift motor, refer

to 2.16 Front Seat

Lift Motor

Assemblies

Repair or replace

circuit 289 (refer to

Note 2)

8 1 Backprobe connector Y84 – X1 pin 1 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

2 Operate the passenger’s seat adjustment switch to raise the

front of the seat.

Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 9

Repair or replace

circuit 297 (refer to

Note 2)

9 1 Backprobe connector Y84 – X1 pin 5 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

2 Operate the passenger’s seat adjustment switch to lower the

front of the seat.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Replace the seat

front lift motor, refer

to 2.16 Front Seat

Lift Motor

Assemblies

Repair or replace

circuit 298 (refer to

Note 2)

When all diagno sis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–130

Page 1A7A–130

Passenger’s Seat Fore/Aft Function is Inoperative or Not Smooth

Introduction

This test is used to aid in diagnosing the fore/aft movement function of the passenger’s seat being in operative or the

action of the seat through the range of movement is not smooth. The test diagnoses the seat adjustment switch and the

motor circuits.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

1 Checks if the passenger’s seat adjustment switch operates the seat in any direction. Isolates if there is battery

power to the switch assembly.

2 Checks if there are any items obstructing the guide rails, which may stop or hinder the seat movement.

3 Checks if the guide rails and drive shafts have adequate lubricant applied t o provide a smooth operation of the

seat.

4 Checks if the guide rails or drive shafts have been damaged. An y binding between the moving parts will result in

poor operation of the fore and aft movement.

5 Checks if all the connectors required for the seat to operate effectively are in place a nd positively connected.

6 Checks if the passenger’s seat adjustment switch is serviceable.

7 Checks if there is battery power to the seat fore/aft movement motor at connector Y81 – X1 pin 2. Isolates if there

is a fault in circuit 296 that supplies battery power to the motor to move the seat forward.

8 Checks if there is battery power to the seat fore/aft movement motor at connector Y81 – X1 pin 1. Isolates whether

the fault is in circuit 290 that supplies battery power to the motor to move the seat aft or the motor is faulty. As

reversing the polarity changes the direction of the motor, this Step also confirms if the ground circuit from Step 7 is

serviceable.

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to 12P Wirin g Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–131

Page 1A7A–131

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Does the passenger’s seat adjustment switch operate the seat

correctly in any of the eight directions?

Go to Step 2

Refer to None of

the Passenger’s

Seat Adjustment

Switch Functions

Operate in this

Section

2 Are the guide rails free from obstructions? Go to Step 3 Remove the

obstructing item

3 Are the guide rails and drive shafts adequate ly lubricated?

Go to Step 4

Apply a small

amount of grease

type NLGI No. 1

Lithium Grease

(with 9% Zinc

Oxide)

4 Do the guide rails or drive shafts bind at any point of travel during the

fore and aft movement of the seat? Replace the track

and height adjust

assembly, refer to

2.13 Track and

Height Adjust

Assembly Go to Step 5

5 Are the following connectors secure (refer to Note 3)?

• S176

• Y81 Go to Step 6

Ensure the

connectors are

secure

6 1 Remove the passenger’s seat adjustment switch from the seat,

refer to 2.4 Front Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.

2 Test the passenger’s seat adjustment switch, refer to 3.6 Eight-

way Seat Adjustment Switch Test.

Is the passenger’s seat adjustment s witch serviceable? Go to Step 7

Replace the

passenger’s seat

adjustment switch,

refer to 2.4 Front

Seat Outer Side

Cover Assembly

7 1 Backprobe connector Y81 – X1 pin 2 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

2 Operate the passenger’s seat adjustment switch to move the

seat forward.

Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 8

Repair or replace

circuit 296 (refer to

Note 2)

8 1 Backprobe connector Y81 – X1 pin 1 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

2 Operate the passenger’s seat adjustment switch to move the

seat aft.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Replace the seat

fore/aft movement

motor, refer to 2.17

Front Seat Fore/Aft

Movement Motor

Assembly

Repair or replace

circuit 290 (refer to

Note 2)

When all diagno sis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–132

Page 1A7A–132

Passenger’s Seat Recline Forward and/or Aft Function is Inoperative

Introduction

This test is used to aid in diagnosing the recline function of the passen ger’s seat being inoperative. T he test diagnoses

the seat adjustment switch and the motor circuits.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

1 Checks if the passenger’s seat adjustment switch operates the seat in any direction. Isolates if there is battery

power to the switch assembly.

2 Checks if all the connectors required for the seat to operate effectively are in place a nd positively connected.

3 Checks if the passenger’s seat adjustment switch is serviceable.

4 Checks if there is battery power to the front seat-back recline motor at connector Y91 – X1 pin 1. Isolates if there is

a fault in circuit 76 that supplies battery power to the reclining motor to move the seat-back forward.

5 Isolates whether there is a fault in circuit 76 between connectors S176 – X1 pin 2 and X323 pin 1 or between

connectors X323 pin 1 and Y91 – X1 pin 1.

6 Checks if there is battery power to the front seat-back recline motor at connector Y91 – X1 pin 5. Isolates whether

the fault is in circuit 77 that supplies battery po wer to the reclining motor to move the seat-back aft or the reclin ing

motor is faulty. As reversing the polarity changes the direction of the motor, this Step also confirms if the groun d

circuit from Step 4 is serviceable.

7 Isolates whether there is a fault in circuit 77 between connectors S176 – X1 pin 4 and X323 pin 2 or between

connectors X323 pin 2 and Y91 – X1 pin 5.

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to 12P Wirin g Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–133

Page 1A7A–133

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Does the passenger’s seat adjustment switch operate the seat

correctly in any of the eight directions?

Go to Step 2

Refer to None of

the Passenger’s

Seat Adjustment

Switch Functions

Operate in this

Section

2 Are the following connectors secure (refer to Note 3)?

• S176

• X323

• Y91 Go to Step 3

Ensure the

connectors are

secure

3 1 Remove the passenger’s seat adjustment switch from the seat,

refer to 2.4 Front Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.

2 Test the passenger’s seat adjustment switch, refer to 3.6 Eight-

way Seat Adjustment Switch Test.

Is the passenger’s seat adjustment s witch serviceable? Go to Step 4

Replace the

passenger’s seat

adjustment switch,

refer to 2.4 Front

Seat Outer Side

Cover Assembly

4 1 Backprobe connector Y91 – X1 pin 1 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

2 Operate the passenger’s seat adjustment switch to move the

seat-back forward.

Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 6 Go to Step 5

5 1 Backprobe connector X323 pin 1 with a test lamp (refer to Note

1).

2 Operate the passenger’s seat adjustment switch to move the

seat-back forward.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Repair or replace

circuit 76 between

connectors

X323 pin 1 and

Y91 – X1 pin 1

(refer to Note 2)

Repair or replace

circuit 76 between

connectors

S176 – X1 pin 2

and X323 pin 1

(refer to Note 2)

6 1 Backprobe connector Y91 – X1 pin 5 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

2 Operate the passenger’s seat adjustment switch to move the

seat-back aft.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Replace the front

seat-back recline

motor, refer to 2.18

Front Seat-back

Recline Motor

Assembly Go to Step 7

7 1 Backprobe connector X323 pin 2 with a test lamp (refer to Note

1).

2 Operate the passenger’s seat adjustment switch to move the

seat-back aft.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Repair or replace

circuit 77 between

connectors

X323 pin 2 and

Y91 – X1 pin 5

(refer to Note 2)

Repair or replace

circuit 77 between

connectors

S176 – X1 pin 4

and X323 pin 2

(refer to Note 2)

When all diagno sis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–134

Page 1A7A–134

3.6 Eight-way Seat Adjustment Switch Test

The switch is located on the outer side of the seat, attached to the inner side of the front seat outer side cover.

Test

1 Remove the eight-way seat adjustment switch, refer to 2.4 Front Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.

2 Place the switch in the positions as detailed i n the chart in this Section. Place the probes of the multimeter onto the

terminals listed and take the reading. Compare the reading to the chart.

3 If the switch fails any part of the test, replace the switch assembly with a serviceabl e item.

4 Install the eight-way seat adjustment switch, refer to 2.4 Front Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.

Figure 1A7A – 93

Legend

Left-hand Switch

Right-hand Switch

Eight-way Seat Adjustment Switch

Switch Position Switch Terminals Indication If Switch Is Serviceable

Position A 10 and 5 Continuity

Position B 7 and 5 Continuity

Position C 9 and 5 Continuity

Position D 8 and 5 Continuity

Position E 6 and 5 Continuity

Position F 3 and 5 Continuity

Position G 2 and 5 Continuity

Position H 4 and 5 Continuity

Switch in the neutral position 1 and either 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9 or 10 Continuity

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–135

Page 1A7A–135

4 Diagnostics – Front Seat LHD,

Non-memory (Except Coupe)

This Section provides charts to assist in the diagnosis and repa ir of front seats. Refer to 2.1 Front Seat Usage Chart for

a full listing of the different types of seats fitted to vehicles. Included in that Section are illustrated parts breakdowns of

the various seats.

4.1 Prerequisites

Safety Requirements

When operating the seat as part of any Steps

in the diagnostic tables, ensure that fingers

and limbs are clear of mo ving parts.

Equipment

The following equipment is required to diagnose the seats:

• an unpowered test lamp with a current dra w of less than 3 A, and

• a digital multimeter with a minimum impe dance of 10 MΩ.

Testing Procedures

The following points must be adhered to

when performing diagnostic testing on

components:

• Take care when using testing equipment

to diagnose wiring harness connectors. It

is preferred that the technician backprobe

the connector to avoid terminal damage.

• When tests are required on connector

terminals, use the adapters in the

connector adapter kit KM–609 to prevent

damage to the terminals.

• Unless the multimeter being used has an

auto-ranging function, ensure the correct

range is selected.

• When backpro bing connectors, ensure the

test lamp ground lead is connected to an

appropriate ground point on the vehicle.

Ensure this ground point is not part of the

circuit being tested.

NOTE

When following the steps in th e diagnostic tables,

perform them in the order cited. If the required

nominal value or result is not achi eved, rectif y t he

problem before proceeding any further.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–136

Page 1A7A–136

4.2 Mechanical Diagnosis – Two-way/Four-

way/Six-way Seat

Lumbar Support Inoperative

Introduction

This test is used to aid in diagnosing the lumbar support as sembly.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

1 Checks if the lumbar support knob is properly engaging the lumbar support adjuster. Check the knob for cracks and

worn splines.

2 Checks if the lumbar support assembly is damage d or worn and if the retaining springs are serviceable and

securely attached to the seat back frame assembly.

3 Checks if the lumbar support assembly is serviceable and if the lumber support assembly strap is operating

correctly within the guide rails.

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Remov e the lu mbar support knob, refer to 2.9 Lumbar Support Knob

Assembly.

Is the lumbar support adjust knob serviceable? Go to Step 2

Replace the knob,

refer to 2.9 Lumbar

Support Knob

Assembly

2 1 Remov e the seat-back cover.

2 Inspect the lumbar support retainers and spri ngs.

Are the lumbar support retaining spri ngs serviceable and securel y

attached to the seat-back frame assembly? Go to Step 3

Replace or reattach

the retaining

springs, refer to

2.11 Front Seat-

back Frame

Assembly

3 1 Visually inspect the lumbar support assembl y. Check for broken

or worn parts.

2 Check the strap running across the lumber s upport assembly is

serviceable and running freely within the guide rails.

NOTE

You may need to attach the lumber support knob to

actuate the strap.

Is the lumbar support assembly serviceabl e? System serviceable

Replace lumbar

support assembly or

resecure lumbar

support assembly

strap ensuring strap

is not binding with

guide rails, refer to

2.11 Front Seat-

back Frame

Assembly

When all diagno sis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–137

Page 1A7A–137

Seat-back Recline Forward and/or Aft Function is Inoperative

Introduction

This test is used to aid in diagnosing the recline function of the seat assembly.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

1 Checks if the recliner knob is properly engaging the recliner shaft. Check the knob for cracks and worn splines.

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Remov e the re cliner knob, refer to 2.4 Front Seat Outer Side Cover

Assembly.

Is the recliner knob serviceable?

Replace the front

seat-back frame

assembly, refer to

2.11 Front Seat-

back Frame

Assembly

Replace the recliner

knob, refer to 2.4

Front Seat Outer

Side Cover

Assembly

When all diagno sis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–138

Page 1A7A–138

Two-way/Four-way Seat Fore/Aft Movement Function is Inoperative or is Not Smooth

Introduction

This test is used to aid in diagnosi ng the fore/aft movement function of the seat being inoperative or the action of the seat

through the range of movement is not smooth.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

1 Checks if there are any items obstructing the guide rails which may stop or hinder the seat movement.

2 Checks if the guide rails have adequate lubricant appli ed to provide a smooth operation for the seat.

3 Checks if the linkage assembly between the adjustment lever and lockin g tangs is worn or damaged. The lockin g

tangs must disengage from the guide rails be fore the seat will move.

4 Checks if the guide rails have been damaged. Any binding between the inner and outer guide rails will result in

poor operation of the fore and aft movement.

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Are the guide rails free from obstructions? Go to Step 2 Remove the

obstructing item

2 Are the gui de rails adequately lubricated?

Go to Step 3

Apply a small

amount of grease

type NLGI No. 1

Lithium Grease

(with 9% Zinc

Oxide) to the rails

3 Do the lock ing tangs disengage the guide rails when the seat fore and

aft adjustment lever is raised to its full movement?

Go to Step 4

Replace the track

and height adjust

assembly, refer to

2.13 Track and

Height Adjust

Assembly

4 Do the guide rails bind at any point of travel during the fore and aft

movements of the seat? Replace the track

and height adjust

assembly, refer to

2.13 Track and

Height Adjust

Assembly System serviceable

When all diagno sis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–139

Page 1A7A–139

4.3 Electrical Diagnosis – Four-wa y/Six-way

Seat

The charts in this Section are used to aid in diagnosing faults on four-way and six-way seat assemblies. To aid in the use

of the diagnostic tables, refer to Wiring Diagram – Four-way/Six-way Seat and Connector Chart – Four-way/Six-way Seat

in this Section.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–140

Page 1A7A–140

Wiring Diagram – Four-way/Six-way Seat

Figure 1A7A – 94

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–141

Page 1A7A–141

Connector Chart – Four-way/Six-way Seat

Figure 1A7A – 95

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–142

Page 1A7A–142

Neither Seat Adjustment Switch Functions Operate

Introduction

This test is used to aid in diagnosing the seat power and ground circuits, if neither seat operates when either seat

adjustment switch is operated.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

1 Checks if battery voltage is more than 11.5 V. The seat motors require mo re than 11.5 V to operate correctly.

2 Checks if circuit breaker F2 located on the passenger com partment fuse and relay panel assembl y is tripped.

Isolates if circuit breaker F2 is the fault affecting the circuit between the battery and conne ctor X200 pin 19.

3 Checks if fusible link F105 located on the engine compartment fuse and relay panel assembly is serviceable.

Isolates if the fusible link is the fault affecting the circuit between the battery and connector X200 pin 19.

4 Checks if connector X200 is secure.

5 Checks if there is battery voltage at connector X200 pin 19. Isolates if the fault is between the battery and

connector X200 pin 19. If the fault in the circuit is between connectors X200 pin 19 and either X3 02 pin 3 or

X308 pin B, only o ne seat will operate.

6 Checks if there is battery voltage at circuit breaker F2. Isolates whether the fault is between the b attery and circuit

breaker F2 or bet ween circuit breaker F2 an d connector X200 pin 19.

7 Checks if there is battery voltage at fusible link F105. Isolates whether the fault is between the battery and fusible

link F105 or between fusible li nk F 105 and circuit breaker F2.

8 Checks if the ground point associated with the system is serviceable.

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to 12P Wirin g Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–143

Page 1A7A–143

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Check the battery voltage, refer to 12A Battery and Cables.

Is the battery voltage more than 11.5 V? Go to Step 2

Refer to 12A Battery

and Cables for

further diagnosis

2 Inspect circuit breaker F2, refer to 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring

Harness.

Is circuit breaker F2 tripped?

Allow the circuit

breaker to reset

(refer to Note 3).

If the circuit breaker

trips again, repair or

replace circuit 540

(refer to Note 2) Go to Step 3

3 Inspect fusible link F105, refer to 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring

Harness.

Is fuse F105 serviceable?

Go to Step 4

Replace the fusible

link.

If the fusible link

becomes

unserviceable

again, repair or

replace circuit 342

(refer to Note 2)

4 Is connector X200 secure (refer to Note 3)? Go to Step 5 Ensure the

connector is secure

5 Backprobe connector X200 pin 19 with a test lamp (refer to Note 1).

Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 8 Go to Step 6

6 1 Remov e circuit breaker F2 from the passenger compartment

fuse and relay panel assembly.

2 Using a test lamp, probe connector X12 9 - X45 – 2 (refer to Note

1).

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Repair or replace

circuit 540 between

circuit breaker F2

and connector

X200 pin 19 (refer to

Note 2) Go to Step 7

7 1 Remov e fusible link F105.

2 Using a test lamp, probe connector X18-105 (refer to Note 1).

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Repair or replace

circuit 342 between

fusible link F105

and circuit breaker

F2 (refer to Note 2)

Repair or replace

circuit 1 between

the battery and

fusible link F105

(refer to Note 2)

8 Ensure ground point X118 – GP12 (located in the middle of the

transmission tunnel) is secure and has good contact with the vehicle

structure.

Is the ground point secure to the vehicle with a good contact?

Repair or replace

circuit 650 (refer to

Note 2) Repair ground point

When all diagno sis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–144

Page 1A7A–144

None of the Driver’s Seat Adjustment Switch Functions Operate

Introduction

This test is used to aid in diagnosing the driver’s seat adjustment switch when none of the switch functions operate. The

test diagnoses the driver’s seat adjustment switch and associated power and ground circuits.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

1 Checks if all of the passenger's seat functions work. If none of them work, the fault is not isolated to the driver’s

seat only.

2 Checks if there is battery power at connector X302 pi n 3. Isolates if there i s a fault in circuit 540 between

connectors X200 pin 19 and X302 pin 3.

3 Checks if all the connectors required for the seat to operate effectively are in place a nd positively connected.

4 Checks if there is battery power at connector S50 – X1 pi n 7. Isolates if there is a fault in circuit 540 between

connectors S50 – X1 pin 7 and X302 p in 3.

5 Checks if the driver’s seat adjustment switch is serviceable.

6 Checks if there is continuity between connectors S50 – X1 pin 6 and X302 pin 1 which supplies the ground circuit

for the driver’s seat adjustment switch. Isolates whether there is a fault in circuit 650 bet ween the switch and

connector X302 pin 1 or between connector X302 pin 1 and the ground point.

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to 12P Wirin g Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–145

Page 1A7A–145

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Are all of the passen ger’s seat adjustment switch functions

inoperative? Refer to Neither

Seat Adjustment

Switch Functions

Operate in this

Section Go to Step 2

2 Backprobe connector X302 pin 3 with a test lamp (refer to Note 1).

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Go to Step 3

Repair or replace

circuit 540 between

connectors

X200 pin 19 an d

X302 pin 3 (refer to

Note 2)

3 Are the following connectors secure (refer to Note 3)?

• S50

• X302

• Y64

• Y67

• Y69 Go to Step 4

Ensure the

connectors are

secure

4 Backprobe connector S50 – X1 pin 7 with a test lamp (refer to Note 1).

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Go to Step 5

Repair or replace

circuit 540 between

connectors

S50 – X1 pin 7 and

X302 pin 3 (refer to

Note 2)

5 1 Remov e the driver’s seat adjustment switch from the seat, refer

to 2.4 Front Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.

2 Test the driver’s seat adjustment switch, refer to 4.4 Six-way

Seat Adjustment Switch Test.

Is the driver’s seat adjustment switch serviceable? Go to Step 6

Replace the driver’s

seat adjustment

switch, refer to 2.4

Front Seat Outer

Side Cover

Assembly

6 1 Backprobe connector X302 pin 1 with a test lamp (refer to Note

1).

2 Operate the driver’s seat adjustment switch in any of the

available directions.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Repair or replace

circuit 650 between

connector X302 pin

1 and ground point

X118 – GP12 (refer

to Note 2)

Repair or replace

circuit 650 between

connectors

S50 – X1 pin 6 and

X302 pin 1 (refer to

Note 2)

When all diagno sis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–146

Page 1A7A–146

Front/Rear of the Driver's Seat Does Not Raise and/or Lower

Introduction

This test is used to aid in diagnosing the front and/or the rear of the driver's seat not raising and/or lowering. The test

diagnoses the seat adjustmen t switch and the motor circuits.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

1 Checks if the driver's seat adjustment switch assembly operates the seat in any direction. Isolates whether there is

a battery or ground fault affecting the seat operation.

2 Checks if all the connectors required for the seat to operate effectively are in place a nd positively connected.

3 Checks if the driver's seat adjustment switch is serviceable.

4 Confirms whether the rear of the seat raises or lowers. Isolates if the seat rear lift motor and circuit of the seat is the

fault.

5 Confirms whether the front of the seat raises or lo wers. Isolates if the seat front lift motor and circuit of the seat is

the fault.

6 Checks if there is battery power to the seat rear lift motor at connector Y69 – X1 pin 1. Isolates if there is a fault in

circuit 282 that supplies battery po wer to the motor to raise the rear of the seat.

7 Checks if there is battery power to the seat rear lift motor at connector Y69 – X1 pin 5. Isolates whether the fault is

in circuit 283 that supplies battery power to the motor to lower the rear of the seat or the motor is faulty. As

reversing the polarity changes the direction of the motor, this Step also confirms if the ground circuit from Step 6 is

serviceable.

8 Checks if there is battery power to the seat front lift motor at connector Y67 – X1 pin 1. Isolates if there is a fault in

circuit 286 that supplies battery po wer to the motor to raise the front of the seat.

9 Checks if there is battery power to the seat front lift motor at connector Y67 – X1 pin 5. Isolates whether the fault is

in circuit 287 that supplies battery power to the motor to lower the front of the seat or the motor is faulty. As

reversing the polarity changes the direction of the motor, this Step also confirms if the ground circuit from Step 8 is

serviceable.

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to 12P Wirin g Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–147

Page 1A7A–147

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Does the dr iver's seat adjustment switch operate the seat correctly in

any of the six directions?

Go to Step 2

Refer to None of the

Driver’s Seat

Adjustment Switch

Functions Operate

in this Section

2 Are the following connectors secure (refer to Note 3)?

• S50

• Y67

• Y69 Go to Step 3

Ensure the

connectors are

secure

3 1 Remov e the dri v er' s seat adjustment switch from the seat, refer

to 2.4 Front Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.

2 Test the driver's seat adjustment s witch, refer to 4.4 Six-way

Seat Adjustment Switch Test.

Is the driver's seat adjustment switch serviceable? Go to Step 4

Replace the driver's

seat adjustment

switch, refer to 2.4

Front Seat Outer

Side Cover

Assembly

4 Operate the dr iver's seat adjustment switch to raise or lower the rear

of the seat.

Does the rear of the seat raise and lo wer? Go to Step 5 Go to Step 6

5 Operate the dr iver's seat adjustment switch to raise or lower the front

of the seat.

Does the front of the seat raise and lower? System serviceable Go to Step 8

6 1 Backprobe connector Y69 – X1 pin 1 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

2 Operate the driver's seat adjustment switch to raise the rear of

the seat.

Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 7

Repair or replace

circuit 282 (refer to

Note 2)

7 1 Backprobe connector Y69 – X1 pin 5 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

2 Operate the driver's seat adjustment switch to lower the rear of

the seat.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Replace the seat

rear lift motor, refer

to 2.16 Front Seat

Lift Motor

Assemblies

Repair or replace

circuit 283 (refer to

Note 2)

8 1 Backprobe connector Y67 – X1 pin 1 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

2 Operate the driver's seat adjustment switch to raise the front of

the seat.

Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 9

Repair or replace

circuit 286 (refer to

Note 2)

9 1 Backprobe connector Y67 – X1 pin 5 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

2 Operate the driver's seat adjustment switch to lower the front of

the seat.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Replace the seat

front lift motor, refer

to 2.16 Front Seat

Lift Motor

Assemblies

Repair or replace

circuit 287 (refer to

Note 2)

When all diagno sis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–148

Page 1A7A–148

Driver’s Seat Fore/Aft Movement Function is Inoperative or not Smooth

Introduction

This test is used to aid in diagnosi ng the fore/aft movement function of the driver’s seat being inoperative or the action of

the seat through the range of movement is not smooth. The test diagnoses the seat adjustment switch and the motor

circuits.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

1 Checks if the driver’s seat adjustment switch operates the seat in any direct ion. Isolates if there is battery power to

the switch assembly.

2 Checks if there are any items obstructing the guide rails, which may stop or hinder the seat movement.

3 Checks if the guide rails and drive shafts have adequate lubricant applied t o provide a smooth operation of the

seat.

4 Checks if the guide rails or drive shafts have been damaged. An y binding between the moving parts will result in

poor operation of the fore and aft movement.

5 Checks if all the connectors required for the seat to operate effectively are in place a nd positively connected.

6 Checks if the driver’s seat adjustment switch is serviceable.

7 Checks if there is battery power to the seat fore/aft movement motor at connector Y64 – X1 pin 2. Isolates if there

is a fault in circuit 285 that supplies battery power to the motor to move the seat forward.

8 Checks if there is battery power to the seat fore/aft movement motor at connector Y64 – X1 pin 1. Isolates whether

the fault is in circuit 284 that supplies battery power to the motor to move the seat aft or the motor is faulty. As

reversing the polarity changes the direction of the motor, this Step also confirms if the ground circuit from Step 7 is

serviceable.

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to 12P Wirin g Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–149

Page 1A7A–149

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Does the dr iver’s seat adjustment switch operate the seat correctly in

any of the six directions?

Go to Step 2

Refer to None of the

Driver’s Seat

Adjustment Switch

Functions Operate

in this Section

2 Are the guide rails free from obstructions? Go to Step 3 Remove the

obstructing item

3 Are the gui de rails and drive shafts adequately lubricated?

Go to Step 4

Apply a small

amount of grease

type NLGI No. 1

Lithium Grease

(with 9% Zinc

Oxide)

4 Do the guide rails or drive shafts bind at any point of travel duri ng the

fore and aft movement of the seat? Replace the track

and height adjust

assembly, refer to

2.13 Track and

Height Adjust

Assembly Go to Step 5

5 Are the following connectors secure (refer to Note 3)?

• S50

• Y64 Go to Step 6

Ensure the

connectors are

secure

6 1 Remov e the driver’s seat adjustment switch from the seat, refer

to 2.4 Front Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.

2 Test the driver’s seat adjustment switch, refer to 4.4 Six-way

Seat Adjustment Switch Test.

Is the driver’s seat adjustment switch serviceable? Go to Step 7

Replace the driver’s

seat adjustment

switch, refer to 2.4

Front Seat Outer

Side Cover

Assembly

7 1 Backprobe connector Y64 – X1 pin 2 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

2 Operate the driver’s seat adjustment switch to move the seat

forward.

Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 8

Repair or replace

circuit 285 (refer to

Note 2)

8 1 Backprobe connector Y64 – X1 pin 1 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

2 Operate the driver’s seat adjustment switch to move the seat aft.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Replace the seat

fore/aft movement

motor, refer to 2.17

Front Seat Fore/Aft

Movement Motor

Assembly

Repair or replace

circuit 284 (refer to

Note 2)

When all diagno sis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–150

Page 1A7A–150

None of the Passenger's Seat Adjustment Switch Functions Operate

Introduction

This test is used to aid in diagnosing the passenger's seat adjustment switch when none of the switch functions operate.

The test diagnoses the passenger's seat adjustment switch and associated power and ground circuits.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

1 Checks if all of the driver's seat functions work. If none of them work, the fault is not isolated to the passenger's

seat.

2 Checks if there is battery power at connector X308 pin B. Isolates if there is a fault in circuit 540 between

connectors X200 pin 19 and X308 pin B.

3 Checks if all the connectors required for the seat to operate effectively are in place a nd positively connected.

4 Checks if there is battery power at connector S175 – X1 pin 7. Isolates if there is a fault in circuit 540 between

connectors S175 – X1 pin 7 and X308 pin B.

5 Checks if the passenger's seat adjustment switch is serviceable.

6 Checks if there is continuity between connec tors S175 – X1 pin 6 and X308 pin A which supp lies the ground circuit

for the passenger's seat adjustment switch. Isolates whether there is a fault in circuit 650 between the s witch and

connector X308 pin A or between connector X308 pin A and the ground point.

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to 12P Wirin g Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–151

Page 1A7A–151

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Are all of the dr iver's seat adjustment switch functions inoperative? Refer to Neither

Seat Adjustment

Switch Functions

Operate in this

Section Go to Step 2

2 Backprobe connector X308 pin B with a test lamp (refer to Note 1).

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Go to Step 3

Repair or replace

circuit 540 between

connectors

X200 pin 19 an d

X308 pin B (refer to

Note 2)

3 Are the following connectors secure (refer to Note 3)?

• S175

• X308

• Y84

• Y86 Go to Step 4

Ensure the

connectors are

secure

4 Backprobe connector S175 – X1 pin 7 with a test lamp (refer to Note

1).

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Go to Step 5

Repair or replace

circuit 540 between

connectors

S175 – X1 pin 7 and

X308 pin B (refer to

Note 2)

5 1 Remov e the pa ssenger's seat adjustment switch from the seat,

refer to 2.4 Front Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.

2 Test the passenger's seat adjustment switch, refer to 3.4 Four-

way Seat Adjustment Switch Test.

Is the passenger's seat adjustment s witch serviceable? Go to Step 6

Replace the

passenger's seat

adjustment switch,

refer to 2.4 Front

Seat Outer Side

Cover Assembly

6 1 Backprobe connector X308 pin A with a test lamp (refer to Note

1).

2 Operate the passenger's seat adjustment switch in any of the

available directions.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Repair or replace

circuit 650 between

connector X308 pin

A and ground point

X118 – GP12 (refer

to Note 2)

Repair or replace

circuit 650 between

connectors

S175 – X1 pin 6 and

X308 pin A (refer to

Note 2)

When all diagno sis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–152

Page 1A7A–152

Front/Rear of the Passenger's Seat Does Not Raise and/or Lower

Introduction

This test is used to aid in diagnosing the front and/or the rear of the passenger's seat not raising and/or lowering. T he

test diagnoses the seat adjustment switch and the motor circuits.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

1 Checks if the passenger's seat adjustment switch assembly operates the seat in any direction. Isolates if there is a

battery or ground fault affecting the seat operation.

2 Checks if all the connectors required for the seat to operate effectively are in place and positively connected.

3 Checks if the passenger's seat adjustment switch is serviceable.

4 Confirms whether the rear of the seat raises or lowers. Isolates if the seat rear lift motor and circuit of the seat is the

fault.

5 Confirms whether the front of the seat raises or lo wers. Isolates if the seat front lift motor and circuit of the seat is

the fault.

6 Checks if there is battery power to the seat rear lift motor at connector Y86 – X1 pin 1. Isolates if there is a fault in

circuit 288 that supplies battery po wer to the motor to raise the rear of the seat.

7 Checks if there is battery power to the seat rear lift motor at connector Y86 – X1 pin 5. Isolates whether the fault is

in circuit 289 that supplies battery power to the motor to lower the rear of the seat or the motor is faulty. As

reversing the polarity changes the direction of the motor, this Step also confirms if the ground circuit from Step 6 is

serviceable.

8 Checks if there is battery power to the seat front lift motor at connector Y84 – X1 pin 1. Isolates if there is a fault in

circuit 297 that supplies battery po wer to the motor to raise the front of the seat.

9 Checks if there is battery power to the seat front lift motor at connector Y84 – X1 pin 5. Isolates whether the fault is

in circuit 298 that supplies battery power to the motor to lower the front of the seat or the motor is faulty. As

reversing the polarity changes the direction of the motor, this Step also confirms if the ground circuit from Step 8 is

serviceable.

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to 12P Wirin g Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–153

Page 1A7A–153

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Does the passenger's seat adjustment switch operate the seat

correctly in any of the four directions?

Go to Step 2

Refer to None of the

Passenger's Seat

Adjustment Switch

Functions Operate

in this Section

2 Are the following connectors secure (refer to Note 3)?

• S175

• Y84

• Y86 Go to Step 3

Ensure the

connectors are

secure

3 1 Remov e the pa ssenger's seat adjustment switch from the seat,

refer to 2.4 Front Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.

2 Test the passenger's adjustm ent switch, refer to 3.4 Four-way

Seat Adjustment Switch Test.

Is the passenger's seat adjustment s witch serviceable ? Go to Step 4

Replace the

passenger's seat

adjustment switch,

refer to 2.4 Front

Seat Outer Side

Cover Assembly

4 Operate the passenger's seat adjustment switch to raise or lower the

rear of the seat.

Does the rear of the seat raise and lo wer? Go to Step 5 Go to Step 6

5 Operate the passenger's seat adjustment switch to raise or lower the

front of the seat.

Does the front of the seat raise and lower? System serviceable Go to Step 8

6 1 Backprobe connector Y86 – X1 pin 1 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

2 Operate the passenger's seat adjustment switch to raise the rear

of the seat.

Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 7

Repair or replace

circuit 288 (refer to

Note 2)

7 1 Backprobe connector Y86 – X1 pin 5 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

2 Operate the passenger's seat adjustment switch to lower the

rear of the seat.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Replace the seat

rear lift motor, refer

to 2.16 Front Seat

Lift Motor

Assemblies

Repair or replace

circuit 289 (refer to

Note 2)

8 1 Backprobe connector Y84 – X1 pin 1 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

2 Operate the passenger's seat adjustment switch to raise the

front of the seat.

Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 9

Repair or replace

circuit 297 (refer to

Note 2)

9 1 Backprobe connector Y84 – X1 pin 5 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

2 Operate the passenger's seat adjustment switch to lower the

front of the seat.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Replace the seat

front lift motor, refer

to 2.16 Front Seat

Lift Motor

Assemblies

Repair or replace

circuit 298 (refer to

Note 2)

When all diagno sis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–154

Page 1A7A–154

4.4 Six-way Seat Adjustment Switch Test

The switch is located on the outer side of the seat, attached to the inner side of the front seat outer side cover.

Test

1 Remove the six-way seat adjustment switch, refer to 2.4 Front Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.

2 Place the switch in the positions as detailed i n the

chart in this Section. Place the probes of the

multimeter onto the terminals listed and take the

reading. Compare the reading to the chart.

3 If the switch fails any part of the test, replace the

switch assembly with a serviceable item.

4 Install the six-way seat adjust ment switch, refer to

2.4 Front Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.

Figure 1A7A – 96

Six-way Seat Adjustment Switch

Switch Position Sw itch Terminals Indication if Switch is Serviceable

Position A 2 and 7 Continuity

Position B 3 and 7 Continuity

Position C 1 and 7 Continuity

Position D 4 and 7 Continuity

Position E 8 and 7 Continuity

Position F 5 and 7 Continuity

Switch in the neutral position 6 and either 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 Continuity

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–155

Page 1A7A–155

4.5 Mechanical Diagnosis – Eight-way Seat

Lumbar Support Inoperative

Introduction

This test is used to aid in diagnosing the lumbar support as sembly.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

1 Checks if the lumbar support knob is properly engaging the lumbar support adjuster. Check the knob for cracks and

worn splines.

2 Checks if the lumbar support assembly is damage d or worn and that the retaining springs are serviceable and

securely attached to the seat back frame assembly.

3 Checks if the lumbar support assembly is serviceable and that the lumber support assembly strap is operating

correctly within the guide rails.

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Remov e the lu mbar support knob, refer to 2.9 Lumbar Support Knob

Assembly.

Is the lumbar support adjust knob serviceable? Go to Step 2

Replace the knob,

refer to 2.9 Lumbar

Support Knob

Assembly

2 1 Remov e the seat-back cover.

2 Inspect the lumbar support retainers and spri ngs.

Are the lumbar support retaining spri ngs serviceable and securel y

attached to the seat-back frame assembly? Go to Step 3

Replace or reattach

the retaining

springs, refer to

2.11 Front Seat-

back Frame

Assembly

3 1 Visually inspect the lumbar support assembl y. Check for broken

or worn parts.

2 Check the strap running across the lumber s upport assembly is

serviceable and running freely within the guide rails.

NOTE

You may need to attach the lumber support knob to

actuate the strap.

Is the lumbar support assembly serviceabl e? System serviceable

Replace lumbar

support assembly or

resecure lumbar

support assembly

strap ensuring strap

is not binding with

guide rails, refer to

2.11 Front Seat-

back Frame

Assembly

When all diagno sis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–156

Page 1A7A–156

4.6 Electrical Diagnosis – Eight-way Seat

The charts in this Section are used to aid in diagnosing faults on eight-way seat assemblies. To aid in the use of the

diagnostic tables, refer to Wiring Diagram – Eight-wa y Seat and Connector Chart – Eight-way Seat in this Section.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–157

Page 1A7A–157

Wiring Diagram – Eight-way Seat

Figure 1A7A – 97

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–158

Page 1A7A–158

Connector Chart – Eight-way Seat

Figure 1A7A – 98

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–159

Page 1A7A–159

Neither Seat Adjustment Switch Functions Operate

Introduction

This test is used to aid in diagnosing the seat power and ground circuits, if neither seat operates when either seat

adjustment switch is operated.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

1 Checks if battery voltage is more than 11.5 V. The seat motors require mo re than 11.5 V to operate correctly.

2 Checks if circuit breaker F2 located on the passenger com partment fuse and relay panel assembl y is tripped.

Isolates if circuit breaker F2 is the fault affecting the circuit between the battery and conne ctor X200 pin 19.

3 Checks if fusible link F105 located on the engine compartment fuse and relay panel assembly is serviceable.

Isolates if the fusible link is the fault affecting the circuit between the battery and connector X200 pin 19.

4 Checks if connector X200 is secure.

5 Checks if there is battery voltage at connector X200 pin 19. Isolates if the fault is between the battery and

connector X200 pin 19. If the fault in the circuit is between connectors X200 pin 19 and either X3 02 pin 3 or

X308 pin B, only o ne seat will operate.

6 Checks if there is battery voltage at circuit breaker F2. Isolates whether the fault is between the b attery and circuit

breaker F2 or bet ween circuit breaker F2 an d connector X200 pin 19.

7 Checks if there is battery voltage at fusible link F105. Isolates whether the fault is between the battery and fusible

link F105 or between fusible li nk F 105 and circuit breaker F2.

8 Checks if the ground point associated with the system is serviceable.

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to 12P Wirin g Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–160

Page 1A7A–160

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Check the battery voltage, refer to 12A Battery and Cables.

Is the battery voltage more than 11.5 V? Go to Step 2

Refer to 12A Battery

and Cables for

further diagnosis

2 Inspect circuit breaker F2, refer to 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring

Harnesses.

Is circuit breaker F2 tripped?

Allow the circuit

breaker to reset

(refer to Note 3).

If the circuit breaker

trips again, repair or

replace circuit 540

(refer to Note 2) Go to Step 3

3 Inspect fusible link F105, refer to 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring

Harnesses.

Is fuse F105 serviceable?

Go to Step 4

Replace the fusible

link.

If the fusible link

becomes

unserviceable

again, repair or

replace circuit 342

(refer to Note 2)

4 Is connector X200 secure (refer to Note 3)? Go to Step 5 Ensure the

connector is secure

5 Backprobe connector X200 pin 19 with a test lamp (refer to Note 1).

Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 8 Go to Step 6

6 1 Remov e circuit breaker F2 from the passenger compartment

fuse and relay panel assembly.

2 Using a test lamp, probe connector X12 9 – X45 pin – 2 (refer to

Note 1).

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Repair or replace

circuit 540 between

circuit breaker F2

and connector

X200 pin 19 (refer to

Note 2) Go to Step 7

7 1 Remov e fusible link F105.

2 Using a test lamp, probe connector X18-105 (refer to Note 1).

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Repair or replace

circuit 342 between

fusible link F105

and circuit breaker

F2 (refer to Note 2)

Repair or replace

circuit 1 between

the battery and

fusible link F105

(refer to Note 2)

8 Ensure ground point X118 – GP12 (located in the middle of the

transmission tunnel) is secure and has good contact with the vehicle

structure.

Is the ground point secure to the vehicle with a good contact?

Repair or replace

circuit 650 (refer to

Note 2) Repair ground point

When all diagno sis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–161

Page 1A7A–161

None of the Driver’s Seat Adjustment Switch Functions Operate

Introduction

This test is used to aid in diagnosing the driver’s seat adjustment switch when none of the switch functions operate. The

test diagnoses the driver’s seat adjustment switch and associated power and ground circuits.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

1 Checks if all of the passenger seat functions work. If none of them work, the fault is not isolated to the driver’s seat.

2 Checks if there is battery power at connector X302 pi n 3. Isolates if there i s a fault in circuit 540 between

connectors X200 pin 19 and X302 pin 3.

3 Checks if all the connectors required for the seat to operate effectively are in place a nd positively connected.

4 Checks if there is battery power at connector S51 – X1 pi n 5. Isolates if there is a fault in circuit 540 between

connectors S51 – X1 pin 5 and X302 p in 3.

5 Checks if the driver’s seat adjustment switch is serviceable.

6 Checks if there is continuity between connectors S51 – X1 pin 1 and X302 pin 1 which supplies the ground circuit

for the driver’s seat adjustment switch. Isolates whether there is a fault in circuit 650 bet ween the switch and

connector X302 pin 1 or between connector X302 pin 1 and the ground point.

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to 12P Wirin g Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–162

Page 1A7A–162

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Are all of the passen ger’s seat adjustment switch functions

inoperative? Refer to Neither

Seat Adjustment

Switch Functions

Operate in this

Section Go to Step 2

2 Backprobe connector X302 pin 3 with a test lamp (refer to Note 1).

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Go to Step 3

Repair or replace

circuit 540 between

connectors

X200 pin 19 an d

X302 pin 3 (refer to

Note 2)

3 Are the following connectors secure (refer to Note 3)?

• S51

• X302

• Y64

• Y67

• Y69

• Y74 Go to Step 4

Ensure the

connectors are

secure

4 Backprobe connector S51 – X1 pin 5 with a test lamp (refer to Note 1).

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Go to Step 5

Repair or replace

circuit 540 between

connectors

S51 – X1 pin 5 and

X302 pin 3 (refer to

Note 2)

5 1 Remov e the driver’s seat adjustment switch from the seat, refer

to 2.4 Front Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.

2 Test the driver’s seat adjustment switch, refer to 3.6 Eight-way

Seat Adjustment Switch Test.

Is the driver’s seat adjustment switch serviceable? Go to Step 6

Replace the driver’s

seat adjustment

switch, refer to 2.4

Front Seat Outer

Side Cover

Assembly

6 1 Backprobe connector X302 pin 1 with a test lamp (refer to Note

1).

2 Operate the driver’s seat adjustment switch in any of the

available directions.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Repair or replace

circuit 650 between

connector X302 pin

1 and ground point

X118 – GP12 (refer

to Note 2)

Repair or replace

circuit 650 between

connectors

S51 – X1 pin 1 and

X302 pin 1 (refer to

Note 2)

When all diagno sis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–163

Page 1A7A–163

Front/Rear of the Driver’s Seat Does Not Raise and/or Lower

Introduction

This test is used to aid in diagnosing the front and/or the rear of the driver’s seat not raising and/or lowering. T he test

diagnoses the seat adjustmen t switch and the motor circuits.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

1 Checks if the driver’s seat adjustment switch operates the seat in any direction. Isolates if the power and ground

circuits are at fault.

2 Checks if all the connectors required for the seat to operate effectively are in place a nd positively connected.

3 Checks if the driver’s seat adjustment switch is serviceable.

4 Confirms whether the rear of the seat raises or lowers. Isolates if the seat rear lift motor and circuit of the seat is the

fault.

5 Confirms whether the front of the seat raises or lo wers. Isolates if the seat front lift motor and circuit of the seat is

the fault.

6 Checks if there is battery power to the seat rear lift motor at connector Y69 – X1 pin 1. Isolates if there is a fault in

circuit 282 that supplies battery po wer to the motor to raise the rear of the seat.

7 Checks if there is battery power to the seat rear lift motor at connector Y69 – X1 pin 5. Isolates whether the fault is

in circuit 283 that supplies battery power to the motor to lower the rear of the seat or the motor is faulty. As the

direction of the motor is changed by reversing the polarity, this Step also confirms if the ground circuit from Step 6

is serviceable.

8 Checks if there is battery power to the seat front lift motor at connector Y67 – X1 pin 1. Isolates if there is a fault in

circuit 286 that supplies battery po wer to the motor to raise the front of the seat.

9 Checks if there is battery power to the seat front lift motor at connector Y67 – X1 pin 5. Isolates whether the fault is

in circuit 287 that supplies battery power to the motor to lower the front of the seat or the motor is faulty. As the

direction of the motor is changed by reversing the polarity, this Step also confirms if the ground circuit from Step 8

is serviceable.

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to 12P Wirin g Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–164

Page 1A7A–164

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Does the dr iver’s seat adjustment switch operate the seat correctly in

any of the eight directions?

Go to Step 2

Refer to None of the

Driver’s Seat

Adjustment Switch

Functions Operate

in this Section

2 Are the following connectors secure (refer to Note 3)?

• S51

• Y67

• Y69 Go to Step 3

Ensure the

connectors are

secure

3 1 Remov e the driver’s seat adjustment switch from the seat, refer

to 2.4 Front Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.

2 Test the driver’s seat adjustment switch, refer to 3.6 Eight-way

Seat Adjustment Switch Test.

Is the driver’s seat adjustment switch serviceable? Go to Step 4

Replace the driver’s

seat adjustment

switch, refer to 2.4

Front Seat Outer

Side Cover

Assembly

4 Operate the driver’s seat adjustment switch to raise or lower the rear

of the seat.

Does the rear of the seat raise and lo wer? Go to Step 5 Go to Step 6

5 Operate the driver’s seat adjustment switch to raise or lower the front

of the seat.

Does the front of the seat raise and lower? System serviceable Go to Step 8

6 1 Backprobe connector Y69 – X1 pin 1 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

2 Operate the driver’s seat adjustment switch to raise the rear of

the seat.

Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 7

Repair or replace

circuit 282 (refer to

Note 2)

7 1 Backprobe connector Y69 – X1 pin 5 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

2 Operate the driver’s seat adjustment switch to lower the rear of

the seat.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Replace the seat

rear lift motor, refer

to 2.16 Front Seat

Lift Motor

Assemblies

Repair or replace

circuit 283 (refer to

Note 2)

8 1 Backprobe connector Y67 – X1 pin 1 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

2 Operate the driver’s seat adjustment switch to raise the front of

the seat.

Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 9

Repair or replace

circuit 286 (refer to

Note 2)

9 1 Backprobe connector Y67 – X1 pin 5 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

2 Operate the driver’s seat adjustment switch to lower the front of

the seat.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Replace the seat

front lift motor, refer

to 2.16 Front Seat

Lift Motor

Assemblies

Repair or replace

circuit 287 (refer to

Note 2)

When all diagno sis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–165

Page 1A7A–165

Driver’s Seat Fore/Aft Movement Function is Inoperative or Not Smooth

Introduction

This test is used to aid in diagnosi ng the fore/aft movement function of the driver’s seat being inoperative or the action of

the seat through the range of movement is not smooth. The test diagnoses the seat adjustment switch and the motor

circuits.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

1 Checks if the driver’s seat adjustment switch operates the seat in any direct ion. Isolates if there is battery power to

the switch assembly.

2 Checks if there are any items obstructing the guide rails, which may stop or hinder the seat movement.

3 Checks if the guide rails and drive shafts have adequate lubricant applied t o provide a smooth operation of the

seat.

4 Checks if the guide rails or drive shafts have been damaged. An y binding between the moving parts will result in

poor operation of the fore and aft movement.

5 Checks if all the connectors required for the seat to operate effectively are in place a nd positively connected.

6 Checks if the driver’s seat adjustment switch is serviceable.

7 Checks if there is battery power to the seat fore/aft movement motor at connector Y64 – X1 pin 2. Isolates if there

is a fault in circuit 285 that supplies battery power to the motor to move the seat forward.

8 Checks if there is battery power to the seat fore/aft movement motor at connector Y64 – X1 pin 1. Isolates whether

the fault is in circuit 284 that supplies battery power to the motor to move the seat aft or the motor is faulty. As

reversing the polarity changes the direction of the motor, this Step also confirms if the ground circuit from Step 7 is

serviceable.

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to 12P Wirin g Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–166

Page 1A7A–166

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Does the dr iver’s seat adjustment switch operate the seat correctly in

any of the eight directions?

Go to Step 2

Refer to None of the

Driver’s Seat

Adjustment Switch

Functions Operate

in this Section

2 Are the guide rails free from obstructions? Go to Step 3 Remove the

obstructing item

3 Are the gui de rails and drive shafts adequately lubricated?

Go to Step 4

Apply a small

amount of grease

type NLGI No. 1

Lithium Grease

(with 9% Zinc

Oxide)

4 Do the guide rails or drive shafts bind at any point of travel duri ng the

fore and aft movement of the seat? Replace the track

and height adjust

assembly, refer to

2.13 Track and

Height Adjust

Assembly Go to Step 5

5 Are the following connectors secure (refer to Note 3)?

• S51

• Y64 Go to Step 6

Ensure the

connectors are

secure

6 1 Remov e the driver’s seat adjustment switch from the seat, refer

to 2.4 Front Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.

2 Test the driver’s seat adjustment switch, refer to 3.6 Eight-way

Seat Adjustment Switch Test.

Is the driver’s seat adjustment switch serviceable? Go to Step 7

Replace the driver’s

seat adjustment

switch, refer to 2.4

Front Seat Outer

Side Cover

Assembly

7 1 Backprobe connector Y64 – X1 pin 2 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

2 Operate the driver’s seat adjustment switch to move the seat

forward.

Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 8

Repair or replace

circuit 285 (refer to

Note 2)

8 1 Backprobe connector Y64 – X1 pin 1 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

2 Operate the driver’s seat adjustment switch to move the seat aft.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Replace the seat

fore/aft movement

motor, refer to 2.17

Front Seat Fore/Aft

Movement Motor

Assembly

Repair or replace

circuit 284 (refer to

Note 2)

When all diagno sis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–167

Page 1A7A–167

Driver’s Seat-back Recline Forward and/or Aft Function is Inoperative

Introduction

This test is used to aid in diagnosing the recline function of the driver’s seat being inoperative. The test diagnoses the

seat adjustment switch and the motor circuits.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

1 Checks if the driver’s seat adjustment switch operates the seat in any direct ion. Isolates if there is battery power to

the switch assembly.

2 Checks if all the connectors required for the seat to operate effectively are in place a nd positively connected.

3 Checks if the driver’s seat adjustment switch is serviceable.

4 Checks if there is battery power to the seat-back recline motor at connect or Y74 – X1 pin 1. Isolates if there is a

fault in circuit 276 that supplies battery power to the motor to move the seat-back forward.

5 Isolates whether there is a fault in circuit 276 between connectors S51 – X1 pin 2 and X314 pin 1 or between

connectors X314 pin 1 and Y74 – X1 pin 1.

6 Checks if there is battery power to the seat-back recline motor at connector Y74 – X1 pi n 5. Isolates whether the

fault is in circuit 277 that supplies battery power to the motor to move the seat-back aft or the motor is faulty. As

reversing the polarity changes the direction of the motor, this Step also confirms if the ground circuit from Step 4 is

serviceable.

7 Isolates whether there is a fault in circuit 277 between connectors S51 – X1 pin 4 and X314 pin 2 or between

connectors X314 pin 2 and Y74 – X1 pin 5.

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to 12P Wirin g Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–168

Page 1A7A–168

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Does the dr iver’s seat adjustment switch operate the seat correctly in

any of the eight directions?

Go to Step 2

Refer to None of the

Driver’s Seat

Adjustment Switch

Functions Operate

in this Section

2 Are the following connectors secure (refer to Note 3)?

• S51

• Y74 Go to Step 3

Ensure the

connectors are

secure

3 1 Remov e the driver’s seat adjustment switch from the seat, refer

to 2.4 Front Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.

2 Test the driver’s seat adjustment switch, refer to 3.6 Eight-way

Seat Adjustment Switch Test.

Is the driver’s seat adjustment switch serviceable? Go to Step 4

Replace the driver’s

seat adjustment

switch, refer to 2.4

Front Seat Outer

Side Cover

Assembly

4 1 Backprobe connector Y74 – X1 pin 1 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

2 Operate the driver’s seat adjustment switch to move the seat-

back forward.

Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 6 Go to Step 5

5 1 Backprobe connector X314 pin 1 with a test lamp (refer to Note

1).

2 Operate the passenger’s seat adjustment switch to move the

seat-back forward.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Repair or replace

circuit 276 between

connectors

X314 pin 1 and

Y74 – X1 pin 1

(refer to Note 2)

Repair or replace

circuit 276 between

connectors

S51 – X1 pin 2 and

X314 pin 1 (refer to

Note 2)

6 1 Backprobe connector Y74 – X1 pin 5 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

2 Operate the driver’s seat adjustment switch to move the

seat-back aft.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Replace the

seat-back recline

motor, refer to 2.18

Front Seat-back

Recline Motor

Assembly Go to Step 7

7 1 Backprobe connector X314 pin 2 with a test lamp (refer to Note

1).

2 Operate the passenger’s seat adjustment switch to move the

seat-back aft.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Repair or replace

circuit 277 between

connectors

X314 pin 2 and

Y74 – X1 pin 5

(refer to Note 2)

Repair or replace

circuit 277 between

connectors

S51 – X1 pin 4 and

X314 pin 2 (refer to

Note 2)

When all diagno sis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–169

Page 1A7A–169

None of the Passenger’s Seat Adjustment Switch Functions Operate

Introduction

This test is used to aid in diagnosing the passenger’s seat adjustment switch when none of the switch functions operate.

The test diagnoses the passenger’s seat adjustment switch and associated power and ground circuits.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

1 Checks if all of the driver’s seat functions work. If none of them work, the fault is not isolated to the passenger’s

seat.

2 Checks if there is battery power at connector X308 pin B. Isolates if there is a fault in circuit 540 between

connectors X200 pin 19 and X308 pin B.

3 Checks if all the connectors required for the seat to operate effectively are in place a nd positively connected.

4 Checks if there is battery power at connector S176 – X1 pin 5. Isolates if there is a fault in circuit 540 between

connectors S176 – X1 pin 5 and X308 pin B.

5 Checks if the passenger’s seat adjustment switch is serviceable.

6 Checks if there is continuity between connec tors S176 – X1 pin 1 and X308 pin A which supp lies the ground circuit

for the passenger’s seat adjustment s witch. Isolates whether there is a fault in circuit 650 between the switch and

connector X308 pin A or between connector X308 pin A and the ground point.

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to 12P Wirin g Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–170

Page 1A7A–170

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Are all of the dr iver’s seat adjustment switch functions inoperative? Refer to Neither

Seat Adjustment

Switch Functions

Operate in this

Section Go to Step 2

2 Backprobe connector X308 pin B with a test lamp (refer to Note 1).

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Go to Step 3

Repair or replace

circuit 540 between

connectors X200 pin

19 and X308 pin B

(refer to Note 2)

3 Are the following connectors secure (refer to Note 3)?

• S176

• X308

• Y81

• Y84

• Y86

• Y91 Go to Step 4

Ensure the

connectors are

secure

4 Backprobe connector S176 – X1 pin 5 with a test lamp (refer to Note

1).

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Go to Step 5

Repair or replace

circuit 540 between

connectors

S176 – X1 pin 5 and

X308 pin B (refer to

Note 2)

5 1 Remov e the passenger’s seat adjustment switch from the seat,

refer to 2.4 Front Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.

2 Test the passenger’s seat adjustment switch, refer to 3.6 Eight-

way Seat Adjustment Switch Test.

Is the passenger’s seat adjustment s witch serviceable? Go to Step 6

Replace the

passenger’s seat

adjustment switch,

refer to 2.4 Front

Seat Outer Side

Cover Assembly

6 1 Backprobe connector X308 pin A with a test lamp (refer to Note

1).

2 Operate the passenger’s seat adjustment switch in any of the

available directions.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Repair or replace

circuit 650 between

connector X308 pin

A and ground point

X118 – GP12 (refer

to Note 2)

Repair or replace

circuit 650 between

connectors

S176 – X1 pin 1 and

X308 pin A (refer to

Note 2)

When all diagno sis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–171

Page 1A7A–171

Front/Rear of the Passenger’s Seat Does Not Raise and/or Lower

Introduction

This test is used to aid in diagnosing the front and/or the rear of the passenger’s seat not raising and/or lowering. The

test diagnoses the seat adjustment switch and the motor circuits.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

1 Checks if the passenger’s seat adjustment switch operates the seat in any direction. Isolates whether the power

and/or ground circuits are at fault.

2 Checks if all the connectors required for the seat to operate effectively are in place a nd positively connected.

3 Checks if the passenger’s seat adjustment switch is serviceable.

4 Confirms whether the rear of the seat raises or lowers. Isolates if the rear lift motor and circuit of the seat is the

fault.

5 Confirms whether the front of the seat raises or lo wers. Isolates if the front lift motor and circuit of the seat is the

fault.

6 Checks if there is battery power to the seat rear lift motor at connector Y86 – X1 pin 1. Isolates if there is a fault in

circuit 288 that supplies battery po wer to the motor to raise the rear of the seat.

7 Checks if there is battery power to the seat rear lift motor at connector Y86 – X1 pin 5. Isolates whether the fault is

in circuit 289 that supplies battery power to the motor to lower the rear of the seat or the motor is faulty. As the

direction of the motor is changed by reversing the polarity, this Step also confirms if the ground circuit from Step 6

is serviceable.

8 Checks if there is battery power to the seat front lift motor at connector Y84 – X1 pin 1. Isolates if there is a fault in

circuit 297 that supplies battery po wer to the motor to raise the front of the seat.

9 Checks if there is battery power to the seat front lift motor at connector Y84 – X1 pin 5. Isolates whether the fault is

in circuit 298 that supplies battery power to the motor to lower the front of the seat or the motor is faulty. As the

direction of the motor is changed by reversing the polarity, this Step also confirms if the ground circuit from Step 8

is serviceable.

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to 12P Wirin g Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–172

Page 1A7A–172

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Does the passenger’s seat adjustment switch operate the seat

correctly in any of the eight directions?

Go to Step 2

Refer to None of the

Passenger’s Seat

Adjustment Switch

Functions Operate

in this Section

2 Are the following connectors secure (refer to Note 3)?

• S176

• Y84

• Y86 Go to Step 3

Ensure the

connectors are

secure

3 1 Remov e the passenger’s seat adjustment switch from the seat,

refer to 2.4 Front Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.

2 Test the passenger’s seat adjustment switch, refer to 3.6 Eight-

way Seat Adjustment Switch Test.

Is the passenger’s seat adjustment s witch serviceable? Go to Step 4

Replace the

passenger’s seat

adjustment switch,

refer to 2.4 Front

Seat Outer Side

Cover Assembly

4 Operate the passenger’s seat adjustment switch to raise or lower the

rear of the seat.

Does the rear of the seat raise and lo wer? Go to Step 5 Go to Step 6

5 Operate the passenger’s seat adjustment switch to raise or lower the

front of the seat.

Does the front of the seat raise and lower? System serviceable Go to Step 8

6 1 Backprobe connector Y86 – X1 pin 1 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

2 Operate the passenger’s seat adjustment switch to raise the rear

of the seat.

Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 7

Repair or replace

circuit 288 (refer to

Note 2)

7 1 Backprobe connector Y86 – X1 pin 5 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

2 Operate the passenger’s seat adjustment switch to lower the

rear of the seat.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Replace the seat

rear lift motor, refer

to 2.16 Front Seat

Lift Motor

Assemblies

Repair or replace

circuit 289 (refer to

Note 2)

8 1 Backprobe connector Y84 – X1 pin 1 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

2 Operate the passenger’s seat adjustment switch to raise the

front of the seat.

Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 9

Repair or replace

circuit 297 (refer to

Note 2)

9 1 Backprobe connector Y84 – X1 pin 5 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

2 Operate the passenger’s seat adjustment switch to lower the

front of the seat.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Replace the seat

front lift motor, refer

to 2.16 Front Seat

Lift Motor

Assemblies

Repair or replace

circuit 298 (refer to

Note 2)

When all diagno sis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–173

Page 1A7A–173

Passenger’s Seat Fore/Aft Movement Function is Inoperative or Not Smooth

Introduction

This test is used to aid in diagnosing the fore/aft movement function of the passenger’s seat being in operative or the

action of the seat through the range of movement is not smooth. The test diagnoses the seat adjustment switch and the

motor circuits.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

1 Checks if the passenger’s seat adjustment switch operates the seat in any direction. Isolates if there is battery

power to the switch assembly.

2 Checks if there are any items obstructing the guide rails, which may stop or hinder the seat movement.

3 Checks if the guide rails and drive shafts have adequate lubricant applied t o provide a smooth operation of the

seat.

4 Checks if the guide rails or drive shafts have been damaged. An y binding between the moving parts will result in

poor operation of the fore and aft movement.

5 Checks if all the connectors required for the seat to operate effectively are in place a nd positively connected.

6 Checks if the passenger’s seat adjustment switch is serviceable.

7 Checks if there is battery power to the seat fore/aft movement motor at connector Y81 – X1 pin 2. Isolates if there

is a fault in circuit 296 that supplies battery power to the motor to move the seat forward.

8 Checks if there is battery power to the seat fore/aft movement motor at connector Y81 – X1 pin 1. Isolates whether

the fault is in circuit 290 that supplies battery power to the motor to move the seat aft or the motor is faulty. As

reversing the polarity changes the direction of the motor, this Step also confirms if the ground circuit from Step 7 is

serviceable.

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to 12P Wirin g Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–174

Page 1A7A–174

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Does the passenger’s seat adjustment switch operate the seat

correctly in any of the eight directions?

Go to Step 2

Refer to None of the

Passenger’s Seat

Adjustment Switch

Functions Operate

in this Section

2 Are the guide rails free from obstructions? Go to Step 3 Remove the

obstructing item

3 Are the gui de rails and drive shafts adequately lubricated?

Go to Step 4

Apply a small

amount of grease

type NLGI No. 1

Lithium Grease

(with 9% Zinc

Oxide)

4 Do the guide rails or drive shafts bind at any point of travel duri ng the

fore and aft movement of the seat? Replace the track

and height adjust

assembly, refer to

2.13 Track and

Height Adjust

Assembly Go to Step 5

5 Are the following connectors secure (refer to Note 3)?

• S176

• Y81 Go to Step 6

Ensure the

connectors are

secure

6 1 Remov e the passenger’s seat adjustment switch from the seat,

refer to 2.4 Front Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.

2 Test the passenger’s seat adjustment switch, refer to 3.6 Eight-

way Seat Adjustment Switch Test.

Is the passenger’s seat adjustment s witch serviceable? Go to Step 7

Replace the

passenger’s seat

adjustment switch,

refer to 2.4 Front

Seat Outer Side

Cover Assembly

7 1 Backprobe connector Y81 – X1 pin 2 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

2 Operate the passenger’s seat adjustment switch to move the

seat forward.

Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 8

Repair or replace

circuit 296 (refer to

Note 2)

8 1 Backprobe connector Y81 – X1 pin 1 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

2 Operate the passenger’s seat adjustment switch to move the

seat aft.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Replace the seat

fore/aft movement

motor, refer to 2.17

Front Seat Fore/Aft

Movement Motor

Assembly

Repair or replace

circuit 290 (refer to

Note 2)

When all diagno sis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–175

Page 1A7A–175

Passenger’s Seat-back Recline Forward and/or Aft Function is Inoperative

Introduction

This test is used to aid in diagnosing the recline function of the passen ger’s seat being inoperative. T he test diagnoses

the seat adjustment switch and the motor circuits.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

1 Checks if the passenger’s seat adjustment switch operates the seat in any direction. Isolates if there is battery

power to the switch assembly.

2 Checks if all the connectors required for the seat to operate effectively are in place a nd positively connected.

3 Checks if the passenger’s seat adjustment switch is serviceable.

4 Checks if there is battery power to the seat-back recline motor at connect or Y91 – X1 pin 1. Isolates if there is a

fault in circuit 76 that supplies battery power to the motor to move the seat-back forward.

5 Isolates whether there is a fault in circuit 76 between connectors S176 – X1 pin 2 and X323 pin 1 or between

connectors X323 pin 1 and Y91 – X1 pin 1.

6 Checks if there is battery power to the seat-back recline motor at connector Y91 – X1 pi n 5. Isolates whether the

fault is in circuit 77 that supplies battery power to the motor to move the seat-back aft or the motor is faulty. As

reversing the polarity changes the direction of the motor, this Step also confirms if the ground circuit from Step 4 is

serviceable.

7 Isolates whether there is a fault in circuit 77 between connectors S176 – X1 pin 4 and X323 pin 2 or between

connectors X323 pin 2 and Y91 – X1 pin 5.

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to 12P Wirin g Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–176

Page 1A7A–176

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Does the passenger’s seat adjustment switch operate the seat

correctly in any of the eight directions?

Go to Step 2

Refer to None of the

Passenger’s Seat

Adjustment Switch

Functions Operate

in this Section

2 Are the following connectors secure (refer to Note 3)?

• S176

• Y91 Go to Step 3

Ensure the

connectors are

secure

3 1 Remov e the passenger’s seat adjustment switch from the seat,

refer to 2.4 Front Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.

2 Test the passenger’s seat adjustment switch, refer to 3.6 Eight-

way Seat Adjustment Switch Test.

Is the passenger’s seat adjustment s witch serviceable? Go to Step 4

Replace the

passenger’s seat

adjustment switch,

refer to 2.4 Front

Seat Outer Side

Cover Assembly

4 1 Backprobe connector Y91 – X1 pin 1 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

2 Operate the passenger’s seat adjustment switch to move the

seat-back forward.

Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 6 Go to Step 5

5 1 Backprobe connector X323 pin 1 with a test lamp (refer to Note

1).

2 Operate the passenger’s seat adjustment switch to move the

seat-back forward.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Repair or replace

circuit 76 between

connectors

X323 pin 1 and

Y91 – X1 pin 1

(refer to Note 2)

Repair or replace

circuit 76 between

connectors

S176 – X1 pin 2 and

X323 pin 1 (refer to

Note 2)

6 1 Backprobe connector Y91 – X1 pin 5 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

2 Operate the passenger’s seat adjustment switch to move the

seat-back aft.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Replace the front

seat-back recline

motor, refer to 2.18

Front Seat-back

Recline Motor

Assembly Go to Step 7

7 1 Backprobe connector X323 pin 2 with a test lamp (refer to Note

1).

2 Operate the passenger’s seat adjustment switch to move the

seat-back aft.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Repair or replace

circuit 77 between

connectors

X323 pin 2 and

Y91 – X1 pin 5

(refer to Note 2)

Repair or replace

circuit 77 between

connectors

S176 – X1 pin 4 and

X323 pin 2 (refer to

Note 2)

When all diagno sis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–177

Page 1A7A–177

5 Diagnostics – Front Seat

Memory and Rear-view Mirror

(Except Coupe)

5.1 Prerequisites

Safety Requirements

When operating the seat as part of any Steps

in the diagnostic tables, ensure that fingers

and limbs are clear of mo ving parts.

Equipment

The following equipment is required to diagnose the seats:

• an unpowered test lamp with a current dra w of less than 3 A, and

• a digital multimeter with a minimum impe dance of 10 MΩ.

Testing Procedures

The following points must be adhered to

when performing diagnostic testing on

components:

• Take care when using testing equipment

to diagnose wiring harness connectors. It

is preferred that the technician backprobe

the connector to avoid terminal damage.

• When tests are required on connector

terminals, use the adapters in the

connector adapter kit KM–609 to prevent

damage to the terminals.

• Unless the multimeter being used has an

auto-ranging function, ensure the correct

range is selected.

• When backpro bing connectors, ensure the

test lamp ground lead is connected to an

appropriate ground point on the vehicle.

Ensure this ground point is not part of the

circuit being tested.

NOTE

When following the steps in th e diagnostic tables,

perform them in the order cited. If the required

nominal value or result is not achi eved, rectif y t he

problem before proceeding any further.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–178

Page 1A7A–178

5.2 System Self Diagnosis

The seat memory module can self-diagnose the driver's seat and the external rear-view mirrors. When a fault or failure is

detected, the seat memory mo dule sets a diagnosti c trouble code (DTC) that represents the fault or failure. A fault or

failure that sets a DTC may leave the seat and/or external rear-view mirrors partially or totally inoperative. If the seat

memory module detects a fault, the LED located next to the mirror dip / memory store (M) button on the memory position

switch assembly, illuminates constantly during that ignition cycle.

Current DTCs are stored by the seat memory module. When the fault conditions are no longer met, the DTC becomes a

History DTC.

Current DTCs

When Current DTCs are detected, they are stored by the seat memory module during the current ignition cycle. Current

DTCs are set or cleared based on the condition of the seat memory module during ignition ON or continuous monitoring

of the current ignitio n cycle.

NOTE

A Current DTC is identified on the Tech 2 display

by the word Current between the DTC number

and the DTC description. The word History

between the DTC number and the DTC

description indicates that the DTC displayed is a

History DTC.

Current DTCs are reset to History DTCs upon the next diagnostic test sequence that the fault conditions are not met.

Current DTCs can be cleared (changed to history DTC) by removing the fault conditions.

Tech 2 is unable to clear current DTCs if the fault conditions still exist; Tech 2 will display Clear DTC Information

Failed.

DTCs stored in the seat memory module can only be displayed and/or cleared using the Tech 2 diagnostic scan tool.

Tech 2 comm unicates with the seat memory module serial data using the Serial Data Link Connector (DLC) which is

attached to the instrument panel lower trim retainer, refer to 5.3 Tech 2 Diagnostics.

History DTCs

History DTCs are set upon the clearing of a current DTC fault condition. History DTCs are maintained by the seat

memory module over multiple ignition cycles. The seat memory module can only clear history DTCs from its memory by

a CLEAR DTCS serial data message from Tech 2.

Clearin g DTCs

After any system fault has been rectified, use Tech 2 Clear DTC selection to erase any fault codes stored in the seat

memory module, refer to 5.4 Tech 2 Test Modes and Displays for Diagnosis.

After DTCs have been cleared, verify proper

system operation and absence of any fault

codes. If Tech 2 displays Clear DTC

Information Failed after attempting to clear

DTCs, the fault condition still exists.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–179

Page 1A7A–179

5.3 Tech 2 Diagnostics

Tech 2, with the appropriate software, cables and adapters,

when connected to the Serial Data Link Connector (DLC)

can read seat and exterior rear-view mirror serial data. The

DLC is attached to the instrument panel trim retainer

beneath the steering wheel.

1 DLC

2 DLC Adapter

3 DLC Cable

4 Tech 2

For additional general information on connecting and

operating Tech 2, refer to 0C Tech 2.

Figure 1A7A – 99

Test Modes

Tech 2 has five test modes for diagnosing the driver's seat and the external rear-view mirrors.

Mode F0: Diagnostic Trouble Codes

If F0: Diagnostic Trouble Codes is selected, a selection list is displayed which contains:

• F0: Read DTC Information – Once this mode is selected, both current and history Diagnostic Trouble Codes

(DTCs) stored in the seat memory module's memory may be displayed.

• F1: Clear DTC Information – Once this mode is selected, DTCs stored in the seat memory module's memory may

be cleared.

Mode F1: Diagnostic Data Display

If F1: Diagnostic Data Display is selected, a selection list is displayed which contains:

• F0: Inputs and Outputs – Once this mode is selected, a list of system components and their inputs, outputs and

their status is display ed .

• F1: Memory – Once this mode is selected, a list of each memory position and the position of each of the seat axes

is displayed.

• F2: System Identification – Once this is selected, details including serial number of the seat memory module are

displayed.

Mode F2: Snapshot

In this test mode, Tech 2 captures seat memory module data before and after a forced manual trigger.

Mode F3: Miscellaneous Tests

In this test mode, Tech 2 displays a list of eight tests that can be utilised to diagnose the driver's seat and the external

rear-view mirrors, refer to 5.4 Tech 2 Test Modes and Displays for Diagnosis for further information.

Mode F4: Additional Functions

In this test m o de, Tech 2 allows the technician to reset the seat, thus clearing all me m o ry positions, refer to

5.4 Tech 2 Test Modes and Displays for Diagnosis for further information.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–180

Page 1A7A–180

5.4 Tech 2 Test Modes and Displays for

Diagnosis

A prerequisite to this diagnostic Section is for the user to be familiar with the proper use of Tech 2. T he following pages

illustrate only the major Tech 2 screen displays and provide a brief e xpla nation of their function for diagnosing the

driver's seat and the external rear-view mirrors. If additional information is required on the oper ation of Tech 2, reference

should be made to either 0C Tech 2 or the Tech 2 User's Guid e.

System Select Menu

With the Tech 2 connected to the DLC, and F0: Diagnostics selected from the Main Menu, the correct Model Year and

Vehicle Type must be selected for access to the System Select Menu.

Select F3: BODY.

This mode contains all functions to test, diag nose, monitor and program the vehicle's body systems including the driver's

seat and the external rear-view mirrors.

Body Application Menu

Once F3: Body has been selected from the System Select Menu, Seat and Exterior Mirror Memory Module can be

selected.

Select Seat and Exterior Mirror Memory Module.

When Seat and Exterior Mirror Memory Module is selected, the following two System Identification screens will

appear, which require action.

System Identification

Turn the ignition to the ON position with the engine not run ning (as requested) and press the Confirm soft key to

continue.

The System Identification Screen will then display information pertaining to the type of seat memory module fitted, serial

number, date of manufacture and other ancillary information. Press the Confirm soft key to continue to the Application

menu. The Identifier code for this seat is 201.

Always refer to the latest General Motors spare parts information for the correct part number.

Application Menu

The following functions will now be available:

• F0: Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• F1: Diagnostic Data Display

• F2: Snapshot

• F3: Miscellaneous Tests

• F4: Additional Functions

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–181

Page 1A7A–181

F0: Diagnostic Trouble Codes

If F0: Diagnostic Trouble Codes is selected from the Application menu, the following selection list is displayed:

F0: Read DTC Informa tion

If this mode is selected, a listing of all (if any) DTCs that have been set by the seat memory module will be displayed.

Information displayed with the DTC number/s that have been set, is a short description of what the DTC is, and whether

it is a current (fault present) or history (stored, but not necessarily on this ignition cycle) DTC. Refer to Diagnostic Trouble

Codes in this Section for the full listing of driver's seat and the external rear-view mirrors DTCs with the fault identified.

NOTE

If any DTCs are set, referenc e should be m ade t o

the relevant diagnostic tables in this Section.

F1: Clear DTC Informatio n

DTCs can be cleared in this mode by selecting F1: Clear DTC Information, pressing the ENTER button on T ech 2 and

confirming the action as instructed by Tech 2.

If DTC condition is present, Tech 2 will be unable to clear the DTC and will display Clear DTC Informati on Failed.

Diagnostic Trouble Codes

The following table sets out all the possible diagnostic trouble codes as indicated by Tech 2.

DTC Code Location Fault

1 Eight- way seat adjustme nt switch Front vertical up switch stuck

2 Eight- way seat adjustme nt switch Front vertical down switch stuck

3 Eight- way seat adjustment switch Rear vertical up switch stuck

4 Eight- way seat adjustment switch Rear vertical down switch stuck

5 Eight- way seat adjustment switch Horizontal forward switch stuck

6 Eight- way seat adjustment switch Horizontal back switch stuck

7 Eight- way seat adjustment switch Recline up s witch stuck

8 Eight- way seat adjustment switch Recline down switch stuck

9 Memory positio n switch assembly Memory button 1 stuck

10 Memory position switch assembly Memory button 2 stuck

11 Memory position switch assembly Memory button 3 stuck

12 Memory position switch assembly Mirror dip button stuck

13 Seat memory module No serial data

14 Exterior rear-view mirror circuit No exterior mirror communication

19 Seat memory module ECU malfunction

20 Seat front lift motor Front vertical p osition sensor fault

21 Seat rear lift motor Rear vertical position sensor fault

22 Seat fore / aft movement motor Horizontal position sensor fault

23 Seat-back recline motor Recline position sensor fault

24 Seat assembly System voltage out of range

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–182

Page 1A7A–182

F1: Diagnostic Data Display

When F1: Diagnostic Data Display is selected, three sub-headings are displayed by Tech 2.

F0: Inputs and Outputs

F0: Inputs and Outputs displays a list of data streams for various driver's seat and external rear-view mirror

components and their current status. The table in this Section lists all the data streams with a description.

Data Stream /

Screen Display Description

Memory 1 Button Displays the state of button 1 on the memory position switch.

If button 1 on the memory position s witch assembl y is stuck in the depressed position for

more than 8 seconds, DTC 9 will be set.

• Not Pressed / Pressed

Memory 2 Button Displays the state of button 2 on the memory position switch.

If button 2 on the memory position s witch assembl y is stuck in the depressed position for

more than 8 seconds, DTC 10 will set.

• Not Pressed / Pressed

Memory 3 Button Displays the state of button 3 on the memory position switch.

If button 3 on the memory position s witch assembl y is stuck in the depressed position for

more than 8 seconds, DTC 11 will set.

• Not Pressed / Pressed

Mirror DIP Button Displays the state of the mirror dip / memory store (M) button on the memory position

switch.

If the mirror DIP / memory store (M) button on the memory position switch assembly is

stuck in the depressed position for more than 8 seconds, DTC 12 will set.

• Not Pressed / Pressed

Front Vertical Switch Displays the state of the front lift switch on the seat adjustment switch.

If the front vertical switch is stuck in the up position for more than 8 seconds, DTC 1 will set.

If the front vertical switch is stuck in the down position for more than 8 seconds, DTC 2 will

set.

• Inactive / Up / Down

Rear Vertical Switch Displays the state of the rear lift switch on the seat adjustment switch.

If the rear vertical switch is stuck in the up position for more than 8 seconds, DTC 3 will set.

If the front vertical switch is stuck in the down position for more than 8 seconds, DTC 4 will

set.

• Inactive / Up / Down

Horizontal Switch Displays the state of the horizontal switch on the seat adjustment switch.

If the horizontal switch is stuck in the forward position for more than 8 seconds, DTC 5 will

set.

If the horizontal switch is stuck in the aft position for more than 8 seconds, DTC 6 will set.

• Inactive / Forward / Back

Recline Switch Displays the state of the recline switch on the seat adjustment switch.

If the recline switch is stuck in the forward position for more than 8 seconds, DTC 7 will set.

If the recline switch is stuck in the aft position for more than 8 seconds, DTC 8 will set.

• Inactive / Forward / Back

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–183

Page 1A7A–183

Data Stream /

Screen Display Description

Front Vertical Position

Sensor Displays if the front lift motor position sensor is connected.

• Connected / Not Connected

Front Vertical Position

Sensor Displ ays the current position of the front lift motor position sensor as a val ue in Steps. The

Steps will range from 0 to 65535.

• 0 – 65535 Steps (typical 31 488 – 33536)

Front Vertical Position

Maximum Limit Displays the maximum limit of travel up in Steps. This value depends on the calibration of

the seat.

This value should be high but never reach 65535 Steps. If the value d isplayed is 65535, the

seat has not been calibrated. Refer to 2.3 Front Seat Assembly to calibrate the seat.

• 0 – 65535 Steps (typical 31 488 – 33536)

Front Vertical Position

Minimum Limit Displays the minimum limit of travel down in Steps. This value depends on the calibration of

the seat.

This value should be low but never reach 0 Steps. If the value displayed is 0, the seat has

not been calibrated. Refer to 2.3 Front Seat Assembly to calibrate the seat.

• 0 – 65535 Steps (typical 31 488 – 33536)

Rear Vertical Position

Sensor Displ ays if the rear lift motor position sensor is connected.

• Connected / Not Connected

Rear Vertical Position

Sensor Displ ays the current position of the rear lift motor position sensor as a value in Steps. The

Steps will range from 0 to 65535.

• 0 – 65535 Steps (typical 31 488 – 33536)

Rear Vertical Position

Maximum Limit Displays the maximum limit of travel up in Steps. This value depends on the calibration of

the seat.

This value should be high but never reach 65535 Steps. If the value d isplayed is 65535, the

seat has not been calibrated. Refer to 2.3 Front Seat Assembly to calibrate the seat.

• 0 – 65535 Steps (typical 31 488 – 33536)

Rear Vertical Position

Minimum Limit Displays the minimum limit of travel down in Steps. This value depends on the calibration of

the seat.

This value should be low but never reach 0 Steps. If the value displayed is 0, the seat has

not been calibrated. Refer to 2.3 Front Seat Assembly to calibrate the seat.

• 0 – 65535 Steps (typical 31 488 – 33536)

Horizontal Position Sensor Displays if the fore/aft movement motor position sensor is c onnected.

• Connected / Not Connected

Horizontal Position Sensor Displays the current position of the fore/aft movement motor position sensor as a value in

Steps. The Steps will range from 0 to 65535.

• 0 – 65535 Steps (typical 20 480 – 40960)

Horizontal Position

Maximum Limit Displays the maximum limit of travel forward in Steps. This value depends on the calibration

of the seat.

This value should be high but never reach 65535 Steps. If the value d isplayed is 65535, the

seat has not been calibrated. Refer to 2.3 Front Seat Assembly to calibrate the seat.

• 0 – 65535 Steps (typical 20 480 – 40960)

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–184

Page 1A7A–184

Data Stream /

Screen Display Description

Horizontal Position

Minimum Limit Displays the minimum limit of travel aft in Steps. This value depends on the calibration of

the seat.

This value should be low but never reach 0 Steps. If the value displayed is 0, the seat has

not been calibrated. Refer to 2.3 Front Seat Assembly to calibrate the seat.

• 0 – 65535 Steps (typical 20 480 – 40960)

Recline Position Sensor Displays if the seat-back recline motor position sensor is connected.

• Connected / Not Connected

Recline Position Sensor Displays the current position of the seat-back recline motor position sensor as a value in

Steps. The Steps will range from 0 to 65535.

• 0 – 65535 Steps (typical 16 384 – 45056)

Recline Position Maximum

Limit Displays the maximum limit of travel forward in Steps. T his value depends on the calibration

of the seat.

This value should be high but never reach 65535 Steps. If the value d isplayed is 65535, the

seat has not been calibrated. Refer to 2.3 Front Seat Assembly to calibrate the seat.

• 0 – 65535 Steps (typical 16 384 – 45056)

Recline Position Minimum

Limit Displays the minimum limit of travel aft in Steps. This value depends on the calibration of

the seat.

This value should be low but never reach 0 Steps. If the value displayed is 0, the seat has

not been calibrated. Refer to 2.3 Front Seat Assembly to calibrate the seat.

• 0 – 65535 Steps (typical 16 384 – 45056)

Button Pack

Communication Displays whether there is serial data communication with the mirror control switch,

right-hand or left-hand rear-view mirrors. If there is communication with at least one of these

components, Tech 2 will displa y Okay. If there is no communications with all of the

components, Tech 2 will displa y Not Okay.

If there are no serial data communications, a DTC 14 will set.

• Okay / Not Okay

Right Exterior Mirror

Communication Displays if Tech 2 can communicate with the right-hand exterior rear-vie w mirror.

If there is not serial data communications with the right-hand exterior rear-vie w mirror, a

DTC 14 will set.

• Okay / Not Okay

Left Exterior Mirror

Communication Displays if Tech 2 can communicate with the left-hand exterior rear-view mirror.

If there is not serial data communications with the left-hand exterior rear-view mirror, a DTC

14 will set.

• Okay / Not Okay

Right Exterior Mirror Switch Displays the status of the mirror control switch, when the rocker switch is selected to right.

• Up / Down / Left / Right / Inactive

Left Exterior Mirror Switch Displays the status of the mirror control switch, when the rocker switch is selected to left.

• Up / Down / Left / Right / Inactive

Memory Recall Position In

Use Displays the status of the current memory recall of the seat assembly.

• Memory 1 / Memory 2 / Memory 3 / Priority 1 / Priority 2 / No Active Memory

Current Priority Displays what is the current priority that has been set when the vehicle is unlocked with

either priority key 1 or 2.

• Priority 1 / Priority 2 / No Active Memory

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–185

Page 1A7A–185

Data Stream /

Screen Display Description

Able To Recall Displays if the seat assembly has the ability to recall a memory position.

• Yes / No

Start Wait Active Only when there has been a cold-start reset will Tech 2 display No. A cold-start reset will

occur when module detects too much electro m agnetic interference (EMI) in the system. If

the Start Wait Active displays No, the system will still be operational.

• Yes / No

Able To Move When the seat is requested to move, the seat memory module monitors the amou nt of

Steps that a position sensor has taken during that movement. This inability to move at all or

quickly enough may be due to a physical restriction in that movement, or the battery not

having enough charge to power the particular motor adequately.

• Yes / No

Ignition Switch Displays the status of the ignition switch.

• On / Off / Accessory

Demist Request Displays the status of the rear demist system. This will be Yes when the rear demist button

is pressed.

• Yes / No

Reverse Gear Displays if the vehicle is in reverse gear.

• Inactive / Active

PRNDL Position Displays the position of the transmission selector.

• P / R / N / D / 3 / 2 / 1

F1: Memory

F1: MEMORY displays all the five memory settings availabl e. Within each of the memory settings the position of the seat

is displayed (in Steps) and if the mirror dip function is enabled.

Data Stream /

Screen Display Description

Memory 1 Mirror Dip Status Displ ays if the mirror dip function is enabled for Memory 1.

• Enabled / Disabled

Memory 1 Front Vertical

Position Displays the seat front vertical position (in Steps) that has been store d in Memory 1.

• 0 – 65535 Steps (typical 31 488 – 33536)

Memory 1 Rear Vertical

Position Displays the seat rear vertical position (in Steps) that has been stored in Memory 1.

• 0 – 65535 Steps (typical 31 488 – 33536)

Memory 1 Horizontal

Position Displays the seat horizontal position (in Steps) that has been stored in Memory 1.

• 0 – 65535 Steps (typical 20 480 – 40960)

Memory 1 Recline Position Displays the seat-back recline positi on (in Steps) that has been stored in Memory 1.

• 0 – 65535 Steps (typical 16 384 – 45056)

Memory 2 Mirror Dip Status Displ ays if the mirror dip function is enabled for Memory 2.

• Enabled / Disabled

Memory 2 Front Vertical

Position Displays the seat front vertical position (in Steps) that has been store d in Memory 2.

• 0 – 65535 Steps (typical 31 488 – 33536)

Memory 2 Rear Vertical

Position Displays the seat rear vertical position (in Steps) that has been stored in Memory 2.

• 0 – 65535 Steps (typical 31 488 – 33536)

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–186

Page 1A7A–186

Data Stream /

Screen Display Description

Memory 2 Horizontal

Position Displays the seat horizontal position (in Steps) that has been stored in Memory 2.

• 0 – 65535 Steps (typical 20 480 – 40960)

Memory 2 Recline Position Displays the seat-back recline positi on (in Steps) that has been stored in Memory 2.

• 0 – 65535 Steps (typical 16 384 – 45056)

Memory 3 Mirror Dip Status Displ ays if the mirror dip function is enabled for Memory 3.

• Enabled / Disabled

Memory 3 Front Vertical

Position Displays the seat front vertical position (in Steps) that has been store d in Memory 3.

• 0 – 65535 Steps (typical 31 488 – 33536)

Memory 3 Rear Vertical

Position Displays the seat rear vertical position (in Steps) that has been stored in Memory 3.

• 0 – 65535 Steps (typical 31 488 – 33536)

Memory 3 Horizontal

Position Displays the seat horizontal position (in Steps) that has been stored in Memory 3.

• 0 – 65535 Steps (typical 20 480 – 40960)

Memory 3 Recline Position Displays the seat-back recline positi on (in Steps) that has been stored in Memory 3.

• 0 – 65535 Steps (typical 16 384 – 45056)

Priority 1 Mirror Dip Status Displays if the mirror dip function is enabled for Priority 1.

• Enabled / Disabled

Priority 1 Front Vertical

Position Displays the seat front vertical position (in Steps) that has been stored in P riority 1.

• 0 – 65535 Steps (typical 31 488 – 33536)

Priority 1 Rear Vertical

Position Displays the seat rear vertical position (in Steps) that has been stored in Priority 1.

• 0 – 65535 Steps (typical 31 488 – 33536)

Priority 1 Horizontal

Position Displays the seat horizontal position (in Steps) that has been stored in Priority 1.

• 0 – 65535 Steps (typical 20 480 – 40960)

Priority 1 Recline Position Displays the seat-back recline position (in Steps) that has been stored in Priorit y 1.

• 0 – 65535 Steps (typical 16 384 – 45056)

Priority 2 Mirror Dip Status Displays if the mirror dip function is enabled for Priority 2.

• Enabled / Disabled

Priority 2 Front Vertical

Position Displays the seat front vertical position (in Steps) that has been stored in P riority 2.

• 0 – 65535 Steps (typical 31 488 – 33536)

Priority 2 Rear Vertical

Position Displays the seat rear vertical position (in Steps) that has been stored in Priority 2.

• 0 – 65535 Steps (typical 31 488 – 33536)

Priority 2 Horizontal

Position Displays the seat horizontal position (in Steps) that has been stored in Priority 2.

• 0 – 65535 Steps (typical 20 480 – 40960)

Priority 2 Recline Position Displays the seat-back recline position (in Steps) that has been stored in Priorit y 2.

• 0 – 65535 Steps (typical 16 384 – 45056)

F2: System Identification

F2: System Identification displays the specifications of the seat memory module, refer to System Identification within

this Section.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–187

Page 1A7A–187

F2: Snapshot

In this mode, Tech 2 captures seat memory module data b efore and after a forced manual trigger.

F3: Miscellaneous Tests

In this mode, a list of tests are displayed that can be used to control certain functions of the driver's seat and the exterior

rear-view mirrors.

F0: Chime

When this test is selected, menu keys are availabl e. To activate the chime function of the seat memory module, press

the On key. The chime will then sound continuously. To turn off the chime, press the Off key. To return to

F3: Miscellaneous Tests menu, press the Quit key.

In this test, the input and output data is also displayed, refer to F0: Inputs and Outputs in this Section.

F1: LED

When this test is selected, menu keys are availabl e. To activate the LED function of the seat memory module, press the

Flash key. The LED will flash. To return to F3: Miscellaneous Tests menu, press the Quit key.

In this test, the input and output data is also displayed, refer to F0: Inputs and Outputs in this Section.

F2: Right Exterior Mirror

When this test is selected, the arrow keys on Tech 2 can be used to drive the right-hand exterior mirror in all four

directions. During this test the data stream for the right-hand exterior mirror will be displayed. The data stream will

change from off to the direction pressed.

F3: Left Exterior Mirror

When this test is selected, the arrow keys on Tech 2 can be used to drive the left-hand exterior mirror in all four

directions. During this test the data stream for the left-hand exterior mirror will be displayed. The data stream will change

from off to the direction pressed.

F4: Front Vertical Motor

When this test is selected, menu keys are available. To drive the front lift motor up, press the Up key and alternatively to

move the front lift motor down, press the Down key.

F5: Rear Vertical Mirror

When this test is selected, menu keys are available. To drive the rear lift motor up, press the Up key and alternatively to

move the rear lift motor down, press the Down key.

F6: Horizontal Motor

When this test is selected, menu keys are availabl e. To drive the seat fore/aft movement motor forward, press the

Forward key and alternatively to move the seat fore/aft movement motor aft, press the Back key.

F7: Recline Motor

When this test is selected, menu keys are availabl e. To drive the seat-back recline motor forward, press the Forward key

and alternatively to move the seat-back recline motor aft, press the Back key.

F4: Additional Functions

F0: Module Reset

This function clears all the preset memories i ncluding any priority key that the seat memory module has stored.

When this function is selected, menu keys are available. Tech 2 will prompt with the message Do you Really Want To

Reset. To reset the module, press the Yes key. If the technician does not want to reset the module, press the No key

and to return the F4: Additional Functions menu.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–188

Page 1A7A–188

5.5 Preliminary System Diagnosis

Prior to starting any diagnosis, the technician should be familiar wi th the driver's seat and the external rear-view mirror

components and operation. For a description of the components and the system operation, refer to

1 General Information.

When investigating any complaint of a problem or malfuncti on, always begin diagnosis with a circuit check, refer to

5.8 Electrical Diagnosis – Memory Seat, Initial Check for a seat fault, or

5.10 Electrical Diagnosis – Rear-view Mirrors, Initial Check for an exterior rear-view mirror fault. If the complaint is of a

mechanical nature, refer to 5.7 Mechanical Diagnosis.

The diagnostic circuit check ensures that the driver's seat and the external rear-view mirrors are communicating on the

serial data line as well as assisting to identify the problem and to ascertain the appropriate diagnostic table in this

Section.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–189

Page 1A7A–189

5.6 Diagnostic Tables

Introduction

The following diagnostic tables are designed to provide fast and efficient fault location and remedy. The diagnostic tables

include a chart, pertinent information, circuit diagrams, and where necessary, the steps are explained by the

corresponding numbered paragraphs.

When performing wiring checks as directed to by the diagnostic tables, rather than probe pins and co nnectors with

incorrect sized multimeter connectio ns, use the ad apters contained in connector test adapter kit Tool No. KM-609 and

test lead set Tool No. KM609-20. This will prevent any possibility of spreading or damaging wiring harness pins and

causing a system intermittent failure.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–190

Page 1A7A–190

5.7 Mechanical Diagnosis

Lumbar Support Inoperative

Introduction

This test is used to aid in diagnosing the lumbar support as sembly.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

1 Checks if the lumbar support knob is properly engaging the lumbar support adjuster. Check the knob for cracks and

worn splines.

2 Checks if the lumbar support assembly is damage d or worn and if the retaining springs are serviceable and

securely attached to the seat back frame assembly.

3 Checks if the lumbar support assembly is serviceable and if the lumber support assembly strap is operating

correctly within the guide rails.

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Remov e the lu mbar support knob, refer to 2.9 Lumbar Support Knob

Assembly.

Is the lumbar support adjust knob serviceable? Go to Step 2

Replace the knob,

refer to 2.9 Lumbar

Support Knob

Assembly

2 1 Remov e the seat-back cover.

2 Inspect the lumbar support retainers and spri ngs.

Are the lumbar support retaining spri ngs serviceable and securel y

attached to the seat-back frame assembly? Go to Step 3

Replace or reattach

the retaining

springs, refer to

2.11 Front Seat-

back Frame

Assembly

3 1 Visually inspect the lumbar support assembl y. Check for broken

or worn parts.

2 Check the strap running across the lumber s upport assembly is

serviceable and running freely within the guide rails.

NOTE

You may need to attach the lumber support knob to

actuate the strap.

Is the lumbar support assembly serviceabl e? System serviceable

Replace lumbar

support assembly or

resecure lumbar

support assembly

strap ensuring strap

is not binding with

guide rails, refer to

2.11 Front Seat-

back Frame

Assembly

When all diagno sis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–191

Page 1A7A–191

5.8 Electrical Diagnosis – Memory Seat

Wiring Diagram

Figure 1A7A – 100

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–192

Page 1A7A–192

Figure 1A7A – 101

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–193

Page 1A7A–193

Connector Chart

Figure 1A7A – 102

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–194

Page 1A7A–194

Initial Check

Introduction

The driver's seat and exterior rear-view mirrors can be diagnosed using T ech 2. The diagnostic table tests each function

of the seat for correct operation.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

1 Checks if the fault is isolated to the driver’s seat.

2 If Tech 2 cannot access the System Identification menu there is a problem with the power, serial data

communications or ground cir cuits to the memory module.

3 Checks if there are any current DTCs.

4-11 Checks if the seat adjustment switch is serviceable. Also checks if the associated motor circuits are serviceable.

12 Using Tech 2, checks if the memory position s witch assembly is operational.

13 Checks if the seat front lift motor hall-effect sensor is connected.

14 Checks if the seat front lift motor hall-effect sensor (in Steps) has an acceptable maximum, minimum value and

current seat position is within that rang e.

15 Checks if the seat rear lift motor hall-effect sensor is connected.

16 Checks if the seat rear lift motor hall-effect sensor (in Steps) has an acce ptable maximum, minimum val ue and

current seat position is within that rang e.

17 Checks if the seat horizontal motor hall-effect sensor is connected.

18 Checks if the seat horizontal motor hall-effect sensor (in Steps) has an acceptable maximum, minimum value and

current seat position is within that rang e.

19 Checks if the seat recline motor hall-effect sensor is connected.

20 Checks if the seat recline mot or hal l-effect sensor (in Steps) has an acceptable maximum, minimum value and

current seat position is within that rang e.

21 Checks if the seat memory module stores a different seat position for each of the three memory buttons. Checks if

when each of the memory buttons are pressed, the seat moves to the stored position and Tech 2 displays the

correct information.

22 Checks if the seat recalls a priority key memory position.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–195

Page 1A7A–195

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Are all of the passenger’s seat adjustment switch functions

inoperative? Refer to Neither

Seat Adjustment

Switch Functions

Operate in 4.6

Electrical Diagnosis

– Eight-way Seat Go to Step 2

2 1 Connect Tech 2 to the DLC.

2 On Tech 2 select:

Body / Seat and Exterior Mirror Memory Module.

3 Turn the ignition on when prompted.

Is the Seat and Exterior Mirror Module System Identification

specifications displayed? Go to Step 3

Refer to No Serial

Data

Communications to

the Seat Memory

Module in this

Section

3 On Tech 2 select:

Body / Seat and Exterior Mirror Memory Module / Diagnostic

Trouble Codes / Read DTC Information.

Are there any DTCs set?

Refer to the relevant

DTC diagnostic

table in this Section Go to Step 4

4 1 Connect Tech 2 to the DLC.

2 On Tech 2 select:

Body / Seat and Exterior Mirror Memory Module / Diagnostic

Data Display / Inputs and Outputs.

3 Scroll to Front Vertical Switch.

4 While monitoring Tech 2, operate the seat a djustme nt switch to

raise and lower the front of the seat.

Does Tech 2 display the fol lowing:

• Inactive when the switch is in the neutral position.

• Up when the switch is in the up positio n.

• Down when the switch is in the down positio n. Go to Step 5

Refer to Seat

Adjustment Switch

Inoperative in this

Section

5 During the test in Step 4, does the front of the seat move in the

following directions?

• When the switch is in the neutral position, the front of the seat

does not move.

• When the switch is in the up position, the front of the seat raises.

• When the switch is in the down position, the front of the seat

lowers.

NOTE

Ensure that the seat is not at its maximum limit of travel

before performing this test. Go to Step 6

Refer to Seat Front

Lift Motor

Inoperative in this

Section

6 1 On Tech 2 select:

Rear Seat Vertical Switch.

2 While monitoring Tech 2, operate the seat a djustme nt switch to

raise and lower the rear of the seat.

Does Tech 2 display the fol lowing:

• Inactive when the switch is in the neutral position.

• Up when the switch is in the up positio n.

• Down when the switch is in the down positio n. Go to Step 7

Refer to Seat

Adjustment Switch

Inoperative in this

Section

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–196

Page 1A7A–196

Step Action Yes No

7 During the test in Step 6, does the rear of the seat move in the

following directions?

• When the switch is in the neutral position, the rear of the seat

does not move.

• When the switch is in the up position, the rear of the seat raises.

• When the switch is in the down position, the rear of the seat

lowers.

NOTE

Ensure that the seat is not at its maximum limit of travel

before performing this test. Go to Step 8

Refer to Seat Rear

Lift Motor

Inoperative in this

Section

8 1 On Tech 2 select:

Horizontal Switch.

2 While monitoring Tech 2, operate the seat a djustme nt switch to

move the seat forward and aft.

Does Tech 2 display the fol lowing:

• Inactive when the switch is in the neutral position.

• Forward when the switch is in the forward position.

• Back when the switch is in the aft position. Go to Step 9

Refer to Seat

Adjustment Switch

Inoperative in this

Section

9 During the test in Step 8, does the seat move in the following

directions?

• When the switch is in the neutral position, the seat does not

move.

• When the switch is in the forward position, the seat moves

forward.

• When the switch is in the aft position, the seat moves aft.

NOTE

Ensure that the seat is not at its maximum limit of travel

before performing this test. Go to Step 10

Refer to Seat

Fore/Aft Movement

Motor Inoperative in

this Section

10 1 On Tech 2 select:

Recline Switch.

2 While monitoring Tech 2, operate the seat a djustme nt switch to

move the seat-back forward and aft.

Does Tech 2 display the fol lowing:

• Inactive when the switch is in the neutral position.

• Forward when the switch is in the forward position.

• Back when the switch is in the aft position. Go to Step 11

Refer to Seat

Adjustment Switch

Inoperative in this

Section

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–197

Page 1A7A–197

Step Action Yes No

11 During the test in Step 10, does the seat-back move in the following

directions?

• When the switch is in the neutral position, the seat-back does

not move.

• When the switch is in the forward position, th e seat-back moves

forward.

• When the switch is in the aft position, the seat-back moves aft.

NOTE

Ensure that the seat is not at its maximum limit of travel

before performing this test. Go to Step 12

Refer to Seat

Fore/Aft Movement

Motor Inoperative in

this Section

12 1 On Tech 2 select:

Memory Button 1.

2 While monitoring Tech 2, press the following buttons:

• Memory button 1

• Memory button 2

• Memory button 3

• Mirror dip / memory button

Does Tech 2 display Active next to the corresponding button? Go to Step 13

Refer to Memory

Position Switch

Inoperative in this

Section

13 On Tech 2 select:

Front Vertical Position Sensor.

Does Tech 2 display the hal l-effect sensor is Connected? Go to Step 14

Refer to Seat Front

Lift Motor Hall-effect

Sensor Check in

this Section

14 1 On Tech 2 select:

Front Vertical Position Maximum Limit.

2 Check the following values displayed on Tech 2:

• Front Vertical Maximum Position Limit. This should be

less than 65535 Steps.

• Front Vertical Minimum Position Limit. This should be

more than 0 Steps.

• Front Vertical Position Sensor. This value should be

between the minimum and maximum values. Go to Step 15

Disconnect battery

power from the seat

and perform the

calibration

procedure, refer to

2.3 Front Seat

Assembly

15 On Tech 2 select:

Rear Vertical Position Sensor.

Does Tech 2 display the hal l-effect sensor is Connected? Go to Step 16

Refer to Seat Rear

Lift Motor Hall-effect

Sensor Check in

this Section

16 1 On Tech 2 select:

Rear Vertical Position Maximum Limit.

2 Check the following values displayed on Tech 2:

• Rear Vertical Maximum Position Limit. This should be

less than 65535 Steps.

• Rear Vertical Minimum Position Limit. This should be

more than 0 Steps.

• Rear Vertical Position Sensor. This value should be

between the minimum and maximum values. Go to Step 17

Disconnect battery

power from the seat

and perform the

calibration

procedure, refer to

2.3 Front Seat

Assembly

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–198

Page 1A7A–198

Step Action Yes No

17 On Tech 2 select:

Horizontal Position Sensor.

Does Tech 2 show the hall-effect sensor is Connected? Go to Step 18

Refer to Seat

Fore/Aft Movement

Motor Hall-effect

Sensor Check in

this Section

18 1 On Tech 2 select:

Horizontal Position Maximum Limit.

2 Check the following values displayed on Tech 2:

• Horizontal Maximum Position Limit. This should be less

than 65535 Steps.

• Horizontal Minimum Position Limit. This should be more

than 0 Steps.

• Horizontal Position Sensor. This value should be

between the minimum and maximum values. Go to Step 19

Disconnect battery

power from the seat

and perform the

calibration

procedure, refer to

2.3 Front Seat

Assembly

19 On Tech 2 select:

Recline Position Sensor.

Does Tech 2 show the hall-effect sensor is Connected? Go to Step 20

Refer to Seat-back

Recline Motor

Inoperative in this

Section

20 1 On Tech 2 select:

Recline Position Maximum Limit.

2 Check the following values displayed on Tech 2:

• Recline Maximum Position Limit. This should be less

than 65535 Steps.

• Recline Minimum Position Limit. This should be more

than 0 Steps.

• Recline Position Sensor. This value should be between

the minimum and maximum values. Go to Step 21

Disconnect battery

power from the seat

and perform the

calibration

procedure, refer to

2.3 Front Seat

Assembly

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–199

Page 1A7A–199

Step Action Yes No

21 1 Store a new memory pos ition in each of the available positions

(Memory Button 1, 2 and 3), refer to 1 General Information for

instructions (or the Owner Manual).

NOTE

When a seat position is stored into the relevant memory

position, the seat will chime. For each of the memory

positions, confirm the chime.

2 After the last position has been stored in memory, move the seat

out of that position.

3 On Tech 2 select:

Memory Recall Position. Tech 2 should display No Active

Memory.

4 While monitoring Tech 2, press memor y but t on 1. The seat will

move to the stored position and Tech 2 will display Memory

Button 1 while the button is pressed. When the seat comes to a

stop and the button is released, does Tech 2 display Memory

Button 1.

5 While monitoring Tech 2, press memor y but t on 2. The seat will

move to the stored position and Tech 2 will display Memory

Button 2. When the seat comes to a stop and the button is

released, does Tech 2 display Memory Button 2.

6 While monitoring Tech 2, press memor y but t on 3. The seat will

move to the stored position and Tech 2 will display Memory

Button 3. When the seat comes to a stop, does Tech 2 display

Memory Button 3.

Does Tech 2 display the relevant memory positions as described in

this test? Go to Step 22

Replace the seat

memory module,

refer to 2.12 Seat

Cable Tray and

Memory Module

22 NOTE

To perform this test, both keys supplied with the vehicle

are needed.

1 On Tech 2 select:

Current Priority and ensure that No Active Memory is

displayed.

2 Disconnect Tech 2 from the vehicle.

3 Using the seat adjustment switch, move the seat to a new

position and lock the car with the Remote Control from Ke y 1.

4 Unlock the vehicle with the Remote Control from Key 1.

5 Connect Tech 2 to the DLC.

6 On Tech 2 select:

Body / Seat and Exterior Mirror Memory Module / Diagnostic

Data Display / Inputs and Outputs and scroll to Current

Priority.

Does Tech 2 display e ither Priority 1 or Priority 2? System serviceable

Refer to Priority Key

Feature Inoperative

in this Section

When all diagno sis an d repairs are completed, clear all DT Cs and check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–200

Page 1A7A–200

No Serial Data Communications to the Seat Memory Module

Introduction

For Tech 2 to communicate with the seat memory module, the following must be satisfied:

• There must be no faults in the serial data bus. If there is a fault, it can be caused at any where on the bus and

consist of a short to ground or battery, or an open circuit.

• There must be power and ground circuit to the seat memory module.

If either of these problems exist, Tech 2 will not communicate with either the seat memory module or the entire serial

data bus, depending on where the fault is.

Refer to Wiring Diagram and Connector Chart in this Section to aid in diagnosing the se at memory module and

associated components.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

1 Checks if Tech 2 is able to communicate with other modules in the vehicle. Isolates whether the problem is with the

seat memory module and its circuits or with the serial data bus.

2 Checks if circuit breaker F2 is serviceable.

3 Checks if there is battery supply to the seat memory module at connector A21 – X1.

4 Circuit 650 provides a ground circuit for the seat memory module. Checks if there is an open circuit in circuit 650.

5 Circuit 151 provides a ground circuit for the seat memory module. Checks if there is an open circuit in circuit 151.

6 Checks if there is continuity in the serial data line between the seat memory module and the BCM.

7 Checks if fusible link F105 is serviceable.

8 Checks for battery voltage at connector X200 pin 19. Isolates whether there is a fault in circuit 540 between

connectors X200 and A21–X1 or between X200 and circuit breaker F2.

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to 12P Wirin g Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–201

Page 1A7A–201

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 1 Connect Tech 2 to the DLC.

2 Turn the ignition to the ON position with the engine not running.

3 On Tech 2 select:

Body / DTC Check / DTC Check and press the Confirm soft

key when instructed. If No Data is displayed next to a control

module, there is no communication b etween Tech 2 and that

particular control module.

Can Tech 2 communicate with the BCM and the PCM? Go to Step 2 Refer to 12J Body

Control Module

2 1 Disconnect Tech 2 from the DLC.

2 Check the circuit breaker F2, located on the passenger

compartment fuse and relay panel.

Is the circuit breaker F2 serviceable?

Go to Step 3

Allow the circuit

breaker to reset

(refer to Note 3).

If the circuit breaker

trips again, repair or

replace circuit 540

(refer to Note 2)

3 Backprobe connector A21 – X1 pin 5 with a test lamp (refer to Note 1).

Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 4 Go to Step 7

4 1 Disconnect connector A21 – X1 from the seat memory module.

2 Using a multimeter set to measure resistance, probe between

connector A21 – X1 pin 11 and a known ground (refer to

Note 1).

Does the multimeter indicate continuity? Go to Step 5

Repair or replace

circuit 650 (refer to

Note 2)

5 Using a multimeter set to measure resistance, probe between

connector A21 – X1 pin 10 and a known ground (refer to Note 1).

Does the multimeter indicate continuity? Go to Step 6

Repair or replace

circuit 151 (refer to

Note 2)

6 1 Disconnect connectors A21 – X3 from the seat memory module

and A15 – X2 from the BCM.

2 Using a multimeter set to measure resistance, probe between

connectors A21 – X3 pin 20 and A15 – X2 pin 9 (refer to

Note 1).

Does the multimeter indicate continuity?

Replace the seat

memory module,

refer to 2.12 Seat

Cable Tray and

Memory Module

Repair or replace

circuit 1061 (refer to

Note 2)

7 Check the fusible link F105, located on the engine compartment fuse

and relay panel assemb ly.

Is the fusible link F105 serviceable?

Go to Step 8

Replace the fusible

link F105.

If the fusible link

blows again, repair

or replace circuits 1,

342 and 540 (refer

to Note 1)

8 Backprobe connector X200 pin 19 with a test lamp (refer to Note 1).

Does the test lamp illuminate? Repair or replace

circuit 540 between

connectors X200

and A21 – X1 (refer

to Note 2)

Repair or replace

circuit 540 between

the circuit breaker

F2 and connector

X200 (refer to

Note 2)

When all diagno sis an d repairs are completed, clear all DT Cs and check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–202

Page 1A7A–202

Seat Adjustment Switch Inoperative

Introduction

The seat adjustment switch provides manual control for the driver's seat. It is connected by a harness to the seat

memory module.

Refer to Wiring Diagram and Connector Chart in this Section to aid in diagnosing the se at memory module and

associated components.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

2 Checks if there is battery power at connector A21 – X1 pin 12. Isolates if the seat memory module is fau lty.

3 Checks if there is battery power to the seat adjustment switch. Isolates if circuit 1674 is faulty.

4 Checks the seat adjustment switch for serviceability. Isolates if the seat adjustment switch is faulty.

5 Checks the harness connecting the seat adjustment switch to the seat memory module for a short to ground.

6 Checks the harness connecting the seat adjustment switch to the seat memory module for an open circuit. Isolates

whether the harness or the seat memory module is faulty.

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to 12P Wirin g Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–203

Page 1A7A–203

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Has the Initial Check been performed?

Go to Step 2

Perform the Initial

Check in this

Section

2 Backprobe connector A21 – X1 pin 1 2 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 3

Replace the seat

memory module,

refer to 2.12 Seat

Cable Tray and

Memory Module

3 Backprobe connector S51 – X1 pin 5 with a test lamp (refer to Note 1).

Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 4

Repair or replace

circuit 1674 (refer to

Note 2)

4 Test the seat adjustment switch, refer to 3.6 Eight-way Seat

Adjustment Switch Test.

Is the seat adjustment switch serviceable? Go to Step 5

Replace the seat

adjustment switch,

refer to 2.4 Front

Seat Outer Side

Cover Assembly

5 Using a multimeter set to measure resistance, probe between the

following connectors and a known ground (refer to Note 1):

• S51 – X1 pin 10

• S51 – X1 pin 7

• S51 – X1 pin 9

• S51 – X1 pin 8

• S51 – X1 pin 2

• S51 – X1 pin 4

• S51 – X1 pin 6

• S51 – X1 pin 3

Does the multimeter indicate continuity in any of the above tests?

Repair or replace

the relevant circuit

that displays

continuity on the

multimeter (refer to

Note 2) Go to Step 6

6 1 Disconnect harness connector A21 – X3 from the seat memory

module.

2 Using a multimeter set to measure resistance, probe between

the following connectors (refer to Note 1):

• S51 – X1 pin 10 and A21 – X3 pin 5

• S51 – X1 pin 7 and A21 – X3 pin 7

• S51 – X1 pin 9 and A21 – X3 pin 16

• S51 – X1 pin 8 and A21 – X3 pin 13

• S51 – X1 pin 2 and A21 – X3 pin 14

• S51 – X1 pin 4 and A21 – X3 pin 2

• S51 – X1 pin 6 and A21 – X3 pin 4

• S51 – X1 pin 3 and A21 – X3 pin 3

Does the multimeter indicate continuity in all of the above tests?

Replace the seat

memory module,

refer to 2.12 Seat

Cable Tray and

Memory Module

Repair or replace

the relevant circuit

that does not

display continuity on

the multimeter (refer

to Note 2)

When all diagno sis an d repairs are completed, clear all DT Cs and check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–204

Page 1A7A–204

Seat Front Lift Motor Inoperative

Introduction

The seat front lift motor is controlled by the seat memory module which provides power and ground for the motor. The

polarity of the motor is alternated to change the direction of the motor.

Refer to Wiring Diagram and Connector Chart in this Section to aid in diagnosing the se at memory module and

associated components.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

2 Checks if there is battery power from the seat memory module to raise the front of the seat. Isolates if the seat

memory module is faulty.

3 Checks if there is battery power to the motor to raise the front of the seat. Isolates if circuit 286 is faulty.

4 Checks if there is battery power from the seat memory module to lower the front of the seat. Isolates if the seat

memory module is faulty.

5 Checks if there is battery power to the motor to lower the front of the seat. Isolates whether circuit 287 or the seat

motor is faulty.

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to 12P Wirin g Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Has the Initial Check been performed?

Go to Step 2

Perform the Initial

Check in this

Section

2 1 Backprobe connector A21 – X1 pin 7 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

2 Operate the seat adjustment switch to raise the front of the seat.

Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 3

Replace the seat

memory module,

refer to 2.12 Seat

Cable Tray and

Memory Module

3 1 Backprobe connector Y67 – X1 pin 5 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

2 Operate the seat adjustment switch to raise the front of the seat.

Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 4

Repair or replace

circuit 286 (refer to

Note 2)

4 1 Backprobe connector A21 – X2 pin 7 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

2 Operate the seat adjustment switch to lower the front of the seat.

Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 5

Replace the seat

memory module,

refer to 2.12 Seat

Cable Tray and

Memory Module

5 1 Backprobe connector Y67 – X1 pin 1 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

2 Operate the seat adjustment switch to lower the front of the seat.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Replace the seat

front lift motor, refer

to 2.16 Front Seat

Lift Motor

Assemblies

Repair or replace

circuit 287 (refer to

Note 2)

When all diagno sis an d repairs are completed, clear all DT Cs and check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–205

Page 1A7A–205

Seat Rear Lift Motor Inoperative

Introduction

The seat rear lift motor is controlled by the seat memory module which provides power and ground for the motor. The

polarity of the motor is alternated to change the direction of the motor.

Refer to Wiring Diagram and Connector Chart in this Section to aid in diagnosing the se at memory module and

associated components.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

2 Checks if there is battery power from the seat memory module to raise the rear of the seat. Isolates if the seat

memory module is faulty.

3 Checks if there is battery power to the motor to raise the rear of the seat. Isolates if circuit 282 is faulty.

4 Checks if there is battery power from the seat memory module to lower the rear of the seat. Isolates if the seat

memory module is faulty.

5 Checks if there is battery power to the motor to lower the rear of the seat. Isolates whether circuit 283 or the seat

motor is faulty.

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to 12P Wirin g Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Has the Initial Check been performed?

Go to Step 2

Perform the Initial

Check in this

Section

2 1 Backprobe connector A21 – X1 pin 4 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

2 Operate the seat adjustment switch to raise the rear of the seat.

Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 3

Replace the seat

memory module,

refer to 2.12 Seat

Cable Tray and

Memory Module

3 1 Backprobe connector Y69 – X1 pin 1 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

2 Operate the seat adjustment switch to raise the rear of the seat.

Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 4

Repair or replace

circuit 282 (refer to

Note 2)

4 1 Backprobe connector A21 – X1 pin 3 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

2 Operate the seat adjustment switch to lower the rear of the seat.

Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 5

Replace the seat

memory module,

refer to 2.12 Seat

Cable Tray and

Memory Module

5 1 Backprobe connector Y69 – X1 pin 5 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

2 Operate the seat adjustment switch to lower the rear of the seat.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Replace the seat

rear lift motor, refer

to 2.16 Front Seat

Lift Motor

Assemblies

Repair or replace

circuit 283 (refer to

Note 2)

When all diagno sis an d repairs are completed, clear all DT Cs and check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–206

Page 1A7A–206

Seat Fore/Aft Movement Motor Inoperative

Introduction

The seat fore/aft movement motor is controlled by the seat memory module which provides power and ground for the

motor. The polarity of the motor is alternated to change the direction of the motor.

Refer to Wiring Diagram and Connector Chart in this Section to aid in diagnosing the se at memory module and

associated components.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

2 Checks if there is battery power from the seat memory module to move the seat forward. Isolates if the seat

memory module is faulty.

3 Checks if there is battery power to the motor to move the seat forward. Isolates if circuit 285 is faulty.

4 Checks if there is battery power from the seat memory module to move the seat aft. Isolates if the seat memory

module is faulty.

5 Checks if there is battery power to the motor to move the seat aft. Isolates whether circuit 284 or the seat motor is

faulty.

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to 12P Wirin g Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Has the Initial Check been performed?

Go to Step 2

Perform the Initial

Check in this

Section

2 1 Backprobe connector A21 – X1 pin 2 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

2 Operate the seat adjustment switch to move the seat forward.

Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 3

Replace the seat

memory module,

refer to 2.12 Seat

Cable Tray and

Memory Module

3 1 Backprobe connector Y64 – X1 pin 2 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

2 Operate the seat adjustment switch to move the seat forward.

Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 4

Repair or replace

circuit 285 (refer to

Note 2)

4 1 Backprobe connector A21 – X1 pin 9 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

2 Operate the seat adjustment switch to move the seat aft.

Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 5

Replace the seat

memory module,

refer to 2.12 Seat

Cable Tray and

Memory Module

5 1 Backprobe connector Y64 – X1 pin 1 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

2 Operate the seat adjustment switch to move the seat aft.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Replace the seat

fore/aft movement

motor, refer to 2.17

Front Seat Fore/Aft

Movement Motor

Assembly

Repair or replace

circuit 284 (refer to

Note 2)

When all diagno sis an d repairs are completed, clear all DT Cs and check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–207

Page 1A7A–207

Seat-back Recline Motor Inoperative

Introduction

The seat-back recline motor is controll ed by the seat memory module which provides power and ground for the motor.

The polarity of the motor is alternated to change the direction of the motor.

Refer to Wiring Diagram and Connector Chart in this Section to aid in diagnosing the se at memory module and

associated components.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

2 Checks if there is battery power from the seat memory module to move the seat-back forward. Isolates if the seat

memory module is faulty.

3 Checks if there is battery power to the motor to move the seat-back forward. Isolates if circuit 276 is faulty.

4 Isolates whether there is a fault in circuit 276 between connectors A21 – X2 pin 6 and X314 pin 3 or between

connectors X314 pin 3 and Y74 – X1 pin 1.

5 Checks if there is battery power from the seat memory module to move the seat-back aft . Isolates if the seat

memory module is faulty.

6 Checks if there is battery power to the motor to move the seat-back aft. Isolates whether circuit 277 or the seat

motor is faulty.

7 Isolates whether there is a fault in circuit 277 between connectors A21 – X2 pin 11 and X314 pin 4 or between

connectors X314 pin 4 and Y74 – X1 pin 5.

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to 12P Wirin g Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–208

Page 1A7A–208

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Has the Initial Check been performed?

Go to Step 2

Perform the Initial

Check in this

Section

2 1 Backprobe connector A21 – X2 pin 6 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

2 Operate the seat adjustment switch to move the seat-back

forward.

Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 3

Replace the seat

memory module,

refer to 2.12 Seat

Cable Tray and

Memory Module

3 1 Backprobe connector Y74 – X1 pin 1 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

2 Operate the seat adjustment switch to move the seat-back

forward.

Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 5 Go to Step 4

4 1 Backprobe connector X31 4 pin 3 with a test lamp (refer to Note

1).

2 Operate the seat adjustment switch to move the seat-back

forward.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Repair or replace

circuit 276 between

connectors

X314 pin 3 and

Y74 – X1 pin 1

(refer to Note 2)

Repair or replace

circuit 276 between

connectors

A21 – X2 pin 6 and

X314 pin 3 (refer to

Note 2)

5 1 Backprobe connector A21 – X2 pin 11 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

2 Operate the seat adjustment switch to move the seat-back aft.

Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 6

Replace the seat

memory module,

refer to 2.12 Seat

Cable Tray and

Memory Module

6 1 Backprobe connector Y74 – X1 pin 5 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

2 Operate the seat adjustment switch to move the seat-back aft.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Replace the

seat-back recline

motor, refer to 2.18

Front Seat-back

Recline Motor

Assembly Go to Step 7

7 1 Backprobe connector X31 4 pin 4 with a test lamp (refer to Note

1).

2 Operate the seat adjustment switch to move the seat-back aft.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Repair or replace

circuit 277 between

connectors

X314 pin 4 and

Y74 – X1 pin 5

(refer to Note 2)

Repair or replace

circuit 277 between

connectors

A21 – X2 pin 11 and

X314 pin 4 (refer to

Note 2)

When all diagno sis an d repairs are completed, clear all DT Cs and check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–209

Page 1A7A–209

Memory Position Switch Inoperative

Introduction

The memory position switch is connected to the seat memory module by a harness.

Refer to Wiring Diagram and Connector Chart in this Section to aid in diagnosing the se at memory module and

associated components.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

2 Checks the memory position switch for serviceability. Isolates if the switch is faulty.

3 Checks the harness connecting the memory position switch to the seat memory module for a short to ground.

4 Checks the harness connecting the memory position switch to the seat memory module for an open circuit. Isolates

whether the harness or the seat memory module is at fault.

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to 12P Wirin g Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–210

Page 1A7A–210

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Has the Initial Check been performed?

Go to Step 2

Perform the Initial

Check in this

Section

2 1 Remove the memory position s witch, refer to 2.4 Front Seat

Outer Side Cover Assembly.

2 Test the memory position switch, refer to 5.9 Memory Position

Switch Test.

Is the memory position switch serviceable? Go to Step 3

Replace the

memory position

switch, refer to 2.4

Front Seat Outer

Side Cover

Assembly

3 Using a multimeter set to measure resistance, probe between the

following connectors and a known ground (refer to Note 1):

• A21 – X3 pin 8

• A21 – X3 pin 9

• A21 – X3 pin 18

• A21 – X3 pin 19

• A21 – X4 pin 3

• A21 – X4 pin 13

Does the multimeter indicate continuity in any of the above tests?

Repair or replace

the relevant circuit

that displays

continuity on the

multimeter (refer to

Note 2) Go to Step 4

4 1 Disconnect connector S52 – X1 from the memory position

switch.

2 Using a multimeter set to measure resistance, probe between

the following connectors (refer to Note 1):

• A21 – X1 pin 3 and S52 – X1 pin 5

• A21 – X1 pin 4 and S52 – X1 pin 1

• A21 – X1 pin 5 and S52 – X1 pin 2

• A21 – X1 pin 6 and S52 – X1 pin 3

• A21 – X1 pin 7 and S52 – X1 pin 4

• A21 – X3 pin 15 and S52 – X1 pin 6

Does the multimeter indicate continuity in all of the above tests?

Replace the seat

memory module,

refer to 2.12 Seat

Cable Tray and

Memory Module

Repair or replace

the relevant circuit

that does not

display continuity on

the multimeter (refer

to Note 2)

When all diagno sis an d repairs are completed, clear all DT Cs and check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–211

Page 1A7A–211

Seat Front Lift Motor Hall-effect Sensor Check

Introduction

The seat front lift motor hall-effect sensor provides a pulse signal to the seat memory module. This signal represents the

vertical position of the front of the seat.

Refer to Wiring Diagram and Connector Chart in this Section to aid in diagnosing the seat front lift motor hall-effect

sensor and associated circuits.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

2 Checks if the hall-effect sensor connector is secure.

3 Checks the AC output from the hall-effect sensor during operation.

4 Checks if the ground circuit is serviceable.

5-6 Checks if there is continu ity between connectors Y67 – X1 and A21 – X4. Isolates if the hall-effect sensor is fault y.

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to 12P Wirin g Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

5 The AC voltage displayed will depend on the battery voltage supplied to the seat. At 16 V DC supply, the AC

voltage produced by the hall-effect sensor will be approximately 15 V. At 9 V DC supply, the AC voltage produced

by the hall-effect sensor will be approximatel y 8 V.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–212

Page 1A7A–212

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Has the Initial Check been performed?

Go to Step 2

Perform the Initial

Check in this

Section

2 1 Ensure connector Y67 – X1 is secure.

2 Connect Tech 2 to the DLC.

3 On Tech 2 select:

Body / Seat and Exterior Mirror Module / Diagnostic Data

Display / Inputs and Outputs.

4 Scroll to Front Vertical Position Sensor.

Does Tech 2 show the position sensor as Connected? Go to Step 3 Go to Step 4

3 1 Using a multimeter set to measure AC voltage, probe across

connector Y67 – X1 pins 2 and 4 (refer to No te 1).

2 Operate the seat adjustment switch to raise or lower the front of

the seat.

Does the multimeter display 8 – 15 V (refer to Note 5)?

Hall-effect sensor

and associated

wiring serviceable Go to Step 4

4 Using a multimeter set to measure resistance, probe between

connector Y67 – X1 pin 2 and a known ground (refer to Note 1).

Does the multimeter indicate continuity? Go to Step 5

Repair or replace

circuit 151 (refer to

Note 2)

5 1 Disconnect connector A21 – X4 from the seat memory module.

2 Using a multimeter set to measure resistance, probe between

connectors A21 – X4 pin 8 and Y67 – X1 pin 4 (refer to Note 1).

Does the multimeter indicate continuity? Go to Step 6

Repair or replace

circuit 3040 (refer to

Note 2)

6 Using a multimeter set to measure resistance, probe between

connectors A21 – X4 pin 10 and Y67 – X1 pin 3 (refer to Note 1).

Does the multimeter indicate continuity?

Replace the

hall-effect sensor,

refer to 2.19 Drive

Motor Hall-effect

Sensors

Repair or replace

circuit 557 (refer to

Note 2)

When all diagno sis an d repairs are completed, clear all DT Cs and check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–213

Page 1A7A–213

Seat Rear Lift Motor Hall-effect Sensor Check

Introduction

The seat rear lift motor hall-effect sensor provides a pulse signal to the seat memory module. This signal represents the

vertical position of the rear of the seat.

Refer to Wiring Diagram and Connector Chart in this Section to aid in diagnosing the seat rear lift motor hall- effect

sensor and associated circuits.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

2 Checks if the hall-effect sensor connector is secure.

3 Checks the AC output from the hall-effect sensor during operation.

4 Checks if the ground circuit is serviceable.

5-6 Checks if there is continu ity between connectors Y69 – X1 and A21 – X4. Isolates if the hall-effect sensor is fault y.

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to 12P Wirin g Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

5 The AC voltage displayed will depend on the battery voltage supplied to the seat. At 16 V DC supply, the AC

voltage produced by the hall-effect sensor will be approximately 15 V. At 9 V DC supply, the AC voltage produced

by the hall-effect sensor will be approximatel y 8 V.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–214

Page 1A7A–214

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Has the Initial Check been performed?

Go to Step 2

Perform the Initial

Check in this

Section

2 1 Ensure connector Y69 – X1 is secure.

2 Connect Tech 2 to the DLC.

3 On Tech 2 select:

Body / Seat and Exterior Mirror Module / Diagnostic Data

Display / Inputs and Outputs.

4 Scroll to Rear Vertical Position Senso r.

Does Tech 2 show the position sensor as Connected? Go to Step 3 Go to Step 4

3 1 Using a multimeter set to measure AC voltage, probe across

connector Y69 – X1 pins 2 and 4 (refer to No te 1).

2 Operate the seat adjustment switch to raise or lower the rear of

the seat.

Does the multimeter display 8 – 15 V (refer to Note 5)?

Hall-effect sensor

and associated

wiring serviceable Go to Step 4

4 Using a multimeter set to measure resistance, probe between

connector Y69 – X1 pin 2 and a known ground (refer to Note 1).

Does the multimeter indicate continuity? Go to Step 5

Repair or replace

circuit 151 (refer to

Note 2)

5 1 Disconnect connector A21 – X4 from the seat memory module.

2 Using a multimeter set to measure resistance, probe between

connectors A21 – X4 pin 7 and Y69 – X1 pin 4 (refer to Note 1).

Does the multimeter indicate continuity? Go to Step 6

Repair or replace

circuit 2940 (refer to

Note 2)

6 Using a multimeter set to measure resistance, probe between

connectors A21 – X4 pin 9 and Y69 – X1 pin 3 (refer to Note 1).

Does the multimeter indicate continuity?

Replace the

hall-effect sensor,

refer to 2.19 Drive

Motor Hall-effect

Sensors

Repair or replace

circuit 568 (refer to

Note 2)

When all diagno sis an d repairs are completed, clear all DT Cs and check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–215

Page 1A7A–215

Seat Fore/Aft Movement Motor Hall-effect Sensor Check

Introduction

The seat fore/aft movement motor hall-effect sensor provides a pulse sign al to the seat memory module. This signal

represents the horizontal position of the seat.

Refer to Wiring Diagram and Connector Chart in this Section to aid in diagnosing the seat fore/aft movement motor

hall-effect sensor and associated circuits.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

2 Checks if the hall-effect sensor connector is secure.

3 Checks the AC output from the hall-effect sensor during operation.

4 Checks if the ground circuit is serviceable.

5 Checks if there is continuity between harness connectors Y64 – X1 and A21 – X4. Isolates if the hall-effect sensor

is faulty.

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to 12P Wirin g Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

5 The AC voltage displayed will depend on the battery voltage supplied to the seat. At 16 V DC supply, the AC

voltage produced by the hall-effect sensor will be approximately 6 V. At 9 V DC suppl y, the AC volta ge produced by

the hall-effect sensor will be appro ximately 0.6 V.

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Has the Initial Check been performed?

Go to Step 2

Perform the Initial

Check in this

Section

2 1 Ensure connector Y64 – X1 is secure.

2 Connect Tech 2 to the DLC.

3 On Tech 2 select:

Body / Seat and Exterior Mirror Module / Diagnostic Data

Display / Inputs and Outputs.

4 Scroll to Horizontal Position Sensor.

Does Tech 2 show the position sensor as Connected? Go to Step 3 Go to Step 4

3 1 Using a multimeter set to measure AC voltage, probe across

connector Y64 – X1 pins 3 and 4 (refer to No te 1).

2 Operate the seat adjustment switch to move the seat fore or aft.

Does the multimeter display 0 . 6 – 6 V (refer to Note 5)?

Hall-effect sensor

and associated

wiring serviceable Go to Step 4

4 Using a multimeter set to measure resistance, probe between

connector Y64 – X1 pin 3 and a known ground (refer to Note 1).

Does the multimeter indicate continuity? Go to Step 5

Repair or replace

circuit 151 (refer to

Note 2)

5 Using a multimeter set to measure resistance, probe between

connectors A21 – X4 pin 5 and Y64 – X1 pin 4 (refer to Note 1).

Does the multimeter indicate continuity?

Replace the

hall-effect sensor,

refer to 2.19 Drive

Motor Hall-effect

Sensors

Repair or replace

circuit 569 (refer to

Note 2)

When all diagno sis an d repairs are completed, clear all DT Cs and check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–216

Page 1A7A–216

Seat-back Recline Motor Hall-effect Sensor Check

Introduction

The seat-back recline motor hall-effect sensor provides a pulse signal to the seat memory module. This signal represents

the recline position of the seat.

Refer to Wiring Diagram and Connector Chart in this Section to aid in diagnosing the seat-back recline motor hall-effect

sensor and associated circuits.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

2 Checks if the hall-effect sensor connector is secure.

3 Checks the AC output from the hall-effect sensor during operation.

4 Checks if the ground circuit is serviceable.

5 Checks if there is continuity between harness connectors Y74 – X1 and A21 – X2. Isolates if the hall-effect sensor

is faulty.

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to 12P Wirin g Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

5 The AC voltage displayed will depend on the battery voltage supplied to the seat. At 16 V DC supply, the AC

voltage produced by the hall-effect sensor will be approximately 6 V. At 9 V DC suppl y, the AC volta ge produced by

the hall-effect sensor will be appro ximately 0.6 V.

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Has the Initial Check been performed?

Go to Step 2

Perform the Initial

Check in this

Section

2 1 Ensure connector Y74 – X1 is secure.

2 Connect Tech 2 to the DLC.

3 On Tech 2 select:

Body / Seat and Exterior Mirror Module / Diagnostic Data

Display / Inputs and Outputs.

4 Scroll to Recline Position Sensor.

Does Tech 2 show the position sensor as Connected? Go to Step 3 Go to Step 4

3 1 Using a multimeter set to measure AC voltage, probe across

connector Y74 – X1 pins 2 and 4 (refer to No te 1).

2 Operate the seat adjustment switch to move the seat-back fore

or aft.

Does the multimeter display 0 . 6 – 6 V (refer to Note 5)?

Hall-effect sensor

and associated

wiring serviceable Go to Step 4

4 Using a multimeter set to measure resistance, probe between

connector Y74 – X1 pin 2 and a known ground (refer to Note 1).

Does the multimeter indicate continuity? Go to Step 5

Repair or replace

circuit 151 (refer to

Note 2)

5 Using a multimeter set to measure resistance, probe between

connectors A21 – X2 pin 1 and Y74 – X1 pin 4 (refer to Note 1).

Does the multimeter indicate continuity?

Replace the

hall-effect sensor,

refer to 2.19 Drive

Motor Hall-effect

Sensors

Repair or replace

circuit 570 (refer to

Note 2)

When all diagno sis an d repairs are completed, clear all DT Cs and check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–217

Page 1A7A–217

Priority Key Feature Inoperative

Introduction

The priority key function int erfaces with numerous systems on the vehicle. When the ve hicle is unlocked using the

remote control, the seat memory module is activated by the interior illumination relay. Depend ing upon which key is used

(priority key 1 or priority key 2), the driver's seat moves to the position in which it was set when the vehicle was locked

using the remote control of that priority key.

NOTE

The priority key function also affects the exterior

rear-view mirror position.

Refer to Wiring Diagram and Connector Chart in this Section to aid in diagnosing the se at memory module and

associated components.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

1 Checks if there is battery power supplied to the seat memory module from the interior illumination relay.

2 Checks if the interior illumination circuit operates correctly. Isolates whether circuit 149 is f aulty or there is a fault

with the interior illumination circuit and the BCM.

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to 12P Wirin g Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 With any vehicle door open, backprobe connector A21 – X3 pin 10

with a test lamp (refer to Note 1).

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Replace the seat

memory module,

refer to 2.12 Seat

Cable Tray and

Memory Module Go to Step 2

2 When the vehicle's door is op ened, does the interior light illumin ate? Repair or replace

circuit 149 between

connector

A21 – X1 pin 20 and

the interior

illumination rela y

R24 on the

passenger

compartment fuse

and relay panel

assembly (refer to

Note 2)

Check the interior

illumination rela y

R24 for

serviceability, refer

to 12J Body Control

Module, for priority

key diagnosis

When all diagno sis an d repairs are completed, clear all DT Cs and check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–218

Page 1A7A–218

DTC 1 – Front Vertical Up Switch Stuck

Introduction

When a DTC 1 is set, the seat memory module receives an input indicating the seat front up function of the seat

adjustment switch has been activated for 8 secon ds or more.

Refer to Wiring Diagram and Connector Chart in this Section to aid in diagnosing the se at memory module and

associated components.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

1 Checks if the seat adjustment switch is serviceable.

2 Checks if circuit 1518 is shorted to battery. Isolates whether circuit 151 8 or the seat memory module is at fault.

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to 12P Wirin g Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Test the seat adjustment switch, refer to 3.6 Eight-way Seat

Adjustment Switch Test.

Is the seat adjustment switch serviceable? Go to Step 2

Replace the seat

adjustment switch,

refer to 2.4 Front

Seat Outer Side

Cover Assembly

2 1 Disconnect connector S51 – X1 from the seat adjustment switch.

2 Backprobe connector S51 – X1 pin 10 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Repair or replace

circuit 1518 (refer to

Note 2)

Replace the seat

memory module,

refer to 2.12 Seat

Cable Tray and

Memory Module

When all diagno sis an d repairs are completed, clear all DT Cs and check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–219

Page 1A7A–219

DTC 2 – Front Vertical Down Switch Stuck

Introduction

When a DTC 2 is set, the seat memory module receives an input indicating that the seat front down function of the seat

adjustment switch has been activated for 8 secon ds or more.

Refer to Wiring Diagram and Connector Chart in this Section to aid in diagnosing the se at memory module and

associated components.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

1 Checks if the seat adjustment switch is serviceable.

2 Checks if circuit 1520 is shorted to battery. Isolates whether circuit 152 0 or the seat memory module is at fault.

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to 12P Wirin g Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Test the seat adjustment switch assembly, refer to 3.6 Eight-way Seat

Adjustment Switch Test.

Is the seat adjustment switch serviceable? Go to Step 2

Replace the seat

adjustment switch,

refer to 2.4 Front

Seat Outer Side

Cover Assembly

2 1 Disconnect connector S51 – X1 from the seat adjustment switch.

2 Backprobe connector S51 – X1 pin 7 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Repair or replace

circuit 1520 (refer to

Note 2)

Replace the seat

memory module,

refer to 2.12 Seat

Cable Tray and

Memory Module

When all diagno sis an d repairs are completed, clear all DT Cs and check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–220

Page 1A7A–220

DTC 3 – Rear Vertical Up Switch Stuck

Introduction

When a DTC 3 is set, the seat memory module receives an input indicating that the seat rear up function of the seat

adjustment switch has been activated for 8 secon ds or more.

Refer to Wiring Diagram and Connector Chart in this Section to aid in diagnosing the se at memory module and

associated components.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

1 Checks if the seat adjustment switch is serviceable.

2 Checks if circuit 1519 is shorted to battery. Isolates whether circuit 151 9 or the seat memory module is at fault.

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to 12P Wirin g Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Test the seat adjustment switch, refer to 3.6 Eight-way Seat

Adjustment Switch Test.

Is the seat adjustment switch serviceable? Go to Step 2

Replace the seat

adjustment switch,

refer to 2.4 Front

Seat Outer Side

Cover Assembly

2 1 Disconnect connector S51 – X1 from the seat adjustment switch.

2 Backprobe connector S51 – X1 pin 9 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Repair or replace

circuit 1519 (refer to

Note 2)

Replace the seat

memory module,

refer to 2.12 Seat

Cable Tray and

Memory Module

When all diagno sis an d repairs are completed, clear all DT Cs and check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–221

Page 1A7A–221

DTC 4 – Rear Vertical Down Sw itch Stuck

Introduction

When a DTC 4 is set, the seat memory module receives an input indicating that the seat rear down function of the seat

adjustment switch has been activated for 8 secon ds or more.

Refer to Wiring Diagram and Connector Chart in this Section to aid in diagnosing the se at memory module and

associated components.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

1 Checks if the seat adjustment switch is serviceable.

2 Checks if circuit 1521 is shorted to battery. Isolates whether circuit 152 1 or the seat memory module is at fault.

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to 12P Wirin g Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Test the seat adjustment switch, refer to 3.6 Eight-way Seat

Adjustment Switch Test.

Is the seat adjustment switch serviceable? Go to Step 2

Replace the seat

adjustment switch,

refer to 2.4 Front

Seat Outer Side

Cover Assembly

2 1 Disconnect connector S51 – X1 from the seat adjustment switch.

2 Backprobe connector S51 – X1 pin 8 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Repair or replace

circuit 1521 (refer to

Note 2)

Replace the seat

memory module,

refer to 2.12 Seat

Cable Tray and

Memory Module

When all diagno sis an d repairs are completed, clear all DT Cs and check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–222

Page 1A7A–222

DTC 5 – Horizontal Forward Switch Stuck

Introduction

When a DTC 5 is set, the seat memory module receives an input indicating that the seat forward function of the seat

adjustment switch has been activated for 8 secon ds or more.

Refer to Wiring Diagram and Connector Chart in this Section to aid in diagnosing the se at memory module and

associated components.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

1 Checks if the seat adjustment switch is serviceable.

2 Checks if circuit 1523 is shorted to battery. Isolates whether circuit 152 3 or the seat memory module is at fault.

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to 12P Wirin g Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Test the seat adjustment switch, refer to 3.6 Eight-way Seat

Adjustment Switch Test.

Is the seat adjustment switch serviceable? Go to Step 2

Replace the seat

adjustment switch,

refer to 2.4 Front

Seat Outer Side

Cover Assembly

2 1 Disconnect connector S51 – X1 from the seat adjustment switch.

2 Backprobe connector S51 – X1 pin 6 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Repair or replace

circuit 1523 (refer to

Note 2)

Replace the seat

memory module,

refer to 2.12 Seat

Cable Tray and

Memory Module

When all diagno sis an d repairs are completed, clear all DT Cs and check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–223

Page 1A7A–223

DTC 6 – Horizontal Back Switch Stuck

Introduction

When a DTC 6 is set, the seat memory module receives an input indicating that the seat aft function of the seat

adjustment switch has been activated for 8 secon ds or more.

Refer to Wiring Diagram and Connector Chart in this Section to aid in diagnosing the se at memory module and

associated components.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

1 Checks if the seat adjustment switch is serviceable.

2 Checks if circuit 1522 is shorted to battery. Isolates whether circuit 152 2 or the seat memory module is at fault.

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to 12P Wirin g Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Test the seat adjustment switch, refer to 3.6 Eight-way Seat

Adjustment Switch Test.

Is the seat adjustment switch serviceable? Go to Step 2

Replace the seat

adjustment switch,

refer to 2.4 Front

Seat Outer Side

Cover Assembly

2 1 Disconnect connector S51 – X1 from the seat adjustment switch.

2 Backprobe connector S51 – X1 pin 3 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Repair or replace

circuit 1522 (refer to

Note 2)

Replace the seat

memory module,

refer to 2.12 Seat

Cable Tray and

Memory Module

When all diagno sis an d repairs are completed, clear all DT Cs and check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–224

Page 1A7A–224

DTC 7 – Recline Up Switch Stuck

Introduction

When a DTC 7 is set, the seat memory module receives an input indicating that the seat-back forward function of the

seat adjustment switch has been activated for 8 seconds or more.

Refer to Wiring Diagram and Connector Chart in this Section to aid in diagnosing the se at memory module and

associated components.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

1 Checks if the seat adjustment switch is serviceable.

2 Checks if circuit 1269 is shorted to battery. Isolates whether circuit 126 9 or the seat memory module is at fault.

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to 12P Wirin g Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 1 Test the seat adjustment switch, refer to 3.6 Eight-way Seat

Adjustment Switch Test.

Is the seat adjustment switch serviceable? Go to Step 2

Replace the seat

adjustment switch,

refer to 2.4 Front

Seat Outer Side

Cover Assembly

2 1 Disconnect connector S51 – X1 from the seat adjustment switch.

2 Backprobe connector S51 – X1 pin 2 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Repair or replace

circuit 1269 (refer to

Note 2)

Replace the seat

memory module,

refer to 2.12 Seat

Cable Tray and

Memory Module

When all diagno sis an d repairs are completed, clear all DT Cs and check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–225

Page 1A7A–225

DTC 8 – Recline Down Switch Stuck

Introduction

When a DTC 8 is set, the seat memory module receives an input indicating that the seat-back aft function of the seat

adjustment switch has been activated for 8 secon ds or more.

Refer to Wiring Diagram and Connector Chart in this Section to aid in diagnosing the se at memory module and

associated components.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

1 Checks if the seat adjustment switch is serviceable.

2 Checks if circuit 1270 is shorted to battery. Isolates whether circuit 127 0 or the seat memory module is at fault.

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to 12P Wirin g Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Test the seat adjustment switch, refer to 3.6 Eight-way Seat

Adjustment Switch Test.

Is the seat adjustment switch serviceable? Go to Step 2

Replace the seat

adjustment switch,

refer to 2.4 Front

Seat Outer Side

Cover Assembly

2 1 Disconnect connector S51 – X1 from the seat adjustment switch.

2 Backprobe connector S51 – X1 pin 4 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Repair or replace

circuit 1270 (refer to

Note 2)

Replace the seat

memory module,

refer to 2.12 Seat

Cable Tray and

Memory Module

When all diagno sis an d repairs are completed, clear all DT Cs and check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–226

Page 1A7A–226

DTC 9 – Memory Button 1 Stuck

Introduction

When a DTC 9 is set, the seat memory module receives an input indicating that memory button 1 on the memory position

switch has been activated for 8 seconds or more.

Refer to Wiring Diagram and Connector Chart in this Section to aid in diagnosing the se at memory module and

associated components.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

1 Checks if the memory position switch is serviceable.

2 Checks if circuit 615 is shorted to battery. Isolates whether circuit 615 or the seat memory module is at fault.

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to 12P Wirin g Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 1 Remov e the memory position switch, refer to 2.4 Front Seat

Outer Side Cover Assembly.

2 Test the memory position switch, refer to 5.9 Memory Position

Switch Test.

Is the memory position switch serviceable? Go to Step 2

Replace the

memory position

switch, refer to 2.4

Front Seat Outer

Side Cover

Assembly

2 1 Disconnect connector A21 – X3 from the seat memory module.

2 Backprobe connector A21 – X3 pin 9 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Repair or replace

circuit 615 (refer to

Note 2)

Replace the seat

memory module,

refer to 2.12 Seat

Cable Tray and

Memory Module

When all diagno sis an d repairs are completed, clear all DT Cs and check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–227

Page 1A7A–227

DTC 10 – Memory Button 2 Stuck

Introduction

When a DTC 10 is set, the seat memory module receiv es an input indicating that button 2 on the memory position switch

has been activated for 8 seconds or more.

Refer to Wiring Diagram and Connector Chart in this Section to aid in diagnosing the se at memory module and

associated components.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

1 Checks if the memory position switch is serviceable.

2 Checks if circuit 616 is shorted to battery. Isolates whether circuit 616 or the seat memory module is at fault.

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to 12P Wirin g Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 1 Remov e the memory position switch, refer to 2.4 Front Seat

Outer Side Cover Assembly.

2 Test the memory position switch, refer to 5.9 Memory Position

Switch Test.

Is the memory position switch serviceable? Go to Step 2

Replace the

memory position

switch, refer to 2.4

Front Seat Outer

Side Cover

Assembly

2 1 Disconnect connector A21 – X3 from the seat memory module.

2 Backprobe connector A21 – X3 pin 8 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Repair or replace

circuit 616 (refer to

Note 2)

Replace the seat

memory module,

refer to 2.12 Seat

Cable Tray and

Memory Module

When all diagno sis an d repairs are completed, clear all DT Cs and check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–228

Page 1A7A–228

DTC 11 – Memory Button 3 Stuck

Introduction

When a DTC 11 is set, the seat memory module receiv es an input indicating that button 3 on the memory position switch

has been activated for 8 seconds or more.

Refer to Wiring Diagram and Connector Chart in this Section to aid in diagnosing the se at memory module and

associated components.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

1 Checks if the memory position switch is serviceable.

2 Checks if circuit 614 is shorted to battery. Isolates whether circuit 614 or the seat memory module is at fault.

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to 12P Wirin g Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 1 Remov e the memory position switch, refer to 2.4 Front Seat

Outer Side Cover Assembly.

2 Test the memory position switch, refer to 5.9 Memory Position

Switch Test.

Is the memory position switch serviceable? Go to Step 2

Replace the

memory position

switch, refer to 2.4

Front Seat Outer

Side Cover

Assembly

2 1 Disconnect connector A21 – X3 from the seat memory module.

2 Backprobe connector A21 – X3 pin 19 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Repair or replace

circuit 614 (refer to

Note 2)

Replace the seat

memory module,

refer to 2.12 Seat

Cable Tray and

Memory Module

When all diagno sis an d repairs are completed, clear all DT Cs and check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–229

Page 1A7A–229

DTC 12 – Mirror DIP Button Stuck

Introduction

When a DTC 12 is set, the seat memory module receiv es an input indicating that the mirror dip / memory store button M

on the memory position s witch has been activ ated for 8 seconds or more.

Refer to Wiring Diagram and Connector Chart in this Section to aid in diagnosing the se at memory module and

associated components.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

1 Checks if the memory position switch is serviceable.

2 Checks if circuit 2293 is shorted to battery. Isolates whether circuit 229 3 or the seat memory module is at fault.

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to 12P Wirin g Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 1 Remov e the memory position switch, refer to 2.4 Front Seat

Outer Side Cover Assembly.

2 Test the memory position switch, refer to 5.9 Memory Position

Switch Test.

Is the memory position switch serviceable? Go to Step 2

Replace the

memory position

switch, refer to 2.4

Front Seat Outer

Side Cover

Assembly

2 1 Disconnect connector A21 – X3 from the seat memory module.

2 Backprobe connector A21 – X3 pin 18 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Repair or replace

circuit 2293 (refer to

Note 2)

Replace the seat

memory module,

refer to 2.12 Seat

Cable Tray and

Memory Module

When all diagno sis an d repairs are completed, clear all DT Cs and check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–230

Page 1A7A–230

DTC 13 – No Serial Data

If DTC 13 is displayed by Tech 2, refer to No Serial Data Communications to the Seat Memory Module in this Section.

DTC 14 – No Exterior Mir r or Comm uni cations

If DTC 14 is displayed by Tech 2, refer to 5.10 Elec trical Diagnosis – Rear-view Mirrors, Initial Check.

DTC 20 – Front Vertical Position Sensor Fault

If DTC 20 is displayed by Tech 2, refer to Seat Front Lift Motor Hall-effect Sensor Check in this Section noting the

following:

The initial check does not have to be performed, therefore start the diagnostic procedure at Step 2.

DTC 21 – Rear Vertical Position Sensor Fault

If DTC 21 is displayed by Tech 2, refer to Seat Rear Lift Motor Hall-effect Sensor Check in this Section noting the

following:

The initial check does not have to be performed, therefore start the diagnostic procedure at Step 2.

DTC 22 – Horizontal Position Sensor Fault

If DTC 22 is displayed by Tech 2, refer to Seat Fore/Aft Movement Motor Hall -effect Sensor Check in this Section noting

the following:

The initial check does not have to be performed, therefore start the diagnostic procedure at Step 2.

DTC 23 – Recline Position Sensor Fault

If DTC 23 is displayed by Tech 2, refer to Seat-back Recline Motor Hall-effect Sensor Check in this Section noting the

following:

The initial check does not have to be performed, therefore start the diagnostic procedure at Step 2.

DTC 24 – System Voltage Out of Range

Replace the seat memory module, refer to 2.12 Seat Cable Tray and Memory Module.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–231

Page 1A7A–231

5.9 Memory Position Switch Test

The switch is located on the outer side of the seat, attached to the inner side of the front seat outer side cover.

Remove

To remove the memory position switch, refer to 2.4 Front Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.

Reinstall

To reinstall the memory position switch, refer to 2.4 Front Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.

Test

1 Place the switch in the positions as detailed i n the chart in this Section. Place the probes of the multimeter onto the

terminals listed and take the reading. Compare the reading to the chart.

2 When testing the LED, ensure multimeter is set to diode range and Note polarity of probes.

3 If the switch fails any part of the test, replace the switch assembly with a serviceabl e item.

Figure 1A7A – 103

Right-hand Seat Memory Position Switch

Switch Depressed Switch Terminals Indication if Switch is Serviceable

------------ 6 and 1, 2, 3 and 4 Open circuit

Button 1 6 and 1 Continuity

Button 2 6 and 2 Continuity

Button 3 6 and 3 Continuity

Button M 6 and 4 Continuity

------------ 5 (+) probe and 6 (–) probe LED illuminated

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–232

Page 1A7A–232

5.10 Electrical Diagnosis – Rear-view Mirrors

Wiring Diagram

Figure 1A7A – 104

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–233

Page 1A7A–233

Connector Chart

Figure 1A7A – 105

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–234

Page 1A7A–234

Initial Check

Introduction

This operational check uses Tech 2 to test the functionality of the exterior rear-vie w mirrors and isolates which system is

faulty. The seat memory module provides electrical power, ground and serial data communications to the mirrors. As

described in 1 General Information, the mirrors can be controlled:

• manually by the mirror control switch located on the driver's door,

• by pressing any of the memory buttons on the memor y pos ition switch, and

• to dip when reversing (passenger’s mirror o nly).

Refer to 1 General Information for further details on the operation of the exterior rear-vie w mirror.

Refer to Wiring Diagram and Connector Chart in this Section to aid in diagnosing the e xterior rear-view mirrors and

associated components.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the steps in the diagnostic table:

1 Checks if Tech 2 can communicate with the seat memory module.

2 Checks for existence of any diagnostic trouble codes.

3 Checks whether Tech 2 is receiving serial d ata from the exterior rear-view mirrors and the mirror control switch via

the rear-view mirror. All serial data communications need to be interrupted to these assemblies i n order for Tech 2

to indicate there is a problem.

4 Checks if serial data is being received at right exterior mirror only.

5 Checks if serial data is being received at left exterior mirror only.

6-9 Checks if the mirror control switch is serviceable. Isolates if the exterior re ar-view mirrors and circuits are

serviceable.

10 Checks if the mirror dip function is serviceable.

11 Checks if the mirror heating function is serviceable.

12 Checks if the memory recall function of the exterior rear-view mirrors is serviceable. This function is controlled by

the seat memory module which transmits a signal throu gh the serial bus to inform the mirrors what position they

should be in. The exterior rear-view mirror assemblies store the physical position within their o wn modules. If the

seat aspect of this feature is operational, the exterior rear-view mirror assembly is faulty and must be replaced.

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 1 Connect Tech 2 to the DLC.

2 On Tech 2 select:

Body / Seat and Exterior Mirror Memory Module.

3 Turn the ignition switch on.

Does the System Identification Screen displa y system information? Go to Step 2

There is a fault with

the seat memory

module

2 On Tech 2 select:

Body / Seat and Exterior Mirror Memory Module / Diagnostic

Trouble Codes / Read DTC Information.

Are there any diagnostic trou ble codes displayed? Go to appropriate

DTC table Go to Step 3

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–235

Page 1A7A–235

Step Action Yes No

3 1 On Tech 2 select:

Body / Seat and Exterior Mirror Memory Module /

Diagnostic Data Display / Inputs And Outputs.

2 Scroll to Button Pack Communication.

Does Tech 2 display Okay? Go to Step 4

Refer to No Serial

Data from Exterior

Rear-view Mirrors

in this Section

4 On Tech 2 select:

Right Exterior Mirror Communication.

Does Tech 2 display Okay? Go to Step 5

Refer to No Serial

Data – Right-hand

Exterior Rear-view

Mirror in this

Section

5 On Tech 2 select:

Left Exterior Mirror Communication.

Does Tech 2 display Okay? Go to Step 6

Refer to No Serial

Data – Left-hand

Exterior Rear-view

Mirror in this

Section

6 1 On Tech 2 select:

Body / Seat and Exterior Mirror Memory Module /

Diagnostic Data Display / Input and Output.

2 Scroll to Right Exterior Mirror Switch.

3 Monitor Tech 2.

4 Move the rocker switch on the rear-view mirror switch to the

position to control the right ext erior mirror.

5 Using the rear-view mirror switch:

• Press the mirror up switch.

• Press the mirror down switch.

• Press the mirror left switch.

• Press the mirror right switch.

Does Tech 2 display Up, Down , Left, then Right during operation? Go to Step 7

Refer to Mirror

Control Switch

Inoperative in this

Section

7 During the test in Step 6, does the right-hand exterior rear-view mirror

move in the following directions?

• When the switch is in the neutral position, the mirror does not

move.

• When the switch is in the up position, the mirror moves up.

• When the switch is in the down position, the mirror moves

down.

• When the switch is in the right position, the mirror moves righ t.

• When the switch is in the left position, the mirror moves left.

NOTE

Ensure that the mirror is not at its maximum limit of travel

in any direction when performing this test. Go to Step 8

Replace the

right-hand exterior

rear-view mirror

assembly, refer to

12H Rear-view

Mirrors

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–236

Page 1A7A–236

Step Action Yes No

8 1 On Tech 2 select:

Left Exterior Mirror Switch.

2 Monitor Tech 2.

3 Move the rocker switch on the rear-view mirror switch to the

position to control the left exterior mirror.

4 Using the rear-view mirror switch:

• Press the mirror up switch.

• Press the mirror down switch.

• Press the mirror left switch.

• Press the mirror right switch.

Does Tech 2 display Up, Down, Left, then Right during operation? Go to Step 9

Refer to Mirror

Control Switch

Inoperative in this

Section

9 During the test in Step 8, does the left-hand exterior rear-view mirror

move in the following directions?

• When the switch is in the neutral position, the mirror does not

move.

• When the switch is in the up position, the mirror moves up.

• When the switch is in the down position, the mirror moves

down.

• When the switch is in the right position, the mirror moves righ t.

• When the switch is in the left position, the mirror moves left.

NOTE

Ensure that the mirror is not at its maximum limit of travel

in any direction when performing this test. Go to Step 10

Replace the

left-hand exterior

rear-view mirror

assembly, refer to

12H Rear-view

Mirrors

10 Does the mirror dip function operate correctly? Refer to Mirror Dip

Function Check in

this Section Go to Step 11

11 Does the mirror heating function operate correctly? Refer to Mirror

Heating Function

Check in this

Section Go to Step 12

12 Does the memory recall function of the exterior rear-view mirrors

operate correctly? If both exterior

rear-view mirrors

are unable to recall

memory positions,

check the

functionality of the

seat, refer to Initial

Check in 5.8

Electrical Diagnosis

– Memory Seat.

If only one mirror is

unable to recall

memory positions,

replace the mirror

assembly, refer to

12H Rear-View

Mirrors System serviceable

When all diagno sis an d repairs are completed, clear all DT Cs and check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–237

Page 1A7A–237

Mirror Dip Function Check

Introduction

The mirror dip function is operational when:

• the mirror dip function is enabled, refer to 1 General Information for details,

• a position for the passenger's exterior rear-view mirror is stored as the mirror dip, and

• the transmission selector must be placed in REVERSE position.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the steps in the diagnostic table:

2 Checks if the mirror DIP function is enabled.

3 Checks if the mirror DIP function operates and is positioned correctly.

4 Checks if the mirror DIP function returns an Active messag e on Tech 2 when the transmission selector is placed in

REVERSE position. Isolates whether there is a fault with the seat memory module or with the serial data from the

transmission selector.

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Has the Initial Check been performed?

Go to Step 2

Perform the Initial

Check in this

Section

2 1 On Tech 2 select:

Body / Seat and Exterior Mirror Memory Module /

Diagnostic Data Display / Memory.

2 Scroll to Priority 1.

Does Tech 2 display Mirror Dip Button as Enabled? Go to Step 3

Enable mirror DIP

function, refer to 1

General

Information.

Go to Step 3

3 1 Ensure the stored mirror DIP position is noticeably different

from the standard position of the left exterior mirror, refer to 1

General Information.

2 Check the mirror DIP function by placing the transmission

selector in reverse.

Does the mirror DIP function operate? System serviceable Go to Step 4

4 1 On Tech 2 select:

Body / Seat and Exterior Mirror Memory Module /

Diagnostic Data Display / Inputs And Outputs.

2 Scroll to Reverse Gear.

Does Tech 2 display Reverse Gear as Active?

Replace the seat

memory module,

refer to 2.12 Seat

Cable Tray and

Memory Module

Refer to 6C3

Powertrain

Management for V8

6C2 Powertrain

Management for V6

When all diagno sis an d repairs are completed, clear all DT Cs and check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–238

Page 1A7A–238

Mirror Heating Function Check

Introduction

When the demist button on the instrument panel is pressed to activate the demist function, the request is sent via the

serial data bus to the exterior rear-view mirror assemblies.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the steps in the diagnostic table:

2 Checks if Tech 2 confirms the demist function has been activated.

3 Checks if the heater element in the right-hand e xterior rear-view mirror operates when the ignition and rear windo w

demister are switched on.

4 Checks if the right-hand mirror heater element is servicea bl e. Isolates whether the heater element or the exterior

rear-view mirror assembly is at fault.

5 Checks if the heater element in the left-hand exterior rear-view mirror operates when the ignition and rear window

demister are switched on.

6 Checks if the left-hand mirror heater element is serviceable. Isolates whether the he ater element or the exterior

rear-view mirror assembly is at fault.

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Has the Initial Check been performed?

Go to Step 2

Perform the Initial

Check in this

Section

2 1 On Tech 2 select:

Body / Seat and Exterior Mirror Memory Module /

Diagnostic Data Display / Input And Output.

2 Scroll to Demist Request.

3 Turn on the rear window demister.

Does Tech 2 display Demist Req uest as Yes? Go to Step 3

Refer to 12J Body

Control Module.

Go to Step 3

3 Operate the rear window demister for 2 – 3 minutes.

Does the right-hand exterior mirror feel warm? Go to Step 5 Go to Step 4

Turn off the rear window demister before removing

and replacing the righ t-hand exterior mirror glass.

Test the heater element of the right-hand ext erior re ar-view mirror,

refer to 12H Rear-view Mirrors.

Is the heater element serviceable?

Replace the

right-hand exterior

rear-view mirror

assembly, refer to

12H Rear-view

Mirrors

Replace the

right-hand exterior

rear-view mirror

glass, refer to 12H

Rear-view Mirrors.

Go to Step 5

5 Operate the rear window demister for 2 – 3 minutes.

Does the left-hand exterior mirror feel warm? System serviceable Go to Step 6

Turn off the rear window demister before removing

and replacing the left-hand exterior mirror glass.

Test the heater element of the left-hand exterior rear-view mirror,

refer to 12H Rear-view Mirrors.

Is the heater element serviceable?

Replace the

left-hand exterior

rear-view mirror

assembly, refer to

12H Rear-view

Mirrors

Replace the

left-hand exterior

rear-view mirror

glass, refer to 12H

Rear-view Mirrors

When all diagno sis an d repairs are completed, clear all DT Cs and check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–239

Page 1A7A–239

No Serial Data from Exterior Rear-view Mirrors

Introduction

The exterior rear-view mirrors have a common power, ground and serial data connector at the seat memory module. If

the circuit is followed, there are two splices in each of the po wer, grou nd and data communication circuits. In this test, as

there are not serial data communications with any of the exterior rear-view mirrors, it is assumed that the fault will be in a

location common to all circuits.

Refer to Wiring Diagram and Connector Chart in this Section to aid in diagnosing the e xterior rear-view mirrors and

associated components.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the steps in the diagnostic table:

2 Checks if the connectors which are common to the serial data communication for the exterior rear-vie w mirrors are

secure.

3 Checks if battery voltage is present for the exterior rear-view mirror system at the seat memory module.

4 Checks if the seat memory module is supplying a ground circuit for the exterior rear-view mirror system.

5 Checks the battery supply circuit for a short to ground.

6 Checks the ground circuit for a short to battery.

7 Checks if there is continuity in the serial data circuit between connectors A21 – X3 pin 11 and X500 p in 7. Isolates

whether there is an open circuit in circuit 787 that will affect both the exterior rear-view mirrors or the seat memory

module is faulty.

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to 12P Wirin g Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–240

Page 1A7A–240

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Has the Initial Check been performed?

Go to Step 2

Perform the Initial

Check in this

Section

2 Ensure the following connectors are secure (refer to Note 3)?

• A21 – X3

• A21 – X4

• X315 Go to Step 3 Secure the relevant

connectors

3 1 Disconnect connectors A21 – X3 and A21 – X4 from the seat

memory module.

2 Using a multimeter set to measure voltage, probe between seat

memory module A21 – X3 pin 1 and a known ground (refer to

Note 1).

Does the multimeter indicate batter y voltage? Go to Step 4

Replace the seat

memory module,

refer to 2.12 Seat

Cable Tray and

Memory Module

4 Using a multimeter set to measure resistance, probe between seat

memory module A21 – X4 pin 16 and a known ground (refer to Note

1).

Does the multimeter indicate continuity? Go to Step 5

Replace the seat

memory module,

refer to 2.12 Seat

Cable Tray and

Memory Module

5 Using a multimeter set to measure resistance, probe between

connector A21 – X3 pin 1 and a known ground (refer to Note 1).

Does the multimeter indicate continuity?

Repair or replace

circuit 881 (refer to

Note 2) Go to Step 6

6 Using a multimeter set to measure voltage, probe between connector

A21 – X4 pin 16 and a known ground (refer to Note 1).

Does the multimeter indicate batter y voltage ?

Repair or replace

circuit 785 (refer to

Note 2) Go to Step 7

7 Using a multimeter set to measure resistance, probe between

connectors A21 – X3 pin 11 and X500 pin 7 (refer to Note 1).

Does the multimeter indicate continuity? Replace the seat

memory module,

refer to 2.12 Seat

Cable Tray and

Memory Module

Repair or replace

circuit 787 between

connector

A21 – X3 pin 11

and the first splice

on circuit 787 (refer

to Note 2)

When all diagno sis an d repairs are completed, clear all DT Cs and check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–241

Page 1A7A–241

No Serial Data – Right-hand Exterior Rear-view Mirror

Introduction

Refer to Wiring Diagram and Connector Chart in this Section to aid in diagnosing the e xterior rear-view mirror and

associated components.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the steps in the diagnostic table:

2 Checks if there is battery voltage supplied to the right-hand exterior rear-view mirror. Isolates if there is a fault in

circuit 881 between connecto rs X602 and A21 – X3.

3 Checks if the ground circuit for the right-hand exterior rear-view mirror is serviceable. Isolates if there is a fault in

circuit 785 between connecto rs X602 and A21 – X4.

4 Checks the serial data circuit for the right-hand exterior rear-view mirror for integrity. Isolates whether there is a

fault in circuit 787 between connectors A21 – X3 and X602 or the right-han d exterior rear-view mirror assembly is

faulty.

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to 12P Wirin g Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Has the Initial Check been performed?

Go to Step 2

Perform the Initial

Check in this

Section

2 Backprobe connector X602 pin B with a test lamp (refer to Note 1).

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Go to Step 3

Repair or replace

circuit 881 between

connectors X602

and A21 – X3 (refer

to Note 2)

3 1 Disconnect harness connector X602.

2 Using a multimeter set to measure resistance, probe between

connector X602 pin D and a known ground (refer to Note 1).

Does the multimeter indicate continuity? Go to Step 4

Repair or replace

circuit 785 between

connectors X602

and A21 – X4 (refer

to Note 2)

4 1 Disconnect connector A21 – X3 from the seat memory module.

2 Using a multimeter set to measure resistance, probe between

connectors A21 – X3 pin 11 and X602 pin A (refer to Note 1).

Does the multimeter indicate continuity?

Replace the

right-hand exterior

rear-view mirror

assembly, refer to

12H Rear-view

Mirrors

Repair or replace

circuit 787 between

connectors

A21 – X3 and X602

(refer to Note 2)

When all diagno sis an d repairs are completed, clear all DT Cs and check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–242

Page 1A7A–242

No Serial Data – Left-hand Exterior Rear-view Mirror

Introduction

Refer to Wiring Diagram and Connector Chart in this Section to aid in diagnosing the e xterior rear-view mirror and

associated components.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the steps in the diagnostic table:

2 Checks if there is battery voltage supplied to the left-hand exterior rear-view mirror. Isolates if there is a fault in

circuit 881 between connecto rs X502 and A21 – X1.

3 Checks if the ground circuit for the left-hand exterior rear-view mirror is serviceable. Isolates if there is a fault in

circuit 785 between connecto rs X502 and A21 – X3.

4 Checks the serial data circuit for the left-hand exterior rear-view mirror for integrity. Isolates whether there is a fault

in circuit 787 between connectors A21 – X1 and X502 or the left-hand exterior rear-view mirror assembly is faulty.

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to 12P Wirin g Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Has the Initial Check been performed?

Go to Step 2

Perform the Initial

Check in this

Section

2 Backprobe connector X502 pin B with a test lamp (refer to Note 1).

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Go to Step 3

Repair or replace

circuit 881 between

connectors X502

and A21 – X3 (refer

to Note 2)

3 1 Disconnect harness connector X502.

2 Using a multimeter set to measure resistance, probe between

connector X502 pin D and a known ground (refer to Note 1).

Does the multimeter indicate continuity? Go to Step 4

Repair or replace

circuit 785 between

connectors X502

and A21 – X4 (refer

to Note 2)

4 1 Disconnect connector A21 – X3 from the seat memory module.

2 Using a multimeter set to measure resistance, probe between

connectors A21 – X3 pin 11 and X502 pin A (refer to Note 1).

Does the multimeter indicate continuity?

Replace the

left-hand exterior

rear-view mirror

assembly, refer to

12H Rear-view

Mirrors

Repair or replace

circuit 787 between

connectors

A21 – X3 and X502

(refer to Note 2)

When all diagno sis an d repairs are completed, clear all DT Cs and check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–243

Page 1A7A–243

Mirror Control Switch Inoperative

Introduction

When the mirror control switch is used, the signal that it generates is converted by the rear-view mirror module to serial

data. It is then transmitted over the serial data bus. The exterior rear-vie w mirrors then receive this serial data and move

the appropriate exterior rear-view mirror in the direction that was requested by the mirror control switch.

Refer to Wiring Diagram and Connector Chart in this Section to aid in diagnosing the e xterior rear-view mirrors and

associated components.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the steps in the diagnostic table:

2 Checks if the mirror control switch is serviceable.

3 Checks if there is battery power to the rear-view mirror module. Isolates if there is a fault in circuit 881 bet ween

connectors A73 – X2 and A21 – X3.

4 Checks if there is battery power to the mirror control switch. Isolates if the rear-view mirror modul e is at fault.

5 Checks if the ground circuit for the rear-view mirror module i s serviceable. Isolates if there is a fault in circuit 785

between connectors A73 – X2 and A21 – X4.

6 Checks if the ground circuit for the mirror control switch is serviceable. Isolates if the rear-view mirror module is at

fault.

7 Checks if there is continuity on the serial data bus between connectors A73 – X2 and A21 – X3. Isolates whether

there is an open circuit in circuit 787 between connectors A73 – X2 and A21 – X3 or the rear-view memory module

is faulty.

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to 12P Wirin g Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–244

Page 1A7A–244

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Has the Initial Check been performed?

Go to Step 2

Perform the Initial

Check in this

Section

2 Test the mirror control switch, refer to 12H Rear-view Mirrors.

Is the mirror control switch serviceable? Go to Step 3

Replace the mirror

control switch, refer

to 12H Rear-view

Mirrors

3 Backprobe connector A73 – X2 pin 2 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Go to Step 4

Repair or replace

circuit 881 between

connectors

A73 – X2 and

A21 – X3 (refer to

Note 2)

4 Backprobe connector S169 – X1 pin 1 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 5

Replace the

rear-view mirror

module, refer to

1A5 Front and Rear

Door Assemblies

5 Using a multimeter set to measure resistance, probe between

connector A73 – X2 pin 1 and a known ground (refer to Note 1).

Does the multimeter indicate continuity?

Go to Step 6

Repair or replace

circuit 785 between

connectors

A73 – X2 and

A21 – X4 (refer to

Note 2)

6 Using a multimeter set to measure resistance, probe between

connector S169 – X1 pin 2 and a known ground (refer to Note 1).

Does the multimeter indicate continuity? Go to Step 7

Replace the

rear-view mirror

module, refer to

1A5 Front and Rear

Door Assemblies

7 1 Disconnect connectors A21 – X3 from the seat memory module

and A73 – X2 from the rear-vie w mirror module.

2 Using a multimeter set to measure resistance, probe between

connectors A73 –X2 pin 3 and a A21 – X3 pin 11 (refer to Note

1).

Does the multimeter indicate continuity?

Replace the

rear-view mirror

module, refer to

1A5 Front and Rear

Door Assemblies

Repair or replace

circuit 787 between

connectors

A73 – X2 and

A21 – X3 (refer to

Note 2)

When all diagno sis an d repairs are completed, clear all DT Cs and check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–245

Page 1A7A–245

6 Service Operations – Front Seat,

Coupe

6.1 Front Seat Usage Chart

How To Use This Chart

Four front seat configurations are fitted to MY 2004 V2 Coupe vehicles. The following usag e chart is provided to help

determine the seat type fitted to the vehicle. This is important prior to repai rs being perfor med as the failed/damaged part

may not be serviceable.

To determine the seat fitted to the vehicle, obtain the vehicle model, which seat requires attention and the seat cover

fabric. Then establish other features of the seat such as the electric movement functions. Using the ch art will lead to the

elimination of all other seat combinations, al lowing the identification of the typ e and the co nstruction of the seat. Finally,

refer to the Figure shown in Front Seat Type for a component breakdown of the front seat assembly.

1 Vehicle – Vehicle model identification.

2 Seating – Driver front seat or passenger front seat.

3 Fabric – Cloth or leather seat covers.

4 Movement – Indicates the number of movement functions of the seat:

• Eight-way – Seat cushion elec tric front and rear raise/lower, seat fore/aft movement and seat-back rec line.

5 Memory – Indicates if a seat memory module is fitted.

6 SIAB – If the front seat is fitted with a side impact airbag assembly.

7 Construction – Hook and Loop refers to the seat cover being attached to the seat pad with a Velcro type materia l

and both being serviced as separate parts.

8 Active Head Restrain t – Indicates whether standard height adjustable or active head restraints are fitted.

9 Front Seat Type – Identifies the seat type and provides reference to the following illustrations which show a

breakdown of the serviced component for each front seat assembly.

Domestic

Vehicle Seating Fabric Movement Memory SIAB Construction Active Head

Restraint Front Seat Type

(refer to)

Driver Leather Eight-way Yes Yes Hook & Loop Yes 1

(Figure 1A7A – 106)

CV8

Passenger Leather Eight-way No Yes Hook & Loop Yes 2

(Figure 1A7A – 107)

Gulf States

Vehicle Seating Fabric Movement Memory SIAB Construction Active Head

Restraint Front Seat Type

(refer to)

Passenger Leather Eight-way No Yes Hook & Loop Yes 3

(Figure 1A7A – 109)

Lumina

S & SS

Driver Leather Eight-way No Yes Hook & Loop Yes 4

(Figure 1A7A – 108)

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–246

Page 1A7A–246

Front Seat Type 1

Figure 1A7A – 106

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–247

Page 1A7A–247

Legend

1 Front Seat Outer Front Cover

2 Front Seat Outer Rear Cover

3 Front Seat Inner Front Cover

4 Front Seat Inner Rear Cover

5 Front Seat Outer Side Cover

6 Front Seat Adjustment Switch Knobs

7 Front Seat Adjustment Switch – Eight-way

8 Memory Position Switch Cover

9 Memory Position Switch Assembly

10 Front Seat Inner Side Cover

11 Front Seat-back Rear Cover

12 Front Seat-back Map Pocket

13 Front Seat-back Cover Retaining Clips

14 Front Seat Head Restraint Pad Assembly

15 Front Seat Head Restraint Cover

16 Front Seat Head Restraint Sleeves

17 Front Seat-back Pad

18 Front Seat-back Cover

19 Front Seat Dummy Block U-bolt

20 Front Seat Dummy Block Insert

21 Side Impact Airbag Assembly

22 Lumbar Support Knob Cover

23 Lumbar Support Knob Screw

24 Lumbar Support Knob

25 Lumbar Support Deflector Ring

26 Lumbar Support Assembly

27 Lumbar Support Retaining Spring

28 EZ-entry Release Lever Assembly

29 EZ-entry Release Escutcheon Assembly

30 EZ-entry Release Lever Retaining Clip

31 EZ-entry Release Lever Return Spring

32 Active Head Restraint Frame Sleeves

33 Active Head Restraint Frame Assembly

34 Active Head Restraint Frame Support Strap

35 Active Head Restraint Frame Retaining Spring

36 Front Seat-back Frame Assembly

37 Front Seat Cushion Cover

38 Front Seat Cushion Upper Pad

39 Passenger Presence Detection Switch

40 Front Seat Cushion Pad

41 Front Seat Cushion Frame Assembly

42 Seatbelt Buckle & Pretensioner Assembly

43 Wiring Harness Retaining Clip

44 Track and Height Adjust Assembly

45 Seat Memory Module

46 Wiring Harness Assembly

47 Front Seat Cable Tray

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–248

Page 1A7A–248

Front Seat Type 2

Figure 1A7A – 107

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–249

Page 1A7A–249

Legend

1 Front Seat Outer Front Cover

2 Front Seat Outer Rear Cover

3 Front Seat Inner Front Cover

4 Front Seat Inner Rear Cover

5 Front Seat Outer Side Cover

6 Front Seat Adjustment Switch Knobs

7 Front Seat Adjustment Switch – Eight-way

8 EZ-entry Module

9 Front Seat Inner Side Cover

10 Front Seat-back Rear Cover

11 Front Seat-back Map Pocket

12 Front Seat-back Cover Retaining Clips

13 Front Seat Head Restraint Pad Assembly

14 Front Seat Head Restraint Cover

15 Front Seat Head Restraint Sleeves

16 Front Seat-back Pad

17 Front Seat-back Cover

18 Front Seat Dummy Block U-bolt

19 Front Seat Dummy Block Insert

20 Side Impact Airbag Assembly

21 Lumbar Support Knob Cover

22 Lumbar Support Knob Screw

23 Lumbar Support Knob

24 Lumbar Support Deflector Ring

25 Lumbar Support Assembly

26 Lumbar Support Retaining Spring

27 EZ-entry Release Lever Assembly

28 EZ-entry Release Escutcheon Assembly

29 EZ-entry Release Lever Retaining Clip

30 EZ-entry Release Lever Return Spring

31 Active Head Restraint Frame Sleeves

32 Active Head Restraint Frame Assembly

33 Active Head Restraint Frame Support Strap

34 Active Head Restraint Frame Retaining Spring

35 Front Seat-back Frame Assembly

36 Front Seat Cushion Cover

37 Front Seat Cushion Upper Pad

38 Passenger Presence Detection Switch

39 Front Seat Cushion Pad

40 Front Seat Cushion Frame Assembly

41 Seatbelt Buckle & Pretensioner Assembly

42 Wiring Harness Retaining Clip

43 Track and Height Adjust Assembly

44 Wiring Harness Assembly

45 Front Seat Cable Tray

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–250

Page 1A7A–250

Front Seat Type 3

Figure 1A7A – 108

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–251

Page 1A7A–251

Legend

1 Front Seat Outer Front Cover

2 Front Seat Outer Rear Cover

3 Front Seat Inner Front Cover

4 Front Seat Inner Rear Cover

5 Front Seat Outer Side Cover

6 Front Seat Adjustment Switch Knobs

7 Front Seat Adjustment Switch – Eight-way

8 EZ-entry Module

9 Front Seat Inner Side Cover

10 Front Seat-back Rear Cover

11 Front Seat-back Map Pocket

12 Front Seat-back Cover Retaining Clips

13 Front Seat Head Restraint Pad Assembly

14 Front Seat Head Restraint Cover

15 Front Seat Head Restraint Sleeves

16 Front Seat-back Pad

17 Front Seat-back Cover

18 Front Seat Dummy Block U-bolt

19 Front Seat Dummy Block Insert

20 Side Impact Airbag Assembly

21 Lumbar Support Knob Cover

22 Lumbar Support Knob Screw

23 Lumbar Support Knob

24 Lumbar Support Deflector Ring

25 Lumbar Support Assembly

26 Lumbar Support Retaining Spring

27 EZ-entry Release Lever Assembly

28 EZ-entry Release Escutcheon Assembly

29 EZ-entry Release Lever Retaining Clip

30 EZ-entry Release Lever Return Spring

31 Active Head Restraint Frame Sleeves

32 Active Head Restraint Frame Assembly

33 Active Head Restraint Frame Support Strap

34 Active Head Restraint Frame Retaining Spring

35 Front Seat-back Frame Assembly

36 Front Seat Cushion Cover

37 Front Seat Cushion Upper Pad

38 Passenger Presence Detection Switch

39 Front Seat Cushion Pad

40 Front Seat Cushion Frame Assembly

41 Seatbelt Buckle & Pretensioner Assembly

42 Wiring Harness Retaining Clip

43 Track and Height Adjust Assembly

44 Wiring Harness Assembly

45 Front Seat Cable Tray

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–252

Page 1A7A–252

Front Seat Type 4

Figure 1A7A – 109

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–253

Page 1A7A–253

Legend

1 Front Seat Outer Front Cover

2 Front Seat Outer Rear Cover

3 Front Seat Inner Front Cover

4 Front Seat Inner Rear Cover

5 Front Seat Outer Side Cover

6 Front Seat Adjustment Switch Knobs

7 Front Seat Adjustment Switch – Eight-way

8 EZ-entry Module

9 Front Seat Inner Side Cover

10 Front Seat-back Rear Cover

11 Front Seat-back Map Pocket

12 Front Seat-back Cover Retaining Clips

13 Front Seat Head Restraint Pad Assembly

14 Front Seat Head Restraint Cover

15 Front Seat Head Restraint Sleeves

16 Front Seat-back Pad

17 Front Seat-back Cover

18 Front Seat Dummy Block U-bolt

19 Front Seat Dummy Block Insert

20 Side Impact Airbag Assembly

21 Lumbar Support Knob Cover

22 Lumbar Support Knob Screw

23 Lumbar Support Knob

24 Lumbar Support Deflector Ring

25 Lumbar Support Assembly

26 Lumbar Support Retaining Spring

27 EZ-entry Release Lever Assembly

28 EZ-entry Release Escutcheon Assembly

29 EZ-entry Release Lever Retaining Clip

30 EZ-entry Release Lever Return Spring

31 Active Head Restraint Frame Sleeves

32 Active Head Restraint Frame Assembly

33 Active Head Restraint Frame Support Strap

34 Active Head Restraint Frame Retaining Spring

35 Front Seat-back Frame Assembly

36 Front Seat Cushion Cover

37 Front Seat Cushion Upper Pad

38 Passenger Presence Detection Switch

39 Front Seat Cushion Pad

40 Front Seat Cushion Frame Assembly

41 Seatbelt Buckle & Pretensioner Assembly

42 Wiring Harness Retaining Clip

43 Track and Height Adjust Assembly

44 Wiring Harness Assembly

45 Fire Extinguisher Mounting Bracket

46 Front Seat Cable Tray

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–254

Page 1A7A–254

6.2 Fire Extinguisher Assembly

Remove

1 Remove the fire extinguisher (1) from the cover (2).

2 Remove the two screws (3) attaching the fire

extinguisher mounting br acket (4) to the track and

height adjust assembly.

3 Remove the bracket and cover from the track and

height adjust assembly. If required remove t he bracket

from the cover.

Figure 1A7A – 110

Reinstall

Reinstallation of the fire extinguisher assembly is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the following:

Tighten the attaching screws to the correct torque specification.

Fire extinguisher mounting bracket

attaching screw torque specification.......15.0 – 20.0 Nm

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–255

Page 1A7A–255

6.3 Front Seat Assembly

LT Section No. – 14-295

Before performing any service operation on a

front seat assembly fitted with side impact

airbags, ensure the occupant protection

system is disabled, refer to 12M Occupant

Protection System.

NOTE

If the seat assembly is to be disassembled, adjust

the seat assembly to its highest position before

disconnecting the power to the seat.

NOTE

Clean hands are essential when working on the

interior trim.

Remove

Disconnection of the battery affects certain

vehicle electronic systems. Refer to

00, 5 Battery Disconnection Procedures

before disconnecting the battery.

1 Disconnect the battery.

2 For the driver’s seat on right-hand drive vehicles,

remove the screw (1) attaching the front seat outer

front cover (2).

3 Using a small screwdriver, push in the centre of the

join to separate the front cover and the front seat outer

rear cover (3).

4 Unclip the covers from the seat track and disengag e

from the side sill trim.

5 Pull the covers apart and remove the rear c over.

6 For the driver’s seat on right-hand dr ive vehicles, slide

the front cover over the fuel filler door release lever (4)

and remove.

Figure 1A7A – 111

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–256

Page 1A7A–256

7 Disconnect the body wiring ha r ness connector (1), the

seatbelt pretensioner wiring connector (2) and the side

impact airbag wiring connect or (3).

Figure 1A7A – 112

8 Unclip the front seat inner rear cover (1) from the seat

track (2).

Figure 1A7A – 113

9 Unclip the front seat inner front cover (1) from the seat

track (2).

Figure 1A7A – 114

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–257

Page 1A7A–257

10 Remove the four screws (1) attaching the front seat to

the vehicle.

11 Remove the seat from the vehicle.

Figure 1A7A – 115

Reinstall

Reinstallation of the front seat assembly is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the following:

1 Position the front seat assembly into the vehicle.

2 Install the four screws securing the front seat.

3 Tighten the attaching screws to the correct torque specification.

Front seat assembly attaching screw

torque specification.................................35.0 – 50.0 Nm

4 Connect the seat wiring harness connector, seatbelt pretensioner harness connector and the side impact airbag

connector.

5 Align the front seat outer cover’s retaining clips and push firmly to engage.

6 Push the front of the front seat outer cover do wn to engage the cover with the front of the seat rail.

7 For the driver’s side on right-hand drive vehicles, install the front seat outer cover attaching screw and tighten to the

specified torque.

Front seat outer front cover attaching

screw torque specification...........................1.0 – 3.0 Nm

8 Check the operation of the front seat functions. While checking the seat adjustment/operat ion, also check that the

seat wiring harnesses do not foul with any of the seat’s moveable components (i.e. seat motor drive shafts, etc.).

NOTE

Type 1 front seats will require seat memory

calibration to reinstate seat memory functions,

refer to Seat Memory Calibration, Front Seat

Type 1.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–258

Page 1A7A–258

9 Switch the ignition on and observe the airbag warning indicator in the instrument cluster.

• If no fault is detected, the airbag warning indicator shou ld illuminate for approximat ely five seconds while the

system performs a self-test, and then extinguish.

• If a fault is present, the airbag warning indic ator will remain illuminated and a warning chime may sound after

approximately three seconds. The warning message ‘SRS Airbag F ault’ is also displayed in the instrume nt

cluster multi-function display. To diagnose the fault, refer to 12M Occupant Protection System.

Seat Memory Calibration, Front Seat Type 1

Whenever power is interrupted to the seat memory module, the following procedure must be performed to reinstate seat

memory functions.

Step Operation Result

1 1 Operate the seat adjustment switch to move the

seat forward.

2 Operate the seat adjustment switch for 1 second to

move the seat aft.

3 Operate the seat adjustment switch to move the

seat forward.

Seat will cease movement when track limit is

reached.

Seat will move aft.

Seat will cease movement when track limit is

reached.

2 1 Operate the seat adjustment switch to move the

seat aft.

2 Operate the seat adjustment switch for 1 second to

move the seat forward.

3 Operate the seat adjustment switch to move the

seat aft.

Seat will cease movement when track limit is

reached.

Seat will move for ward.

Seat will cease movement when track limit is

reached.

3 1 Operate the seat adjustment switch to raise the

front of the seat.

2 Operate the adjustment switch for 1 second to

lower the front of the seat.

3 Operate the seat adjustment switch to raise the

front of the seat.

Seat will cease movement when upper limit is

reached.

Se at wi ll lo wer .

Seat will cease movement when upper limit is

reached.

4 1 Operate the seat adjustment switch to lower the

front of the seat.

2 Operate seat adjustment switch for 1 second to

raise the front of the seat.

3 Operate the seat adjustment switch to lower the

front of the seat.

Seat will cease movement when lower limit is

reached.

Seat will raise.

Seat will cease movement when lower limit is

reached.

5 1 Operate the seat adjustment switch to raise the rear

of the seat.

2 Operate the seat adjustment switch for 1 second to

lower the rear of the seat.

3 Operate the seat adjustment switch to raise the rear

of the seat.

Seat will cease movement when upper limit is

reached.

Se at wi ll lo wer .

Seat will cease movement when upper limit is

reached.

6 1 Operate the seat adjustment switch to lower the

rear of the seat.

2 Operate the seat adjustment switch for 1 second to

raise the rear of the seat.

3 Operate the seat adjustment switch to lower the

rear of the seat.

Seat will cease movement when lower limit is

reached.

Seat will raise.

Seat will cease movement when lower limit is

reached.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–259

Page 1A7A–259

Step Operation Result

7 1 Operate the seat adjustment switch to move the

seat-back aft.

2 Operate the seat adjustment switch for 1 second to

move the seat-back forward.

3 Operate the seat adjustment switch to move the

seat-back aft.

Hold switch until lower limit is reached. This

does not have to be mechanical limit.

Seat-back will move forward.

Hold switch until lower limit is reached. This

should be same position as in 1.

8 1 Operate the seat adjustment switch to move the

seat-back forward.

2 Operate the seat adjustment switch for 1 second to

move the seat-back aft.

3 Operate the seat adjustment switch to move the

seat-back forward.

Hold switch until upper lim it is reached. This

does not have to be mechanical limit.

Seat-back will move aft.

Hold switch until upper lim it is reached. This

should be same position as in 1.

9 Press the mirror dip/memory store (M) button for 1

second. Stores the calibration into memory. A three-

tone chime sounds to confirm storage.

To test that the seat limits have been correctly calibrated, perform the following:

Step Operation Result

1 Operate the seat adjustment switch in one direction

(fore/aft, raise/lower, etc.). Hold until seat stops.

2 Release the switch briefly. –

3 Operate the switch in the same direction and hold for 3

seconds. The motor will not operate for 2 seconds, then

operates for 0.5 second.

This is a limp-home function that allo ws the

seat to be manually adjusted should a sensor

fail.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–260

Page 1A7A–260

6.4 Front Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly

LT Section No. – 14-322

Remove

1 Raise the seat to the full-up position.

2 Remove the screw (1) from the front of the front seat

outer side cover (2).

3 Remove the plug (3) by rotating the plug anti-

clockwise, one quarter of a turn.

4 Remove the screw (4) located behind the plug.

5 Reach up under the seat assembly and squeeze

together the two retaining tangs (6), on the inner side

of the side cover while gently pulling the cover.

6 Gently pull the side cover away from the seat to

disengage the two clips (5) attached to the seat-back

frame assembly .

NOTE

Only remove the side cover far enough away

from the seat cushion assembly to gain access

to the seat wiring harness connectors.

7 Referring to Figure 1A7A – 118, for memory seats (A):

• Disconnect the front seat adj u stme nt switch

connector (1), recline motor harness connector

(2) and memory position switch connector (3)

and unclip the harness from the side cover.

For non-memory seats (B): Figure 1A7A – 116

Figure 1A7A – 117

• Disconnect the front seat adjustment switch connector (1), EZ-entry module connector (4) and the recline

motor harness connector (5) from the EZ-entry module and unclip the harness from the side cover.

8 Rem ove the side cove r asse mbly.

Figure 1A7A – 118

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–261

Page 1A7A–261

Disassemble

Front Seat Adjustment Switch

Remove

1 Remove the two adjus tment knobs (1) from the front

seat adjustment switch (2), by carefully prising them

free with a small fl at tip screwdriver wrapped in a clean

shop rag.

Figure 1A7A – 119

2 Remove the three screws (1) attaching the front seat

adjustment switch (2) to the front seat outer side

cover (3).

3 Remove the seat adjustment switch.

Figure 1A7A – 120

Reinstall

Reinstall atio n of the front seat adju stm ent switch is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the following:

1 Tighten the attaching screws to the correct torque specific ation.

Front seat adjust ment sw itch

attaching screw torque specification...........1.0 – 3.0 Nm

2 Push the knobs in until they click in place.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–262

Page 1A7A–262

Memory Position Switch Assembly

Remove

1 Remove the two screws (1) attaching the memory

position switch cover (2) to the front seat outer side

cover (3).

2 Lift out the memory position switch assembly (4) from

its recess in the side cover.

3 As required, each position button can b e removed

from the switch.

Figure 1A7A – 120

Reinstall

Reinstallation of the memory position switch assembly is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the following:

1 If removed, push the position buttons in until they click in place, ensuring correct orientation.

2 Tighten the attaching screws to the correct torque specification.

Memory position switch cover

attaching screw torque specification...........1.0 – 3.0 Nm

EZ-entry Module

Remove

1 Remove the three screws (1) attaching the EZ-entry

module (2) to the front seat outer side cover (3).

2 Remove the module.

Figure 1A7A – 121

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–263

Page 1A7A–263

Reinstall

Reinstallation of the EZ-entry module is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the following:

Tighten the attaching screws to the correct torque specification.

EZ-entry module attaching screw

torque specification.....................................1.0 – 3.0 Nm

Reinstall

Reinstallation of the front seat outer side cover is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the following:

Tighten the attaching screws to the correct torque specification.

Front seat outer side cover attaching

screw torque specification...........................1.0 – 3.0 Nm

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–264

Page 1A7A–264

6.5 Front Seat Inner Side Cover

LT Section No. – 14-322

As required, remove the front seat assembly, refer to 6.3 Front Seat Assembly.

Remove

1 Remove the screw (1) attaching the front seat inner

side cover (2) to the seat assembly (3) and remove the

cover.

Figure 1A7A – 122

Reinstall

Reinstallation of the front seat inner side cover is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the following:

Tighten the attaching screw to the correct torque specification.

Front seat inner side cover attachi ng

screw torque specification...........................1.0 – 3.0 Nm

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–265

Page 1A7A–265

6.6 Front Seat-back Rear Cover Assembly

LT Section No. – 14-322

Remove

The following components will require

replacement when performing this operation.

• Two front seat-back rear cover retaining

clips.

1 Pull the lower corners of the front seat-back rear

cover (1) away from the seat (2), breaking the two

retaining clips (3).

Figure 1A7A – 123

2 While holding the lower portion of the front seat-back

rear cover (1) out, pull the cover down to release the

two upper retaining lugs (2).

3 Remove the cover.

Figure 1A7A – 124

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–266

Page 1A7A–266

Disassemble

When performing Step 1, take care when

removing the retaining clip (1) not to break

the front seat-back map pocket shafts on

which the reta ining clips are attached.

NOTE

This procedure cannot be performed on vehicles

that have the net type seat-back map pocket.

1 Remove the two retaining clips (1) attaching the front seat-back map pocket (2) to the front seat-back rear

cover (3), refer to Figure 1A7A – 125.

2 Remove the four screws (4) attaching the map pocket to the cover.

3 Remove the map pocket.

Figure 1A7A – 125

Reassemble

Reassembly of the front seat-back rear cover is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the following:

Tighten the attaching screws to the correct torque specification.

Front seat-back map pocket attaching

screw torque specification...........................1.0 – 3.0 Nm

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–267

Page 1A7A–267

Reinstall

1 Replace the damaged retaining clip (1) on the front

seat-back rear cover (2), two places.

Figure 1A7A – 126

2 Align the two upper retaining l ugs (1) with the seat-

back.

3 Push the front seat-back rear cover (2) up and in at

the lower edge to engage the two lower retaining clips.

Figure 1A7A – 127

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–268

Page 1A7A–268

6.7 Front Seat Head Restraint Assembly

LT Section No. – 14-295

Remove

1 Raise the head restraint fully.

2 Insert a suitable size probe into the hole (1) in the right-hand head restraint sleeve (2), refer to Figure 1A7A – 128.

3 Push the probe in slightly whil e applying slight upward pressure on the head restraint. Hold the upward pressure.

4 Depress the head restraint sleeve height adjuster lock (3) on the left-hand head restraint sleeve and remove the

head restraint.

Figure 1A7A – 128

Disassemble

1 Disengage the front head restraint cover J-stri p by

pulling the flap (1) back and out of flap (2) in the

direction shown.

Figure 1A7A – 129

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–269

Page 1A7A–269

2 Remove the two staples (1) retaining the cover (2) to

the head restraint pad assembly.

3 Remove the cover from the pad assemb ly

Figure 1A7A – 130

Reassemble

Reassembly of the front seat head restraint assembly is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the following:

1 Ensure the head restraint cover J-clip is fully enga ged.

Reinstall

Ensuring correct orientation of the head restraint, fit the head restraint shafts into the sleeves and p ush the head restraint

down.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–270

Page 1A7A–270

6.8 Front Seat Head Restraint Sleeve

As required, remove the front seat head restraint assembl y, refer to 6.7 Front Seat Head Restrai nt Assembl y.

LT Section No. – 14-275

Remove

1 Push down on the surrounding seat cover to reveal the

upper portion of the seat-back frame or active head

restraint frame (1).

2 Using a fine flat-blade screwdriver, depress the head

restraint sleeve retaining lug (2) and withdraw the

head restraint sleeve (3) from the frame.

3 Repeat for the remaining sleeve as required.

Figure 1A7A – 131

Reinstall

Reinstallation of the front seat head restraint sleeve is the reverse of the removal proce dure, noting the following:

NOTE

Ensure the sleeve with the height adjuster

lock (1) is installed on the left-hand side of the

seat; that is the side that corresponds to the

lower square notch (2) in the head restraint

shaft.

Figure 1A7A – 132

1 Align the head restraint sleeve locatin g ribs (1 ) with

the notch (2) in the seat-back frame.

2 Insert the sleeve and ensure it clicks into place.

Figure 1A7A – 133

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–271

Page 1A7A–271

6.9 EZ-entry Release Lever and Escutcheon

LT Section No. –

1 Remove the front seat outer side cover, 6.4 Front Seat Outer Side Cover Assembl y.

2 Remove the front seat-back rear cover assembly, refer to 6.6 Front Seat-back Rear Cover Assembly.

Remove

1 Remove the screw (1) retaining the EZ-entry release

escutcheon assembly (2) to the seat-back frame.

Figure 1A7A – 134

2 Partly remove the front seat-back cover by

disengaging the upper and outer J-strips from the

seat-back frame and the Velcro tab at the lower

corner.

Figure 1A7A – 135

Techline

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–272

Page 1A7A–272

3 Carefully manoeuvre your hand behin d the seat pad

and push up on the retaining clip (1) retaining the

release lever (2).

Take care as there may be sharp edges in

this area.

Figure 1A7A – 136

4 While holding upward pressure on the retaining clip,

grasp the release lever (1) and pul l firmly away from

the seat-back to remove.

NOTE

It may be necessary to wriggle the lever to

loosen it in the escutcheon assembly (2).

Figure 1A7A – 137

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–273

Page 1A7A–273

5 Partially remove the EZ-entry release escutcheon

assembly (1) from the front seat-back cover (2), by

rotating the top of the escutcheon outward and

disengaging the lower lug.

6 Disconnect the wiring harness connector (3) from the

seat return switch.

7 Remove the escutcheon assembly.

Figure 1A7A – 138

Reinstall

Reinstallation of the EZ-entry release lever and escutcheon assembly is the reverse of the removal procedur e, noting the

following:

1 Tighten the attaching screws to the correct torque specification.

EZ-entry release escutcheon assembly

attaching screw torque specification...........1.0 – 3.0 Nm

2 Ensure that the release lever retaining clip is correctly engaged by pulling firmly away from the seat and operating

the latch several times.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–274

Page 1A7A–274

6.10 EZ-entry Switch and Release Cable

Assembly

Due to safety requirement constraints, certain components of the recliner mechanism, including the EZ-entr y switch and

release cable assembly, must not be removed or repl aced. If any part of the recliner mechanism requires replacement,

the entire front seat-back frame assembly must be replaced, refer to 6.13 Front Seat-back Frame Assembly.

Techline

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–275

Page 1A7A–275

6.11 Lumbar Support Knob Assembly

LT Section No. – 14-275

Remove

1 Using a fine flat-blade scre w-driver, carefull y prise the

cap (1) from the lumbar support knob (2).

2 Remove the screw (3) attaching the knob to the

lumbar support shaft.

3 Pull the knob off the lumbar support shaft and remove

the lumbar support deflector ring (4).

NOTE

The knob is lightly clipped to the lumbar support

shaft and will ‘click-off’.

Figure 1A7A – 139

Reinstall

Reinstallation of the lumbar s upport knob assembly is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the following:

Tighten the screw to the correct torque specification.

Lumbar support knob attachin g

screw torque specification...........................2.0 – 5.0 Nm

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–276

Page 1A7A–276

6.12 Front Seat-back Pad and Cover

Assembly

LT Section No. – 14-295

As required, remove the following compo nents:

1 Front seat assembly, refer to 6.3 Front Seat Assembly.

2 Front seat outer side cover assembly, refer to 6.4 Front Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.

3 Front seat inner side cover, refer to 6.5 Front Seat Inner Side Cover.

4 Front seat-back rear cover assembly, refer to 6.6 Front Seat-back Rear Cover Assemb ly.

5 Front seat head restraint assembly, refer to 6.7 Front Seat Head Restraint Assembly.

6 Front seat head restraint sleeves, refer to 6.8 Front Seat Head Restraint Sleeve.

7 EZ-entry release lever and escutcheon assembly, refer to 6.9 EZ-entry Release Lever and Escutcheon.

8 Lumbar support knob assembly, refer to 6.11 Lumbar Support Knob Assembly.

Remove

1 Disengage the remainin g inner and lower J-strips from

the seat frame and the Velcro tab at the lower corner.

2 Lift the cover and pad assembly up and away from the

seat-back frame, manoeuvring it over the seat-back

components such as the side impact airbag a ssembly

and dummy block insert assembly.

Figure 1A7A – 140

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–277

Page 1A7A–277

Disassemble

1 Fold the lower corners of the seat-back cove r (1) over

the seat-back pad (2).

Figure 1A7A – 141

2 While holding the front seat-back pad (1), pull the

lower corners of the front seat-back cover (2), upwards

and away from the pad to diseng age the hook and

loop strips (3).

3 Pull the cover up and over the upper ed ge of the pad.

Figure 1A7A – 142

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–278

Page 1A7A–278

Reassemble

1 With the front seat-back cover (1) folded at the central

horizontal strip of hook and loop (2), align th e centre

mark (3) on the cover with the centre mark (4) on the

front seat-back pad.

2 Press the cover firmly into the corresponding groove i n

the pad to engage the hook and loop.

Figure 1A7A – 143

3 With the cover folded at the two vertical strips of the

hook and loop, press the cover firml y into the

corresponding grooves in the pad.

Figure 1A7A – 144

4 Roll the upper corners of the cover over the pad.

5 Roll the sides of the cover over the pad.

6 Roll the lower corners of the cover over the pad.

NOTE

Make sure the cover is fitted neatly by hand into

all corners and contours of the pad.

Figure 1A7A – 145

Reinstall

Reinstallation of the front seat -back pad and cover assembly is the reverse of the removal proced ure.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–279

Page 1A7A–279

6.13 Front Seat-back Frame Assembly

When carrying a live (undeployed) side

impact airbag assembly or a front seat-back

frame assembly fitted with a (undeployed)

side impact airbag assembly, ensure the

airbag opening is pointed away from you.

Never carry the side impact airbag assembly

or seat-back frame assembly fitted w ith a side

impact airbag assembly by the airbag wiring

harness or connectors. In case of an

accidental deployment, the airbag will then

deploy with minimal chance of injury.

When placing a live side impact airbag

assembly or a fro nt seat-ba ck frame as sembly

fitted with a (undeployed) side impact airbag

assembly on a bench or other surface, alw ays

face the airbag opening up, away from the

surface. Never rest the airbag assembly or

seat-back frame with the airbag opening face

down. This is necessary so that a free space

is provided to allow the airbag to expand in

the unlikely event of accidental deployment.

Otherwise, personal injury may result.

LT Section No. – 14-275

As required remove the following c ompo nents:

1 Front seat assembly, refer to 6.3 Front Seat Assembly.

2 Front seat outer side cover assembly, refer to 6.4 Front Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.

3 Front seat inner side cover, refer to 6.5 Front Seat Inner Side Cover.

Remove

1 Remove the two screws (1), each side, attaching the

seat-back assembly (2) to the front seat cushion frame

assembly (3).

2 As required, disconnect and detach the front seat-back

recline motor and side impact airbag wiring harnesses.

3 Remove the seat-back assembly.

Figure 1A7A – 146

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–280

Page 1A7A–280

Disassemble

As required, remove the following compo nents:

1 Front seat-back rear cover assembly, refer to 6.6 Front Seat-back Rear Cover Assemb ly.

2 Front seat head restraint assembly, refer to 6.7 Front Seat Head Restraint Assembly.

3 Front seat head restraint sleeves, refer to 6.8 Front Seat Head Restraint Sleeve.

4 EZ-entry release lever and escutcheon assembly, refer to 6.9 EZ-entry Release Lever and Escutcheon.

5 Lumbar support knob assembly, refer to 6.11 Lumbar Support Knob Assembly.

6 Front seat-back pad and cover assembl y, refer to 6.12 Front Seat-back Pad and Cover Assembly.

EZ-entry Release Lever Retaining Clip and Return Spring

Remove

1 Prise the release lever retaining clip (1) from the

release mechanism.

2 Disconnect the return spring (2) from the release

mechanism and seat-back frame

Figure 1A7A – 147

Reinstall

Reinstallation of the EZ-entry release lever retaining clip and return spring is the reverse of the removal procedure.

Side Impact Airbag Assembly

Remove

1 As required, unclip the side im pact airbag wiring

harness (1) from the retaining clip (2) and cut the

cable tie (3) securing the harness to the front seat

cushion frame assembly, taking care not to damage

the wiring harness.

2 Unclip the wiring harness connector (4) from the track

and height adjust assembly (5).

Figure 1A7A – 148

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–281

Page 1A7A–281

3 Remove the lock-nut (1), two places, attaching the

side impact airbag assembl y ( 2) to the seat-b ack

frame (3) and airbag assembly.

Figure 1A7A – 149

Reinstall

Reinstallation of the side impact airba g asse mbly is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the following:

Tighten the nuts to the correct torque spec ification.

Side impact airbag assembly attaching

nut torque specification...............................5.0 – 6.0 Nm

Front Seat Dummy Block Insert Assembly

Remove

1 Remove the lock-nut (1), two places, attaching the

front seat dummy block insert (2) to the seat-back

frame (3) and remove the dummy block insert

assembly.

2 If required, remove the dummy block U-bolt (4) from

the dummy block insert.

Figure 1A7A – 150

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–282

Page 1A7A–282

Reinstall

Reinstallation of the front seat dummy block insert assembly is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the

following:

Tighten the nuts to the correct torque specification.

Front seat dummy block insert attaching

nut torque specification...............................5.0 – 6.0 Nm

Lumbar Support Assembly

Remove

1 Remove the retainer (1), two places, attaching the

lumbar support assembly (2) to the seat-back frame.

Figure 1A7A – 151

2 Depress the retaining tab (1) and from the inner side

of the seat-back frame, rotate the lumbar support

shaft (2) and withdraw from the seat-back frame.

3 Repeat for the opposite side.

Figure 1A7A – 152

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–283

Page 1A7A–283

4 Disconnect the spring (1), two places, attaching the

lumbar support assembly (2) to the seat-bac k frame or

active head restraint frame.

TIP

To aid spring remova l, pull the support asse mbly

toward the side that the spring is being remove d

to relieve spring tension.

Figure 1A7A – 153

5 Remove the lumbar support assembly (1).

Figure 1A7A – 154

Reinstall

Reinstallation of the lumbar s upport assembly is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the following:

Ensure the lumbar support assembl y is correctly seated on the cushion side of the active head restraint frame, where

fitted, with the black lumbar support shaft on the outer side of the seat.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–284

Page 1A7A–284

Active Head Restraint Frame Assembly

Remove

1 Remove the screw (1), two places, attaching the active

head restraint frame assembly (2) to the seat-back

frame hinge.

Figure 1A7A – 155

2 Withdraw the active head restraint frame assembly (1)

downward to remove it from the seat-back frame and

remove.

Figure 1A7A – 156

3 If required, slide the support strap (1) from the active

head restraint frame.

Figure 1A7A – 157

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–285

Page 1A7A–285

4 If required, depress the tab (1), two places, and

withdraw the active head restraint frame sleeve (2)

from the seat-back frame.

5 Repeat for the opposite sleeve as requ ired.

Figure 1A7A – 158

6 If required, remove the spring (1), from the active head

restraint frame hinge and seat-back frame.

7 Repeat for the opposite side as required.

Figure 1A7A – 159

Reinstall

Reinstallation of the active head restraint frame assembly is the reverse of the removal proced ure, noting the following:

Tighten the screws to the correct torque specification.

Active head restraint frame assembly

attaching screw torque specification...........3.0 – 5.0 Nm

Reinstall

Reinstallation of the front seat-back frame assembly is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the following:

1 Tighten the screws to the correct torque specification.

Front seat-back frame assembly

attaching screw torque specification.......30.0 – 45.0 Nm

2 Check the mechanical and ele c trical operation of the front seat.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–286

Page 1A7A–286

6.14 Seat Cable Tray and Memory Module

Remove

As required remove the following c ompo nents:

1 Front seat assembly, refer to 6.3 Front Seat Assembly.

2 Remove the seat track and height adjust assembly, refer to 6.15 Track and Height Adjust Assembly.

3 Disconnect the wiring harness connectors as required.

4 Unclip the cable tray from the front of the seat track

and height adjust assembly.

Figure 1A7A – 160

5 Pull the cable tray forward to release it from the seat

track and height adjust assembly.

Figure 1A7A – 161

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–287

Page 1A7A–287

6 If required, use a 5 mm drill bit to drill out the pop rivet,

(1), two places, securing the seat memory module to

the cable tray.

7 Remove the seat memory module.

Figure 1A7A – 162

8 If required, remove the wiring harness from the cable

tray by squeezing the tabs on the harness clips (1)

and removing the tape (2) as required.

Figure 1A7A – 163

Reinstall

Reinstallation of the seat memor y module is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the following:

1 Ensure the wiring harness an d connectors are correctly routed and attach ed securely.

2 Use new pop rivets.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–288

Page 1A7A–288

6.15 Track and Height Adjust Assembly

The track and height adjust assembly

components are non-serviceable. If the track

and height adjust assembly, drive motors or

drive shafts require replacement, the entire

track and height adjust assembly must be

replaced.

LT Section No. – 14-275

Remove

As required, remove the following compo nents:

1 Front seat assembly, refer to 6.3 Front Seat Assembly.

2 Front seat outer side cover assembly, refer to 6.4 Front Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.

3 As required, detach the wiring harness con nectors.

4 As required, detach the seatbelt pretensioner and side airbag wiring harnesses.

5 Remove the four nuts (1) attaching the track and

height adjust assembly (2) to the seat.

6 Remove the track and height adjust assembly.

7 If required, remove the cable tray and wiring harness

assembly, refer to 6.14 Seat Cable Tray and Memory

Module.

8 If required, remove the seatbelt buckle and

pretensioner assembly, refer to 12M Occupant

Protection System.

Figure 1A7A – 164

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–289

Page 1A7A–289

Reinstall

Reinstallation of the track and height adjust assembly is the reverse of the removal procedur e, noting the following:

1 Ensure the connectors are correctly routed and attached se curely, refer to Figure 1A7A – 165.

2 Tighten the nuts to the correct torque specification.

Track and height adjust asse mbly

attaching nut torque specification............24.0 – 32.0 Nm

Figure 1A7A – 165

1 Ground Cable

2 Seatbelt Pretensioner Wiring Harness 3 Side Impact Inflatable Restraint Wiring Harness (where

fitted)

4 Seat Memory Module (where fitted)

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–290

Page 1A7A–290

6.16 Front Seat Cushion Pad and Cover

Assembly

LT Section No. – 14-295

As required, remove the following compo nents:

1 Front seat assembly, refer to 6.3 Front Seat Assembly.

2 Front seat outer side cover assembly, refer to 6.4 Front Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.

3 Front seat inner side cover, refer to 6.5 Front Seat Inner Side Cover.

4 Front seat-back frame assembly, refer to 6.13 Front Seat-back Frame Assembly.

Remove

1 From under the front seat cushion, disengage the front

and side J-strips (1) away from the seat frame (2).

2 Lift the cover and pad assembly a way from the seat

frame and then release the rear J-strip (3).

3 Disconnect the passenger pre s ence detection harness

connector (4).

4 Remove the cover and pad assembly.

Figure 1A7A – 166

Disassemble

1 Fold the rear corners of the front seat cushion

cover (1) over the front seat cushion pad (2).

Figure 1A7A – 167

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–291

Page 1A7A–291

2 While holding the front seat cushi on pad (1), pull the

rear corners of the front seat cushion cover (2) forward

and away from the pad to diseng age the hook and

loop strips (3).

3 Pull the cover up and over the forward edge of the

pad.

Figure 1A7A – 168

4 If required, carefully peel back the upper cushion

pad (1) to expose the passenger prese nce detection

switch (2).

The upper cushion pad is glued to the

cushion pad along each edge. Take care not

to damage the pads.

5 Carefully lift-off the passenger presence detection

switch and pull the wiring harness through from the

underside of the cushion pad.

The wiring terminal is glued to the cushion

pad. Take care not to damage the switch or

pad. Figure 1A7A – 169

Reassemble

Reassembly of the front seat cushion pad is the reverse of the disassembly procedure n oting the following:

1 Ensure the passenger presence detection switch is correctly located in its depression in the cushion pad. Appl y

new adhesive to the upper cushion.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–292

Page 1A7A–292

2 Align either of the outer hook and l oo p strips (1) and

the one or two cross hook and loop strips (2), on the

front seat cushion cover (3), with the front seat

cushion pad (4).

3 Press the folded edge of the cover firmly into the

corresponding groove in the pad to engage the hook

and loop strip.

Figure 1A7A – 170

4 Align and press the outer hook and loop strip (1), on

the cover (2), with the corresponding groove in the

pad (3).

Figure 1A7A – 171

5 Roll the front corners of the cover over the pad.

6 Roll the sides of the cover over the pad.

7 Roll the rear corners of the cover over the pad.

NOTE

Make sure the pad is fitted neatly by hand into all

corners and contours of the seat cover.

Do not pull the cover onto the pad from

underneath using the J-strip to make it fit

neatly, as the fabric may be damaged.

Figure 1A7A – 172

Reinstall

Reinstallation of the front seat cushion pad and cover assembly is the reverse of the removal procedure.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–293

Page 1A7A–293

6.17 Front Seat Cushion Frame Assembly

LT Section No. – 14-275

Remove

As required remove the following components:

1 Front seat assembly, refer to 6.3 Front Seat Assembly .

2 Front seat outer side cover assembly, refer to 6.4 Front Seat Outer Side Cove r Assembly.

3 Front seat inner side cover, refer to 6.5 Front Seat Inner Si de Cover.

4 Front seat-back frame assembly, refer to 6.13 Front Seat-back Frame Assembly.

5 Track and height adjust assembly, refer to 6.15 Track and Height Adjust Assembly.

6 Front seat cushion pad and cover assembly, refer to 6.16 Front Seat Cushion Pad and Cover Assembly.

Disassemble

1 To remove the suspension mat (1), modify a G-clamp

with a 5mm diameter metal dowel (2) welded to one

end and another approximately 40mm long and with a

2mm diameter pin (3) approxi m ately 20mm long

welded to the other end.

2 Using the G-clamp, stretch the suspension mat far

enough to allow the four retaining springs (4) to be

removed from the seat cush io n frame.

3 Back the G-clamp load off and remove the suspension

mat.

When using the G-clamp, use existing holes

in the suspension mat to ensure that mat

deformation does not occur.

Figure 1A7A – 174

Reassemble

Reassembly of the suspension mat is the reverse of the disassembly procedure.

Reinstall

Reinstalla tion of the front seat cushion frame assembly is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the following:

1 Ensure all wiring is correctly connected and routed, refer to 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses.

2 Check the mechanic al and ele ctri cal opera tio n of the front se at.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–294

Page 1A7A–294

6.18 Front Seat Lift Motor Assemblies

The front seat lift motor assemblies are non-serviceabl e items.

If a front seat lift motor assembly requires replacement, the track and height adjust assembly must be repl aced, refer to

6.15 Track and Height Adjust Assembly.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–295

Page 1A7A–295

6.19 Front Seat Fore/Aft Movement Motor

Assembly

The front seat fore/aft movement motor assembl y is a non-serviceable item.

If the front seat fore/aft movement motor or drive shafts require replacement, the track and height adjus t assembly must

be replaced, refer to 6.15 Track and Height Adjust Assembly.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–296

Page 1A7A–296

6.20 Front Seat-back Recline Motor Assembly

The front seat-back recline motor assembly is a non-serviceable item.

If the front seat-back recline motor assembly requires replacement, the fron t seat-back frame assembly must be

replaced, refer to 6.13 Front Seat-back Frame Assembly.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–297

Page 1A7A–297

6.21 Drive Motor Hall-effect Sensors

The front seat drive motor hall-effect sensors are non-serviceable items.

If the front seat fore/aft movement and/or front seat lift motor hall-effect sensors require replacement, the track and

height adjust assembly must be replaced, refer to 6.15 Track and Heig ht Adjust Assembly.

If the seat-back recline motor hall-effect sensor requires replacement, the front seat-back frame assem bly must be

replaced, refer to 6.13 Front Seat-back Frame Assembly.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–298

Page 1A7A–298

7 Diagnostics – Front Seat, Coupe

This Section provides charts to assist in the diagnosis and repa ir of front seats. Refer to 6.1 Front Seat Usage C hart for

a full listing of the different types of seats fitted to Coupe vehicles. Included in that Section are ill ustrated parts

breakdowns of the various seats.

7.1 Prerequisites

Safety Requirements

When operating the seat as part of any Steps

in the diagnostic tables, ensure that fingers

and limbs are clear of mo ving parts.

Equipment

The following equipment is required to diagnose the seats:

• an unpowered test lamp with a current dra w of less than 3 A, and

• a digital multimeter with a minimum impe dance of 10 MΩ.

Testing Procedures

The following points must be adhered to

when performing diagnostic testing on

components:

• Take care when using testing equipment

to diagnose wiring harness connectors. It

is preferred that the technician backprobe

the connector to avoid terminal damage.

• When tests are required on connector

terminals, use the adapters in the

connector adapter kit KM–609 to prevent

damage to the terminals.

• Unless the multimeter being used has an

auto-ranging function, ensure the correct

range is selected.

• When backpro bing connectors, ensure the

test lamp ground lead is connected to an

appropriate ground point on the vehicle.

Ensure this ground point is not part of the

circuit being tested.

NOTE

When following the steps in th e diagnostic tables,

perform them in the order cited. If the required

nominal value or result is not achi eved, rectif y t he

problem before proceeding any further.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–299

Page 1A7A–299

7.2 Mechanical Diagnosis, All

Lumbar Support Inoperative

Introduction

This test is used to aid in diagnosing the lumbar support as sembly.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

1 Checks if the lumbar support knob is properly engaging the lumbar support adjuster. Check the knob for cracks and

worn splines.

2 Checks if the lumbar support assembly is damage d or worn and if the retaining springs are serviceable and

securely attached to the seat back frame assembly.

3 Checks if the lumbar support assembly is serviceable and if the lumber support assembly strap is operating

correctly within the guide rails.

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Remov e the lu mbar support knob, refer to 6.11 Lumbar Support Knob

Assembly.

Is the lumbar support adjust knob serviceable? Go to Step 2

Replace the knob,

refer to 6.11

Lumbar Support

Knob Assembly

2 1 Remov e the seat-back cover.

2 Inspect the lumbar support retainers and spri ngs.

Are the lumbar support retaining spri ngs serviceable and securel y

attached to the seat-back frame assembly? Go to Step 3

Replace or reattach

the retaining

springs, refer to

6.12 Front Seat-

back Pad and Cover

Assembly

3 1 Visually inspect the lumbar support assembl y. Check for broken

or worn parts.

2 Check the strap running across the lumber s upport assembly is

serviceable and running freely within the guide rails.

NOTE

You may need to attach the lumber support knob to

actuate the strap.

Is the lumbar support assembly serviceabl e? System serviceable

Replace lumbar

support assembly or

resecure lumbar

support assembly

strap ensuring strap

is not binding with

guide rails, refer to

6.13 Front Seat-

back Frame

Assembly

When all diagno sis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–300

Page 1A7A–300

EZ-entry Lever Function Inoperative

Introduction

The EZ-entry lever arm uses a cable to release the seat-back. There is also an electrical component to the operation that

will drive the seat forward using front seat fo re/aft movement motor. This diagnostic table covers the mechanical aspect

of the lever arm and cable being ino perative.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

1 Checks if the EZ-entry lever arm is serviceable. The lever arm engages a frame assembly which is connected to

EZ-entry cable assembly.

2 The EZ-entry lever arm and its spring clip are the only serviceable items a s far as the mechanical action of this

system is concerned. Due to safety requirements, if the EZ -entry lever function does not operate after the lever arm

has been checked for serviceabil ity and correct installation, the seat-back frame assembly must be replaced.

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Remove the EZ-entry lever arm, refer to 6.9 EZ-entry Release Lever

and Escutcheon.

Is the EZ-entry lever arm serviceable? Go to Step 2

Replace the lever

arm, refer to 6.9

EZ-entry Release

Lever and

Escutcheon

2 Install the EZ-entry lever arm ensuring the spring clip and l ever arm

engage properly, refer to 6.9 EZ-entry Release Lever and

Escutcheon.

Does the EZ-entry lever function operate? System serviceable

Replace the front

seat-back frame

assembly, refer to

6.13 Front Seat-

back Frame

Assembly

When all diagno sis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–301

Page 1A7A–301

7.3 Electrical Diagnosis – Eight-way Seat,

Non-memory

Neither Seat Adjustment Switch Functions Operate

Introduction

This test is used to aid in diagnosing the seat power and ground circ uits if neither seat oper ates w hen eith er seat

adjustment switch is operated.

Circuit Description

Both front seats have common power and ground circuits. If either of these circuits become unserviceable, the electrical

operation of both seats will be affected.

Refer to the following diagrams in this Section to aid in diagnosing the seat adjustment switch and associated

components:

• Wiring Diagram – Driver's Seat, Non-memory, LHD and Connector Chart – Driver's Seat, Non-memory, LHD, or

• Wiring Diagram – Passenger's Seat, Non-memory, RHD and

Connector Chart – Passenger's Seat, Non-memory, RHD and LHD, or

• Wiring Diagram – Passenger's Seat, Non-memory, LHD and

Connector Chart – Passenger's Seat, Non-memory, RHD and LHD.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

1 Checks if battery voltage is more than 11.5 V. The seat motors require more than 11.5 V to operate correctly.

2 Checks if circuit breaker F2 located on the passenger compartment fuse and relay panel assembly is tripped.

Isolates if circuit breaker F2 is the fault affecting the circuit between the battery and connector X200 pin 19.

3 Checks if fusible link F105 located on the engine compartment fuse and relay panel assembly is serviceable.

Isolates if the fusible link is the fault affecting the circuit between the battery and connector X200 pin 19.

4 Checks if connector X200 is secure.

5 Checks if there is battery voltage at connector X200 pin 19. Isolates if the fault is between the battery and

connector X200 pin 19. If the fault in the circuit is between connectors X200 pin 19 and either X308 pin B or

X315 pin 3, only one seat will operate.

6 Checks if there is battery voltage at circuit breaker F2. Isolates whether the fault is betwe en the battery and circuit

breaker F2 or between circuit breaker F2 and connector X200 pin 19.

7 Checks if there is battery voltage at fusible link F105. Isolates whether the fault is between the battery and fusible

link F105 or between fusible link F105 and circuit breaker F2.

8 Checks if the ground point associated with the system is serviceable.

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to 12P Wiring Diagram s.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–302

Page 1A7A–302

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Check the battery voltage, refer to 12A Battery and Cables.

Is the battery voltage more than 11.5 V? Go to Step 2

Refer to 12A

Battery and Cables

for further

diagnosis

2 Inspect circuit breaker F2 (refer to Note 3).

Is circuit breaker F2 tripped?

Allow the circuit

breaker to reset

(refer to Note 3).

If the circuit breaker

trips again, repair

or replace circuit

540 (refer to

Note 2) Go to Step 3

3 Inspect fusible link F105 (refer to Note 3).

Is fuse F105 serviceable?

Go to Step 4

Replace the fusible

link.

If the fusible link

becomes

unserviceable

again, repair or

replace circuit 342

(refer to Note 2)

4 Is connector X200 secure (refer to Note 3)? Go to Step 5 Ensure the

connector is secure

5 Backprobe connector X200 pin 19 with a test lamp (refer to Note 1).

Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 8 Go to Step 6

6 1 Remove circuit breaker F2 from the passenger compartme nt

fuse and relay panel assembly.

2 Using a test lamp, probe connector X12 9 – X45 pin 2 (refer to

Note 1).

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Repair or replace

circuit 540 between

circuit breaker F2

and connector

X200 pin 19 (refer

to Note 2) Go to Step 7

7 1 Remove the fusible link F105.

2 Using a test lamp, probe connector X18-105 (refer to Note 1).

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Repair or replace

circuit 342 between

fusible link F105

and circuit breaker

F2 (refer to Note 2)

Repair or replace

circuit 1 between

the battery and

fusible link F105

(refer to Note 2)

8 Ensure the following ground point is secure and has good contact

with the vehicle structure:

• X118 – GP12 located in the middle of the transmission tunnel.

Is the ground point secure to the vehicle with a good contact?

Repair or replace

circuit 650 (refer to

Note 2) Repair ground point

When all diagno sis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–303

Page 1A7A–303

EZ-entry Electrical Self Test Diagnosis – Eight-w ay Seat, Non-Memory

Introduction

The non-memory type seat provides the technician with in-built diagnostics. The diag no sti c s indic ator is a green LED

located on the seat EZ-entry module. The LED can be viewed through the small hole in the outer side lower seat side

cover. To gain access, it is necessary to partially remove the seat outer side cover. Refer to

6.4 Front Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.

The chart in this Section displays the error codes and fault description.

If the error code is above ten, the indication will consist of a single flash, a short delay and then the number of flashes

corresponding to the error. A longer delay will occur between error code indications.

EZ-entry Diagnostics

Flashes Description of Error Reference

2 No Passenger Pres ence Detector

(PPD) detected Driver's Seat Occupant Sensing Mat Test in 7.4 Electrical

Diagnosis – Driver's Seat, Non-memory, LHD or Passenger's

Seat Occupant Sensing Mat Test in 7.5 Electrical Diagnosis –

Passenger's Seat, Non-memory.

3 PPD weight detec ted > 15 kg Driver's Seat Occupant Sensing Mat Test in 7.4 Electrical

Diagnosis – Driver's Seat, Non-memory, LHD or Passenger's

Seat Occupant Sensing Mat Test in 7.5 Electrical Diagnosis –

Passenger's Seat, Non-memory.

6 Battery voltage low 12A Battery and Cables.

7 Button stuck detected 7.4 Electrical Diagnosis – Driver's Seat, Non-memory, LHD or

7.5 Electrical Diagnosis – Passenger's Seat, Non-memory

8 Dump latch active Driver's Seat EZ-entry Switch Function is Inoperative in

7.4 Electrical Diagnosis – Driver's Seat, Non-memory, LHD or

Passenger's Seat EZ-entry Switch Function is Inoperative in

7.5 Electrical Diagnosis – Passenger's Seat, Non-memory.

9 Return button active Driver's Seat Return Switch Function is Inoperative in

7.4 Electrical Diagnosis – Driver's Seat, Non-memory, LHD or

Passenger's Seat Return Switch Function is Inoperative in

7.5 Electrical Diagnosis – Passenger's Seat, Non-memory.

11 Forward track switch active 3.6 Eight-way Seat Adjustment Switch Test.

12 Reverse track switch active 3.6 Eight-way Seat Adjustment Switch Test.

13 Recliner forward switch active 3.6 Eight-way Seat Adjustment Switch Test.

14 Recliner backward switch active 3.6 Eight-way Seat Adjustment Switch Test.

15 At full forward position Driver’s Seat Fore/Aft Function is Inoperative or Not Sm ooth in

7.4 Electrical Diagnosis – Driver's Seat, Non-memory, LHD or

Passenger’s Seat Fore/Aft Function is Inoperative or Not Smooth

in 7.5 Electrical Diagnosis – Passenger's Seat, Non-memory.

16 At full rearward position Driver’s Seat Fore/Aft Function is Inoperative or Not Smooth in

7.4 Electrical Diagnosis – Driver's Seat, Non-memory, LHD or

Passenger’s Seat Fore/Aft Function is Inoperative or Not Smooth

in 7.5 Electrical Diagnosis – Passenger's Seat, Non-memory.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–304

Page 1A7A–304

7.4 Electrical Diagnosis – Driver's Seat, Non-

memory, LHD

The charts in this Section are used to aid in diagnosing faults on the driver's ei ght-way seat, non-memory. To aid in the

use of the diagnostic tables, refer to Wiring Diagram – Driver's Seat, Non-memory, LHD and

Connector Chart – Driver's Seat, Non-memory, LHD in this Section.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–305

Page 1A7A–305

Wiring Diagram – Driver's Seat, Non-memory, LHD

Figure 1A7A – 174

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–306

Page 1A7A–306

Connector Chart – Driver's Seat, Non-memory, LHD

Figure 1A7A – 175

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–307

Page 1A7A–307

None of the Driver’s Seat Adjustment Switch Functions Operate

Introduction

This test is used to aid in diagnosing the driver’s seat adjustment switch when none of the switch functions operate. The

test diagnoses the driver’s seat adjustment switch and associated power and ground circuits.

Circuit Description

The seat adjustment switch provides manual control for the driver's seat. It is connected by a harness to the seat EZ-

entry module, and the seat front lift and seat rear lift motors.

Refer to Wiring Diagram – Driver's Seat, Non -memory, LHD and Connector Chart – Driver's Seat, Non-memory, LHD in

this Section to aid in diagnosing the seat EZ-entry module and associated components.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

1 Checks if all of the passenger’s seat functions work. If none of them work, the fault is not isolated to the driver’s

seat only.

2 Checks if there is battery power at connector X315 pi n 3. Isolates if there i s a fault in circuit 540 between

connectors X200 pin 19 and X315 pin 3.

3 Checks if all the connectors required for the seat to operate effectively are in place a nd positively connected.

4 Checks if there is battery power at connector A138 – X1 pin 5. Isolates if there is a fault in circuit 540 between

connectors A138 – X1 pin 5 and X315 pin 3.

5 Checks if there is battery power at connector A138 – X1 pin 12. Isolates if there is a fault with the EZ-entry module.

6 Checks if there is battery power at connector S51 – X1 pi n 5. Isolates if there is a fault in circuit 1674 between

connectors S51 – X1 pin 5 and A138 – X1 pin 12.

7 Checks if the driver’s seat adjustment switch is serviceable.

8 Checks if there is continuity between connectors S51 – X1 pin 1 and X315 pin 1 which supplies the ground circuit

for the driver’s seat adjustment switch. Isolates whether the re is a fault between the switch and connector

X315 pin 1 or bet ween con nector X315 pin 1 and the ground point.

9 Checks if there is continuity between connectors A138 – X1 pin 4 and X315 pin 1. Isolates whether there is a fault

between the seat adjustment switch and connector A138 – X1 pin 4 or between connectors A138 – X1 pin 4 and

X315 pin 1.

10 Checks if there is continuity between connector A138 – X1 pins 15 and 4. Isolates whether there is a fault between

the seat adjustment switch and connector A1 38 – X1 pin 15 or the EZ-entry module is at fault.

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to 12P Wirin g Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–308

Page 1A7A–308

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Are all of the passenger’s seat adjustment switch functions

inoperative? Refer to Neither

Seat Adjustment

Switch Functions

Operate in 7.3

Electrical Diagnosis

– Eight-way Seat,

Non-memory Go to Step 2

2 Backprobe connector X315 pin 3 with a test lamp (refer to Note 1).

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Go to Step 3

Repair or replace

circuit 540 between

connectors

X200 pin 19 an d

X315 pin 3 (refer to

Note 2)

3 Are the following connectors secure (refer to Note 3)?

• A138

• S51

• X315

• Y64

• Y67

• Y69

• Y74 Go to Step 4

Ensure the

connectors are

secure (refer to

Note 1)

4 Backprobe connector A138 – X1 pin 5 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Go to Step 5

Repair or replace

circuit 540 between

connectors

A138 – X1 pin 5

and X315 pin 3

(refer to Note 2)

5 Backprobe connector A138 – X1 pin 12 with a test lamp (refer to Note

1).

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Go to Step 6

Replace the

driver’s seat

EZ-entry module,

refer to 6.4 Front

Seat Outer Side

Cover Assembly

6 Backprobe connector S51 – X1 pin 5 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 7

Repair or replace

circuit 1674 (refer

to Note 2)

7 1 Remove the driver’s seat adjustment switch from the seat, refer

to 6.4 Front Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.

2 Test the driver’s seat adjustment switch, refer to 3.6 Eight-way

Seat Adjustment Switch Test.

Is the driver’s seat adjustment switch serviceable? Go to Step 8

Replace the

driver’s seat

adjustment switch,

refer to 6.4 Front

Seat Outer Side

Cover Assembly

8 1 Backprobe connector X315 pin 1 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

2 Operate the driver’s seat adjustment switch in any of the

available directions.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Repair or replace

circuit 650 between

connector

X315 pin 1 and

ground point

X118 – GP12 (refer

to Note 2) Go to Step 9

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–309

Page 1A7A–309

Step Action Yes No

9 1 Backprobe connector A138 – X1 pin 4 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

2 Operate the driver’s seat adjustment switch in any of the

available directions.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Repair or replace

circuit 650 between

connectors

A138 – X1 pin 4

and X315 pin 1

(refer to Note 2) Go to Step 10

10 1 Backprobe connector A138 – X1 pin 15 with a test lamp (refer

to Note 1).

2 Operate the driver’s seat adjustment switch in any of the

available directions.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Replace the

driver’s seat

EZ-entry module,

refer to 6.4 Front

Seat Outer Side

Cover Assembly

Repair or replace

circuit 151 (refer to

Note 2)

When all diagno sis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–310

Page 1A7A–310

Front/Rear of the Driver’s Seat Does Not Raise and/or Lower

Introduction

This test is used to aid in diagnosing the front and/or the rear of the driver’s seat not raising and/or lowering. T he test

diagnoses the seat adjustmen t switch and the motor circuits.

Circuit Description

The seat front lift and seat rear lift motors are controlled by the seat adjustment switch, which provid es power and ground

for the motors. The polarity of the motors are alternated to change the direction of the motors.

Refer to Wiring Diagram – Driver's Seat, Non -memory, LHD and Connector Chart – Driver's Seat, Non-memory, LHD in

this Section to aid in diagnosing the seat adj ustment switch and associated components.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

1 Checks if the driver’s seat adjustment switch operates the seat in any direction. Isolates if the power and ground

circuits are at fault.

2 Checks if all the connectors required for the seat to operate effectively are in place a nd positively connected.

3 Checks if the driver’s seat adjustment switch is serviceable.

4 Confirms whether the rear of the seat raises or lowers. Isolates if the seat rear lift motor and circuit of the seat is the

fault.

5 Confirms whether the front of the seat raises or lo wers. Isolates if the seat front lift motor and circuit of the seat is

the fault.

6 Checks if there is battery power to the seat rear lift motor at connector Y69 – X1 pin 1. Isolates if there is a fault in

circuit 282 that supplies battery po wer to the motor to raise the rear of the seat.

7 Checks if there is battery power to the seat rear lift motor at connector Y69 – X1 pin 5. Isolates whether the fault is

in circuit 283 that supplies battery power to the motor to lower the rear of the seat or the motor is faulty. As the

direction of the motor is changed by reversing the polarity, this Step also confirms if the ground circuit from Step 6

is serviceable.

8 Checks if there is battery power to the seat front lift motor at connector Y67 – X1 pin 1. Isolates if there is a fault in

circuit 286 that supplies battery po wer to the motor to raise the front of the seat.

9 Checks if there is battery power to the seat front lift motor at connector Y67 – X1 pin 5. Isolates whether the fault is

in circuit 287 that supplies battery power to the motor to lower the front of the seat or the motor is faulty. As the

direction of the motor is changed by reversing the polarity, this Step also confirms if the ground circuit from Step 8

is serviceable.

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to 12P Wirin g Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–311

Page 1A7A–311

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Does the driver’s seat adjustment switch operate the seat correctly in

any of the eight directions?

Go to Step 2

Refer to None of

the Driver’s Seat

Adjustment Switch

Functions Operate

in this Section

2 Are the following connectors secure (refer to Note 3)?

• A138

• S51

• Y67

• Y69 Go to Step 3

Ensure the

connectors are

secure

3 1 Remove the driver’s seat adjustment switch from the seat, refer

to 6.4 Front Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.

2 Test the driver’s seat adjustment switch, refer to 3.6 Eight-way

Seat Adjustment Switch Test.

Is the driver’s seat adjustment switch serviceable? Go to Step 4

Replace the

driver’s seat

adjustment switch,

refer to 6.4 Front

Seat Outer Side

Cover Assembly

4 Operate the driver’s seat adjustment switch to raise or lower the rear

of the seat.

Does the rear of the seat raise and lower? Go to Step 5 Go to Step 6

5 Operate the driver’s seat adjustment switch to raise or lower the front

of the seat.

Does the front of the seat raise and lower? System serviceable Go to Step 8

6 1 Backprobe connector Y69 – X1 pin 1 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

2 Operate the driver’s seat adjustment switch to raise the rear of

the seat.

Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 7

Repair or replace

circuit 282 (refer to

Note 2)

7 1 Backprobe connector Y69 – X1 pin 5 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

2 Operate the driver’s seat adjustment switch to lower the rear of

the seat.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Replace the seat

rear lift motor, refer

to 6.18 Front Seat

Lift Motor

Assemblies

Repair or replace

circuit 283 (refer to

Note 2)

8 1 Backprobe connector Y67 – X1 pin 1 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

2 Operate the driver’s seat adjustment switch to raise the front of

the seat.

Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 9

Repair or replace

circuit 286 (refer to

Note 2)

9 1 Backprobe connector Y67 – X1 pin 5 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

2 Operate the driver’s seat adjustment switch to lower the front of

the seat.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Replace the seat

front lift motor, refer

to 6.18 Front Seat

Lift Motor

Assemblies

Repair or replace

circuit 287 (refer to

Note 2)

When all diagno sis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–312

Page 1A7A–312

Driver’s Seat Fore/Aft Function is Inoperative or Not Smooth

Introduction

This test is used to aid in diagnosi ng the fore/aft movement function of the driver’s seat being inoperative or the action of

the seat through the range of movement is not smooth. The test diagnoses the seat adjustment switch and the motor

circuits.

Circuit Description

The seat fore/aft movement motor is controlled by the seat EZ-entry module which provides power and ground for the

motor. The polarity of the motor is alternated to change the direction of the motor.

Refer to Wiring Diagram – Driver's Seat, Non -memory, LHD and Connector Chart – Driver's Seat, Non-memory, LHD in

this Section to aid in diagnosing the seat fore/aft movement motor and associated components.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

1 Checks if the driver’s seat adjustment switch operates the seat in any direct ion. Isolates if there is battery power to

the switch assembly.

2 Checks if there are any items obstructing the guide rails, which may stop or hinder the seat movement.

3 Checks if the guide rails and drive shafts have adequate lubricant applied t o provide a smooth operation of the

seat.

4 Checks if the guide rails or drive shafts have been damaged. An y binding between the moving parts will result in

poor operation of the fore and aft movement.

5 Checks if all the connectors required for the seat to operate effectively are in place a nd positively connected.

6 Checks if the driver’s seat adjustment switch is serviceable.

7 Checks if there is battery power to the seat fore/aft movement motor at connector Y64 – X1 pin 1. Isolates if there

is a fault between the switch and connector Y64 – X1 pin 1.

8 Checks if there is continuity between connectors S51 – X1 pin 6 and A138 – X1 pin 3. Isolates whether there is a

fault between the switch and connector A138 – X1 pin 3 or in circuit 285.

9 Checks if there is continuity between connectors S51 – X1 pin 6 and A138 – X1 pin 18. Isolates whether there is a

fault in circuit 1523 or the driver's seat EZ-entry module is at fault.

10 Checks if there is battery power to the seat fore/aft movement motor at connector Y64 – X1 pin 2. Isolates whether

there is a fault between the switch and connector Y64 – X1 pin 2 or the motor is faulty. As reversing the polarity

changes the direction of the motor, this Step also confirms if the ground circuit from Step 7 is serviceable.

11 Checks if there is continuity between connectors S51 – X1 pin 3 and A138 – X1 pin 14. Isolates whether there is a

fault between the switch and connector A138 – X1 pin 14 or in circuit 28 4.

12 Checks if there is continuity between connectors S51 – X1 pin 3 and A138 – X1 pin 17. Isolates whether there is a

fault in circuit 1522 or the driver's seat EZ-entry module is at fault.

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to 12P Wirin g Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–313

Page 1A7A–313

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Does the driver’s seat adjustment s witch operate the seat correctly in

any of the eight directions?

Go to Step 2

Refer to None of

the Driver’s Seat

Adjustment Switch

Functions Operate

in this Section

2 Are the guide rails free from obstructions? Go to Step 3 Remove the

obstructing item

3 Are the guide rails and drive shafts ade quately lubricated?

Go to Step 4

Apply a small

amount of grease

type NLGI No. 1

Lithium Grease

(with 9% Zinc

Oxide)

4 Do the guide rails or drive shafts bind at any point of travel duri ng the

fore and aft movement of the seat? Replace the track

and height adjust

assembly, refer to

6.15 Track and

Height Adjust

Assembly Go to Step 5

5 Are the following connectors secure (refer to Note 3)?

• A138

• S51

• Y64 Go to Step 6

Ensure the

connectors are

secure

6 1 Remove the driver’s seat adjustment switch from the seat, refer

to 6.4 Front Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.

2 Test the driver’s seat adjustment switch, refer to 3.6 Eight-way

Seat Adjustment Switch Test.

Is the driver’s seat adjustment switch serviceable? Go to Step 7

Replace the

driver’s seat

adjustment switch,

refer to 6.4 Front

Seat Outer Side

Cover Assembly

7 1 Backprobe connector Y64 – X1 pin 1 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

2 Operate the driver’s seat adjustment switch to move the seat

forward.

Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 10 Go to Step 8

8 1 Backprobe connector A138 – X1 pin 3 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

2 Operate the driver’s seat adjustment switch to move the seat

forward.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Repair or replace

circuit 285 (refer to

Note 2) Go to Step 9

9 1 Backprobe connector A138 – X1 pin 18 with a test lamp (refer

to Note 1).

2 Operate the driver’s seat adjustment switch to move the seat

forward.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Replace the

driver’s seat

EZ-entry module,

refer to 6.4 Front

Seat Outer Side

Cover Assembly

Repair or replace

circuit 1523 (refer

to Note 2)

10 1 Backprobe connector Y64 – X1 pin 2 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

2 Operate the driver’s seat adjustment switch to move the seat

aft.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Replace the seat

fore/aft movement

motor, refer to 6.19

Front Seat Fore/Aft

Movement Motor

Assembly Go to Step 11

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–314

Page 1A7A–314

Step Action Yes No

11 1 Backprobe connector A138 – X1 pin 14 with a test lamp (refer

to Note 1).

2 Operate the driver’s seat adjustment switch to move the seat

aft.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Repair or replace

circuit 284 (refer to

Note 2) Go to Step 12

12 1 Backprobe connector A138 - X1 pin 17 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

2 Operate the driver’s seat adjustment switch to move the seat

aft.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Replace the

driver’s seat EZ-

entry module, refer

to 6.4 Front Seat

Outer Side Cover

Assembly

Repair or replace

circuit 1522 (refer

to Note 2)

When all diagno sis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–315

Page 1A7A–315

Driver’s Seat Recline Forward and/or Aft Function is Inoperative

Introduction

This test is used to aid in diagnosing the recline function of the driver’s seat being inoperative. The test diagnoses the

seat adjustment switch and the motor circuits.

Circuit Description

The front seat-back recline motor is controlled by the seat EZ-entry module which provide s power and ground for the

motor. The polarity of the motor is alternated to change the direction of the motor.

Refer to Wiring Diagram – Driver's Seat, Non -memory, LHD and Connector Chart – Driver's Seat, Non-memory, LHD in

this Section to aid in diagnosing the seat recline motor and associated components.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

1 Checks if the driver’s seat adjustment switch operates the seat in any direct ion. Isolates if there is battery power to

the switch assembly.

2 Checks if all the connectors required for the seat to operate effectively are in place a nd positively connected.

3 Checks if the driver’s seat adjustment switch is serviceable.

4 Checks if there is battery power to the seat recline motor at connector Y74 – X1 pin 1. Isolates if there is a fault

between the switch and con nector Y74 – X1 pin 1.

5 Checks if there is continuity between connectors S51 – X1 pin 2 and A138 – X2 pin 2. Isolates whether there is a

fault between the switch and connector A138 – X2 pin 2 or in circuit 276.

6 Checks if there is continuity between connectors S51 – X1 pin 2 and A138 – X1 pin 2. Isolates whether there is a

fault in circuit 1269 or the driver's seat EZ-entry module is at fault.

7 Checks if there is battery power to the seat recline motor at connector Y74 – X1 pin 5. Isolates whether there is a

fault between the switch and connector Y74 – X1 pin 5 or the motor is fault y. As reversing the polarity changes the

direction of the motor, this Step also confirms if the ground circuit from Step 4 is servicea ble.

8 Checks if there is continuity between connectors S51 – X1 pin 4 and A138 – X2 pin 3. Isolates whether there is a

fault between the switch and connector A138 – X2 pin 3 or in circuit 277.

9 Checks if there is continuity between connectors S51 – X1 pin 4 and A138 – X1 pin 1. Isolates whether there is a

fault in circuit 1270 or the driver's seat EZ-entry module is at fault.

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to 12P Wirin g Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–316

Page 1A7A–316

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Does the driver’s seat adjustment s witch operate the seat correctly in

any of the eight directions?

Go to Step 2

Refer to None of

the Driver’s Seat

Adjustment Switch

Functions Operate

in this Section

2 Are the following connectors secure (refer to Note 3)?

• A138

• S51

• Y74 Go to Step 3

Ensure the

connectors are

secure

3 1 Remove the driver’s seat adjustment switch from the seat, refer

to 6.4 Front Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.

2 Test the driver’s seat adjustment switch, refer to 3.6 Eight-way

Seat Adjustment Switch Test.

Is the driver’s seat adjustment switch serviceable? Go to Step 4

Replace the

driver’s seat

adjustment switch,

refer to 6.4 Front

Seat Outer Side

Cover Assembly

4 1 Backprobe connector Y74 – X1 pin 1 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

2 Operate the driver’s seat adjustment switch to move the

seat-back forward.

Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 7 Go to Step 5

5 1 Backprobe connector A138 – X2 pin 2 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

2 Operate the driver’s seat adjustment switch to move the

seat-back forward.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Repair or replace

circuit 276 (refer to

Note 2) Go to Step 6

6 1 Backprobe connector A138 – X1 pin 2 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

2 Operate the driver’s seat adjustment switch to move the

seat-back forward.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Replace the

driver’s seat

EZ-entry module,

refer to 6.4 Front

Seat Outer Side

Cover Assembly

Repair or replace

circuit 1269 (refer

to Note 2)

7 1 Backprobe connector Y74 – X1 pin 5 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

2 Operate the driver’s seat adjustment switch to move the

seat-back aft.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Replace the front

seat-back recline

motor, refer to 6.20

Front Seat-back

Recline Motor

Assembly Go to Step 8

8 1 Backprobe connector A138 – X2 pin 3 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

2 Operate the driver’s seat adjustment switch to move the

seat-back aft.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Repair or replace

circuit 277 (refer to

Note 2) Go to Step 9

9 1 Backprobe connector A138 – X1 pin 1 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

2 Operate the driver’s seat adjustment switch to move the

seat-back aft.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Replace the

driver’s seat

EZ-entry module,

refer to 6.4 Front

Seat Outer Side

Cover Assembly.

Repair or replace

circuit 1270 (refer

to Note 2).

When all diagno sis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–317

Page 1A7A–317

Driver's Seat EZ-entry Switch Function is Inoperative

Introduction

The EZ-entry function is designed so that when the seat-back is released with the EZ-entry lever, the seat will move to its

fully forward position using the seat fore/aft movement motor. Once the seat has moved to its fully for ward position,

power to the seat fore/aft movement motor will cease. A switch attached to the seat-back activates the seat fore/aft

movement motor when the recline of the seat-back is moved forward after being released using the EZ-entry lever. This

test is used to aid in diagnosing the EZ-entry function of the driver's seat being inoperative. T he test diagnoses the EZ-

entry switch and associated circuits.

Circuit Description

The EZ-entry switch is connected to the seat EZ-entry module b y a har ness. The EZ-entry switch is a normally open type

switch.

Refer to Wiring Diagram – Driver's Seat, Non -memory, LHD and Connector Chart – Driver's Seat, Non-memory, LHD in

this Section to aid in diagnosing the EZ-entry switch and associated components.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

2 Checks if the seat fore/aft movement motor is serviceable.

3 Checks if there is battery power to the EZ-entry switch. Isolates if there is a fault with the driver's seat EZ-entry

module.

4 Checks if there is continuity between connector A138 – X2 pins 7 and 8. Isolates if the driver's seat EZ-entry

module is at fault.

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to 12P Wirin g Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Is the EZ-entry self diagnosis LED (located on the seat control

module) flashing? Refer to EZ-entry

Electrical Self Test

Diagnosis – Eight-

way Seat, Non-

Memory in this

Section Go to Step 2

2 Does the seat move in the fore/aft direction when operated by the

driver's seat adjustment switch?

Go to Step 3

Refer to Driver’s

Seat Fore/Aft

Function is

Inoperative or Not

Smooth in this

Section

3 Backprobe connector A138 – X2 pin 7 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Go to Step 4

Replace the driver’s

seat EZ-entry

module, refer to 6.4

Front Seat Outer

Side Cover

Assembly

4 1 Release the seat-back usi ng the EZ -entry lever.

2 Backprobe connector A138 – X2 pin 8 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Replace the driver’s

seat EZ-entry

module, refer to 6.4

Front Seat Outer

Side Cover

Assembly

Replace the driver's

seat EZ-entry

switch, refer to 6.10

EZ-entry Switch

and Release Cable

Assembly

When all diagno sis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–318

Page 1A7A–318

Driver's Seat Return Switch Function is Inoperative

Introduction

The seat return switch is located on the escu tcheon at the top of the seat-back. The switch function is to move the seat in

an aft direction after the EZ-entry function has been used and the recli ne of the seat has been placed upright. With the

seat return switch continuously pressed, the seat will move to its fully aft position, pausing for 2 secon ds at the seat

position where the EZ-entr y lever was operated. The test diagnoses the seat return s witch and associated circuits.

Circuit Description

The driver’s seat return s witch is connected to the seat EZ-entry module by a harness. The driver’s seat return switch is

a normally open t ype switch.

Refer to Wiring Diagram – Driver's Seat, Non -memory, LHD and Connector Chart – Driver's Seat, Non-memory, LHD in

this Section to aid in diagnosing the driver’s seat return switch and associated components.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

1 Checks if the seat fore/aft movement motor is serviceable.

2 Checks if the seat will move to its fully forward position when the seat-back is released using the EZ-entry lever.

Isolates if the EZ-entry switch function is serviceable.

3 Checks if the seat will move aft when the seat-back is in the upright position and the seat return switch is pressed.

Isolates if the seat return switch is serviceable.

4 Checks if the seat stops for 2 seconds at the position where the EZ-entry lever was released.

5 Checks if circuit 1246 is serviceable.

6 Checks the hall-effect sensor and associated circuits. Isolates whether the hall-effect sensor or the EZ-entry

module is faulty.

7 Checks if there is battery power at connector A138 – X2 pin 6. Isolates if there is a fault with the driver's seat

EZ-entry module.

8 Checks if there is continuity between connector A138 – X2 pins 1 and 6. Isolates if there is a fault with the seat

return switch and associated circuits.

9 Checks if there is continuity between connectors A138 – X2 pin 6 and S267 – X1 pin 2. Isolates if there is a fault in

circuit 1023.

10 Checks if there is continuity between connec tors S267 – X1 pin 1 and A138 – X2 pin 6. Isolates whether there is a

fault with the driver's seat return switch or in circuit 1022.

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to 12P Wirin g Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–319

Page 1A7A–319

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Does the seat move in the fore/aft direction when operated by the

driver's seat adjustment switch?

Go to Step 2

Refer to Driver’s

Seat Fore/Aft

Function is

Inoperative or Not

Smooth in this

Section

2 1 Move the seat forward from the rear most position and note its

position on the track.

2 Release the seat-back using the EZ-entry lever.

Does the seat move forward? Go to Step 3

Refer to Driver's

Seat EZ-entry

Switch Function is

Inoperative in this

Section

3 1 Move the seat-back to the upright position.

2 Press and hold the the seat return switch.

Does the seat move aft? Go to Step 4 Go to Step 7

4 Does the seat stop for 2 seconds at the position from where it was

unlatched and then continue to the aft most position of the track? System serviceable Go to Step 5

5 1 Disconnect connector A138 – X1 from the driver’s seat EZ-entry

module.

2 Using a multimeter set to measure resistance, probe between

connector A138 – X1 pins 6 and 16 (refer to Note 1).

Does the multimeter indicate continuity? Go to Step 6

Repair or repl ace

circuit 1246 (refer

to Note 2)

6 Te st the seat fore/aft movement motor hall-effect sensor, refer to

Driver's Seat Fore/Aft Movement Motor Hall-effect Sensor Test in this

Section.

Is the hall-effect sensor and circuit serviceable?

Replace the

driver’s seat

EZ-entry module,

refer to 6.4 Front

Seat Outer Side

Cover Assembly

Repair or repl ace

the driver’s seat

fore/aft movement

motor hall-effect

sensor or circuit,

refer to 6.21 Drive

Motor Hall-effect

Sensors

7 1 Connect connector A138 – X1 to the driver’s seat EZ-entry

module.

2 Backprobe connector A138 – X2 pin 6 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 8

Replace the

driver’s seat

EZ-entry module,

refer to 6.4 Front

Seat Outer Side

Cover Assembly

8 1 Backprobe connector A138 – X2 pin 1 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

2 Press the seat return sw itc h.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Replace the

driver’s seat

EZ-entry module,

refer to 6.4 Front

Seat Outer Side

Cover Assembly Go to Step 9

9 Backprobe connector S267 – X1 pin 2 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 10

Repair or repl ace

circuit 1023 (refer

to Note 2)

10 1 Backprobe connector S267 – X1 pin 1 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

2 Press the seat return sw itc h.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Repair or repl ace

circuit 1022 (refer

to Note 2)

Replace the driver's

seat return switch,

refer to 6.9 EZ-

entry Release

Lever and

Escutcheon

When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–320

Page 1A7A–320

Driver's Seat Fore/Aft Movement Motor Hall-effect Sensor Test

Introduction

This test is used to aid in diagnosing the seat fore/aft movement motor hall-effect sensor and associated circuits.

Circuit Description

The seat fore/aft movement motor hall-effect sensor provides a pulse signal to the seat EZ-entry module. This signal

represents the horizontal position of the seat.

Refer to Wiring Diagram – Driver's Seat, Non -memory, LHD and Connector Chart – Driver's Seat, Non-memory, LHD in

this Section to aid in diagnosing the seat EZ-entry module and associated components.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

1 Checks the AC output from the hall-effect sensor during operation.

2 Checks if the ground circuit is serviceable.

3 Checks if there is continuity between connectors Y64 – X1 and A138 – X1. Isolates if the hall- effect sensor is faulty.

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to 12P Wirin g Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

5 The AC voltage displayed will depend on the battery voltage supplied to the seat. At 16 V DC supply, the AC

voltage produced by the hall-effect sensor will be approximately 6 V. At 9 V DC suppl y, the AC volta ge produced by

the hall-effect sensor will be appro ximately 0.6 V.

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 1 Using a multimeter set to measure AC voltage, probe across

connector Y64 – X1 pins 3 and 4 (refer to No te 1).

2 Operate the seat adjustment switch to move the seat fore or aft.

Does the multimeter display 0 . 6 – 6 V (refer to Note 5)?

Hall-effect sensor

and associated

wiring serviceable Go to Step 2

2 Using a multimeter set to measure resistance, probe between

connector Y64 – X1 pin 3 and a known ground (refer to Note 1).

Does the multimeter indicate continuity? Go to Step 3

Repair or replace

circuit 151 (refer to

Note 2)

3 1 Disconnect connector A138 – X1 from the driver’s seat EZ -entry

module.

2 Using a multimeter set to measure resistance, probe between

connectors A138 – X1 pin 11 and Y64 – X1 pin 4 (refer to

Note 1).

Does the multimeter indicate continuity?

Replace the

hall-effect sensor,

refer to 6.21 ive

Motor Hall-effect

Sensors

Repair or replace

circuit 569 (refer to

Note 2)

When all diagno sis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–321

Page 1A7A–321

Driver's Seat Occupant Sensing Mat Test

Introduction

This test is used to aid in diagnosing the occupant sensing mat and associated circuits.

Circuit Description

The occupant sensing mat provides a signal to the seat EZ-entry module. T his signal represents the presence of a

passenger on the seat.

Refer to Wiring Diagram – Driver's Seat, Non -memory, LHD and Connector Chart – Driver's Seat, Non-memory, LHD in

this Section to aid in diagnosing the occupant sensing mat and associated circuits.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

1 Checks diode forward resistance of the Passenger Presence Detector (PPD).

2 Checks diode reverse resistance of the PPD.

3 Checks diode reverse resistance of the PPD with weight on seat.

4 Checks if there is continuity between connectors B180 – X1 pin 1 and A138 – X1 pin 9. Isolates if there is a fault in

circuit 5234.

5 Checks if there is continuity between connectors B180 – X1 pin 2 and A138 – X1 pin 10. Isolates if there is a fault

in circuit 529.

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to 12P Wirin g Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 1 Disconnect connector B180 – X1 from the occupant sensing

mat.

2 Using a multimeter set to measure resistance, connect red ( +)

probe to pin 1 and black (–) probe to pin 2 of the occupant

sensing mat (refer to Note 1).

Does the multimeter indicate continuity? Go to Step 2

Replace the

occupant sensing

mat, refer to 6.16

Front Seat Cushion

Pad and Cover

Assembly

2 Using a multimeter set to measure resistance, connect red (+) probe

to pin 2 and black (–) probe to pin 1 of the occupant sensing mat

(refer to Note 1).

Does the multimeter indicate greater than 50 kΩ?

Go to Step 3

Replace the

occupant sensing

mat, refer to 6.16

Front Seat Cushion

Pad and Cover

Assembly

3 1 Place a weight greater than 15 kg on the seat.

2 Using a multimeter set to measure resistance, connect red ( +)

probe to pin 2 and black (–) probe to pin 1 of the occupant

sensing mat (refer to Note 1).

Does the multimeter indicate less than 50 kΩ? Go to Step 4

Replace the

occupant sensing

mat, refer to 6.16

Front Seat Cushion

Pad and Cover

Assembly

4 1 Disconnect connector A138 – X1 from the driver’s seat EZ-entry

module.

2 Using a multimeter set to measure resistance, probe between

connectors B180 – X1 pin 1 a nd A138 – X1 pin 9 (refer to Note

1).

Does the multimeter indicate continuity? Go to Step 5

Repair or replace

circuit 5234 (refer

to Note 2)

5 Using a multimeter set to measure resistance, probe between

connectors B180 – X1 pin 2 a nd A138 – X1 pin 10.

Does the multimeter indicate continuity?

Occupant sensing

mat and associated

wiring serviceable

Repair or replace

circuit 529 (refer to

Note 2)

When all diagno sis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–322

Page 1A7A–322

7.5 Electrical Diagnosis – Passenger's Seat,

Non-memory

The charts in this Section are used to aid in diagnosing faults on the passenger's seat, non-memory. To aid in the use of

the diagnostic tables, refer to Wiring Diagra m – Passenger's Seat, Non-memory, RHD and

Connector Chart – Passenger's Seat, Non-memory, RHD and LHD, or

Wiring Diagram – Passeng er's Seat, Non-memory, LHD and

Connector Chart – Passenger's Seat, Non-memory, RHD and LHD in this Section.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–323

Page 1A7A–323

Wiring Diagram – Passenger's Seat, Non-memory, RHD

Figure 1A7A – 176

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–324

Page 1A7A–324

Wiring Diagram – Passenger's Seat, Non-memory, LHD

Figure 1A7A – 177

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–325

Page 1A7A–325

Connector Chart – Passenger's Seat, Non-memory, RHD and LHD

Figure 1A7A – 178

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–326

Page 1A7A–326

None of the Passenger’s Seat Adjustment Switch Functions Operate

Introduction

This test is used to aid in diagnosing the passenger’s seat adjustment switch when none of the switch functions operate.

The test diagnoses the passenger’s seat adjustment switch and associated power and ground circuits.

Circuit Description

The seat adjustment switch provides manual control for the passenger’s seat. It is connected by a harness to the seat

EZ-entry module, and the seat front lift and seat rear lift motors.

Refer to Wiring Diagram – Passenger' s Seat, Non-memory, RHD and

Connector Chart – Passenger's Seat, Non-memory, RHD and LHD, or

Wiring Diagram – Passeng er's Seat, Non-memory, LHD and

Connector Chart – Passenger's Seat, Non-memory, RHD and LHD in this Section to aid in diagnosing the seat EZ-entry

module and associated components.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

1 Checks if all of the driver’s seat functions work. If none of them work, the fault is not isolated to the driver’s seat

only.

2 Checks if there is battery power at connector X308 pin B. Isolates if there is a fault in circuit 540 between

connectors X200 pin 19 and X308 pin B.

3 Checks if all the connectors required for the seat to operate effectively are in place a nd positively connected.

4 Checks if there is battery power at connector A138 – X1 pin 5. Isolates if there is a fault in circuit 540 between

connectors A138 – X1 pin 5 and X308 pin B.

5 Checks if there is battery power at connector A138 – X1 pin 12. Isolates if there is a fault with the EZ-entry module.

6 Checks if there is battery power at connector S176 – X1 pin 5. Isolates if there is a fault in circuit 1674 between

connectors S176 – X1 pin 5 a nd A138 – X1 pin 12.

7 Checks if the passenger’s seat adjustment switch is serviceable.

8 Checks if there is continuity between connectors S51 – X1 pin 1 and X308 pin A which supplies the ground circuit

for the driver’s seat adjustment switch. Isolates whether the re is a fault between the switch and connector

X308 pin A or between connector X308 pin A and the ground point.

9 Checks if there is continuity between connectors A138 – X1 pin 4 and X308 pin A. Isolates whether there is a fault

between the seat adjustment switch and connector A138 – X1 pin 4 or between connectors A138 – X1 pin 4 and

X308 pin A.

10 Checks if there is continuity between connector A138 – X1 pins 15 and 4. Isolates whether there is a fault between

the seat adjustment switch and connector A1 38 – X1 pin 15 or the EZ-entry module is at fault.

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to 12P Wirin g Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–327

Page 1A7A–327

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Are all of the driver's seat adjustment switch functions inoperative? Refer to Neither

Seat Adjustment

Switch Functions

Operate in 7.3

ectrical Diagnosis –

Eight-way Seat,

Non-memory Go to Step 2

2 Backprobe connector X308 pin B with a test lamp (refer to Note 1).

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Go to Step 3

Repair or replace

circuit 540 between

connectors

X200 pin 19 an d

X308 pin B (refer to

Note 2)

3 Are the following connectors secure (refer to Note 3)?

• A138

• S176

• X308

• Y81

• Y84

• Y86

• Y91 Go to Step 4

Ensure the

connectors are

secure

4 Backprobe connector A138 – X1 pin 5 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Go to Step 5

Repair or replace

circuit 540 between

connectors

A138 – X1 pin 5

and X308 pin B

(refer to Note 2)

5 Backprobe connector A138 – X1 pin 12 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Go to Step 6

Replace the

passenger’s seat

EZ-entry module,

refer to 6.4 Front

Seat Outer Side

Cover Assembly

6 Backprobe connector S176 – X1 pin 5 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 7

Repair or replace

circuit 1674 (refer

to Note 2)

7 1 Remove the passenger’s seat adjustment switch from the seat,

refer to 6.4 Front Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.

2 Test the passenger’s seat adjustment switch, refer to 3.6 Eight-

way Seat Adjustment Switch Test.

Is the passenger’s seat adjustment s witch serviceable? Go to Step 8

Replace the

passenger’s seat

adjustment switch,

refer to 6.4 Front

Seat Outer Side

Cover Assembly

8 1 Backprobe connector X308 pin A with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

2 Operate the passenger’s seat adjustment switch in any of the

available directions.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Repair or replace

circuit 650 between

connector

X308 pin A

and ground point

X118 – GP12 (refer

to Note 2) Go to Step 9

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–328

Page 1A7A–328

Step Action Yes No

9 1 Backprobe connector A138 – X1 pin 4 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

2 Operate the passenger’s seat adjustment switch in any of the

available directions.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Repair or replace

circuit 650 between

connectors

A138 – X1 pin 4

and X308 pin A

(refer to Note 2) Go to Step 10

10 1 Backprobe connector A138 – X1 pin 15 with a test lamp (refer

to Note 1).

2 Operate the passenger’s seat adjustment switch in any of the

available directions.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Replace the

passenger’s seat

EZ-entry module,

refer to 6.4 Front

Seat Outer Side

Cover Assembly

Repair or replace

circuit 151 (refer to

Note 2)

When all diagno sis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–329

Page 1A7A–329

Front/Rear of the Passenger’s Seat Does Not Raise and/or Lower

Introduction

This test is used to aid in diagnosing the front and/or the rear of the passenger’s seat not raising and/or lowering. The

test diagnoses the seat adjustment switch and the motor circuits.

Circuit Description

The seat front lift and rear lift motors are controlled by the seat adjustment switch, which provides power and ground for

the motors. The polarity of the motors are alternated to change the direction of the motors.

Refer to Wiring Diagram – Passenger' s Seat, Non-memory, RHD and

Connector Chart – Passenger's Seat, Non-memory, RHD and LHD, or

Wiring Diagram – Passeng er's Seat, Non-memory, LHD and

Connector Chart – Passenger's Seat, Non-memory, RHD and LHD in this Section to aid in diagnosing the seat

adjustment switch and the motor circuits.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

1 Checks if the passenger’s seat adjustment switch operates the seat in any direction. Isolates if the power and

ground circuits are at fault.

2 Checks if all the connectors required for the seat to operate effectively are in place a nd positively connected.

3 Checks if the passenger’s seat adjustment switch is serviceable.

4 Confirms whether the rear of the seat raises or lowers. Isolates if the seat rear lift motor and circuit of the seat is the

fault.

5 Confirms whether the front of the seat raises or lo wers. Isolates if the seat front lift motor and circuit of the seat is

the fault.

6 Checks if there is battery power to the seat rear lift motor at connector Y86 – X1 pin 1. Isolates if there is a fault in

circuit 288 that supplies battery po wer to the motor to raise the rear of the seat.

7 Checks if there is battery power to the seat rear lift motor at connector Y86 – X1 pin 5. Isolates whether the fault is

in circuit 289 that supplies battery power to the motor to lower the rear of the seat or the motor is faulty. As the

direction of the motor is changed by reversing the polarity, this Step also confirms if the ground circuit from Step 6

is serviceable.

8 Checks if there is battery power to the seat front lift motor at connector Y84 – X1 pin 1. Isolates if there is a fault in

circuit 297 that supplies battery po wer to the motor to raise the front of the seat.

9 Checks if there is battery power to the seat front lift motor at connector Y84 – X1 pin 5. Isolates whether the fault is

in circuit 298 that supplies battery power to the motor to lower the front of the seat or the motor is faulty. As the

direction of the motor is changed by reversing the polarity, this Step also confirms if the ground circuit from Step 8

is serviceable.

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to 12P Wirin g Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–330

Page 1A7A–330

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Does the passenger’s seat adjustment switch operate the seat

correctly in any of the eight directions?

Go to Step 2

Refer to None of

the Passenger’s

Seat Adjustment

Switch Functions

Operate in this

Section

2 Are the following connectors secure (refer to Note 3)?

• A138

• S176

• Y84

• Y86 Go to Step 3

Ensure the

connectors are

secure

3 1 Remove the passenger’s seat adjustment switch from the seat,

refer to 6.4 Front Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.

2 Test the passenger’s seat adjustment switch, refer to 3.6 Eight-

way Seat Adjustment Switch Test.

Is the passenger’s seat adjustment s witch serviceable? Go to Step 4

Replace the

passenger’s seat

adjustment switch,

refer to 6.4 Front

Seat Outer Side

Cover Assembly

4 Operate the passenger’s seat adjustment switch to raise or lower the

rear of the seat.

Does the rear of the seat raise and lo wer? Go to Step 5 Go to Step 6

5 Operate the passenger’s seat adjustment switch to raise or lower the

front of the seat.

Does the front of the seat raise and lower? System serviceable Go to Step 8

6 1 Backprobe connector Y86 – X1 pin 1 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

2 Operate the passenger’s seat adjustment switch to raise the

rear of the seat.

Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 7

Repair or replace

circuit 288 (refer to

Note 2)

7 1 Backprobe connector Y86 – X1 pin 5 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

2 Operate the passenger’s seat adjustment switch to lower the

rear of the seat.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Replace the seat

rear lift motor, refer

to 6.18 Front Seat

Lift Motor

Assemblies

Repair or replace

circuit 289 (refer to

Note 2)

8 1 Backprobe connector Y84 – X1 pin 1 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

2 Operate the passenger’s seat adjustment switch to raise the

front of the seat.

Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 9

Repair or replace

circuit 297 (refer to

Note 2)

9 1 Backprobe connector Y84 – X1 pin 5 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

2 Operate the passenger’s seat adjustment switch to lower the

front of the seat.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Replace the seat

front lift motor, refer

to 6.18 Front Seat

Lift Motor

Assemblies

Repair or replace

circuit 298 (refer to

Note 2)

When all diagno sis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–331

Page 1A7A–331

Passenger’s Seat Fore/Aft Function is Inoperative or Not Smooth

Introduction

This test is used to aid in diagnosing the fore/aft movement function of the passenger's seat being in operative or the

action of the seat through the range of movement is not smooth. The test diagnoses the seat adjustment switch and the

motor circuits.

Circuit Description

The seat fore/aft movement motor is controlled by the seat EZ-entry module which provides power and ground for the

motor. The polarity of the motor is alternated to change the direction of the motor.

Refer to Wiring Diagram – Passenger' s Seat, Non-memory, RHD and

Connector Chart – Passenger's Seat, Non-memory, RHD and LHD, or

Wiring Diagram – Passeng er's Seat, Non-memory, LHD and

Connector Chart – Passenger's Seat, Non-memory, RHD and LHD in this Section to aid in diagnosing the seat fore/aft

movement motor and associated components.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

1 Checks if the passenger's seat adjustment switch operates the seat in any direction. Isolates if there is battery

power to the switch assembly.

2 Checks if there are any items obstructing the guide rails, which may stop or hinder the seat movement.

3 Checks if the guide rails and drive shafts have adequate lubricant applied t o provide a smooth operation of the

seat.

4 Checks if the guide rails or drive shafts have been damaged. An y binding between the moving parts will result in

poor operation of the fore and aft movement.

5 Checks if all the connectors required for the seat to operate effectively are in place a nd positively connected.

6 Checks if the passenger's seat adjustment switch is serviceable.

7 Checks if there is battery power to the seat fore/aft movement motor at connector Y81 – X1 pin 1. Isolates if there

is a fault between the switch and connector Y81 – X1 pin 1.

8 Checks if there is continuity between connectors S176 – X1 pin 6 and A138 – X1 pin 3. Isolates whether there is a

fault between the switch and connector A138 – X1 pin 3 or in circuit 290.

9 Checks if there is continuity between connectors S176 – X1 pin 6 and A138 – X1 pin 18. Isolates whether there is a

fault in circuit 1523 or the passenger's seat EZ-entry module is at fault.

10 Checks if there is battery power to the seat fore/aft movement motor at connector Y81 – X1 pin 2. Isolates whether

there is a fault between the switch and connector Y81 – X1 pin 2 or the motor is faulty. As reversing the polarity

changes the direction of the motor, this Step also confirms if the ground circuit from Step 7 is serviceable.

11 Checks if there is continuity between connec tors S176 – X1 pin 3 and A138 – X1 pin 14. Isolates whether there is a

fault between the switch and connector A138 – X1 pin 14 or in circuit 29 6.

12 Checks if there is continuity between connec tors S176 – X1 pin 3 and A138 – X1 pin 17. Isolates whether there is a

fault in circuit 1522 or the passenger's seat EZ-entry module is at fault.

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to 12P Wirin g Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–332

Page 1A7A–332

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Does the passenger's seat adjustment switch operate the seat

correctly in any of the eight directions?

Go to Step 2

Refer to None of

the Passenger’s

Seat Adjustment

Switch Functions

Operate in this

Section

2 Are the guide rails free from obstructions? Go to Step 3 Remove the

obstructing item

3 Are the guide rails and drive shafts adequate ly lubricated?

Go to Step 4

Apply a small

amount of grease

type NLGI No. 1

Lithium Grease

(with 9% Zinc

Oxide)

4 Do the guide rails or drive shafts bind at any point of travel during the

fore and aft movement of the seat? Replace the track

and height adjust

assembly, refer to

6.15 Track and

Height Adjust

Assembly Go to Step 5

5 Are the following connectors secure (refer to Note 3)?

• A138

• S176

• Y81 Go to Step 6

Ensure the

connectors are

secure

6 1 Remove the passenger's seat adjustment switch from the seat,

refer to 6.4 Front Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.

2 Test the passenger's seat adjustment switch, refer to 3.6 Eight-

way Seat Adjustment Switch Test.

Is the passenger's seat adjustment s witch serviceable? Go to Step 7

Replace the

passenger's seat

adjustment switch,

refer to 6.4 Front

Seat Outer Side

Cover Assembly

7 1 Backprobe connector Y81 – X1 pin 1 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

2 Operate the passenger's seat adjustment switch to move the

seat forward.

Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 10 Go to Step 8

8 1 Backprobe connector A138 – X1 pin 3 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

2 Operate the passenger's seat adjustment switch to move the

seat forward.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Repair or replace

circuit 290 (refer to

Note 2) Go to Step 9

9 1 Backprobe connector A138 – X1 pin 18 with a test lamp (refer

to Note 1).

2 Operate the passenger's seat adjustment switch to move the

seat forward.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Replace the

passenger's seat

EZ-entry module,

refer to 6.4 Front

Seat Outer Side

Cover Assembly

Repair or replace

circuit 1523 (refer

to Note 2)

10 1 Backprobe connector Y81 – X1 pin 2 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

2 Operate the passenger's seat adjustment switch to move the

seat aft.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Replace the seat

fore/aft movement

motor, refer to 6.19

Front Seat Fore/Aft

Movement Motor

Assembly Go to Step 11

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–333

Page 1A7A–333

Step Action Yes No

11 1 Backprobe connector A138 – X1 pin 14 with a test lamp (refer

to Note 1).

2 Operate the passenger's seat adjustment switch to move the

seat aft.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Repair or replace

circuit 296 (refer to

Note 2) Go to Step 12

12 1 Backprobe connector

A138 – X1 pin 17 with a test lamp (refer to Note 1).

2 Operate the passenger's seat adjustment switch to move the

seat aft.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Replace the

passenger's seat

EZ-entry module,

refer to 6.4 Front

Seat Outer Side

Cover Assembly

Repair or replace

circuit 1522 (refer

to Note 2)

When all diagno sis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–334

Page 1A7A–334

Passenger's Seat Recline Forward and/or Aft Function is Inoperative

Introduction

This test is used to aid in diagnosing the recline function of the passenger's seat being inoperative. The test diagnoses

the seat adjustment switch and the motor circuits.

Circuit Description

The front seat-back recline motor is controlled by the seat EZ-entry module which provide s power and ground for the

motor. The polarity of the motor is alternated to change the direction of the motor.

Refer to Wiring Diagram – Passenger' s Seat, Non-memory, RHD and

Connector Chart – Passenger's Seat, Non-memory, RHD and LHD, or

Wiring Diagram – Passeng er's Seat, Non-memory, LHD and

Connector Chart – Passenger's Seat, Non-memory, RHD and LHD in this Section to aid in diagnosing the seat recline

motor and associated components.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

1 Checks if the passenger's seat adjustment switch operates the seat in any direction. Isolates if there is battery

power to the switch assembly.

2 Checks if all the connectors required for the seat to operate effectively are in place a nd positively connected.

3 Checks if the passenger's seat adjustment switch is serviceable.

4 Checks if there is battery power to the seat recline motor at connector Y91 – X1 pin 1. Isolates if there is a fault

between the switch and con nector Y91 – X1 pin 1.

5 Checks if there is continuity between connectors S176 – X1 pin 2 and A138 – X2 pin 2. Isolates whether there is a

fault between the switch and connector A138 – X2 pin 2 or in circuit 76.

6 Checks if there is continuity between connectors S176 – X1 pin 2 and A138 – X1 pin 2. Isolates whether there is a

fault in circuit 1269 or the passenger's seat EZ-entry module is at fault.

7 Checks if there is battery power to the seat recline motor at connector Y91 – X1 pin 5. Isolates whether there is a

fault between the switch and connector Y91 – X1 pin 5 or the motor is fault y. As reversing the polarity changes the

direction of the motor, this Step also confirms if the ground circuit from Step 4 is servicea ble.

8 Checks if there is continuity between connectors S176 – X1 pin 4 and A138 – X2 pin 3. Isolates whether there is a

fault between the switch and connector A138 – X2 pin 3 or in circuit 77.

9 Checks if there is continuity between connectors S176 – X1 pin 4 and A138 – X1 pin 1. Isolates whether there is a

fault in circuit 1270 or the passenger's seat EZ-entry module is at fault.

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to 12P Wirin g Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–335

Page 1A7A–335

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Does the passenger's seat adjustment switch operate the seat

correctly in any of the eight directions?

Go to Step 2

Refer to None of

the Passenger’s

Seat Adjustment

Switch Functions

Operate in this

Section

2 Are the following connectors secure (refer to Note 3)?

• A138

• S176

• Y91 Go to Step 3

Ensure the

connectors are

secure

3 1 Remove the passenger's seat adjustment switch from the seat,

refer to 6.4 Front Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.

2 Test the passenger's seat adjustment switch, refer to 3.6 Eight-

way Seat Adjustment Switch Test.

Is the passenger's seat adjustment s witch serviceable ? Go to Step 4

Replace the

passenger's seat

adjustment switch,

refer to 6.4 Front

Seat Outer Side

Cover Assembly

4 1 Backprobe connector Y91 – X1 pin 1 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

2 Operate the passenger's seat adjustment switch to move the

seat-back forward.

Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 7 Go to Step 5

5 1 Backprobe connector A138 – X2 pin 2 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

2 Operate the passenger's seat adjustment switch to move the

seat-back forward.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Repair or replace

circuit 76 (refer to

Note 2) Go to Step 6

6 1 Backprobe connector A138 – X1 pin 2 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

2 Operate the passenger's seat adjustment switch to move the

seat-back forward.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Replace the

passenger's seat

EZ-entry module,

refer to 6.4 Front

Seat Outer Side

Cover Assembly

Repair or replace

circuit 1269 (refer

to Note 2)

7 1 Backprobe connector Y91 – X1 pin 5 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

2 Operate the passenger's seat adjustment switch to move the

seat-back aft.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Replace the front

seat-back recline

motor, refer to 6.20

Front Seat-back

Recline Motor

Assembly Go to Step 8

8 1 Backprobe connector A138 – X2 pin 3 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

2 Operate the passenger's seat adjustment switch to move the

seat-back aft.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Repair or replace

circuit 77 (refer to

Note 2) Go to Step 9

9 1 Backprobe connector A138 – X1 pin 1 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

2 Operate the passenger's seat adjustment switch to move the

seat-back aft.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Replace the

passenger's seat

EZ-entry module,

refer to 6.4 Front

Seat Outer Side

Cover Assembly

Repair or replace

circuit 1270 (refer

to Note 2)

When all diagno sis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–336

Page 1A7A–336

Passenger's Seat EZ-entry Switch Function is Inoperative

Introduction

The EZ-entry function is designed so that when the seat-back is released with the EZ-entry lever, the seat will move to its

fully forward position using the seat fore/aft movement motor. Once the seat has moved to its fully for ward position,

power to the seat fore/aft movement motor will cease. A switch attached to the seat-back activates the seat fore/aft

movement motor when the recline of the seat-back is moved forward after being released using the EZ-entry lever. This

test is used to aid in diagnosing the EZ-entry function of the passenger' s seat being inoperative. T he test diagnoses the

EZ-entry switch and associated circuits.

Circuit Description

The EZ-entry switch is connected to the seat EZ-entry module b y a har ness. The EZ-entry switch is a normally open type

switch.

Refer to Wiring Diagram – Passenger' s Seat, Non-memory, RHD and

Connector Chart – Passenger's Seat, Non-memory, RHD and LHD, or

Wiring Diagram – Passeng er's Seat, Non-memory, LHD and

Connector Chart – Passenger's Seat, Non-memory, RHD and LHD in this Section to aid in diagnosing the seat EZ-entry

switch and associated components.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

2 Checks if the seat fore/aft movement motor is serviceable.

3 Checks if there is battery power to the EZ-entry switch. Isolates if there is a fault with the passenger's seat EZ-entry

module.

4 Checks if there is continuity between connector A138 – X2 pins 7 and 8. Isolates if the passenger's seat EZ-entry

module is at fault.

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to 12P Wirin g Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Is the EZ-entry self diagnos is LED (loc ated on the seat control

module) flashing? Refer to EZ-entry

Electrical Self

Test Diagnosis –

Eight-way Seat,

Non-Memory in

this Section Go to Step 2

2 Does the seat move in the fore/aft direction whe n op erated by

the passenger's seat adjustment switch?

Go to Step 3

Refer to Passenger’s Seat

Fore/Aft Function is

Inoperative or Not Smooth

in this Section

3 Backprobe connector A138 – X2 pin 7 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Go to Step 4

Replace the passenger's

seat EZ-entry module.

Refer to 6.4 Front Seat

Outer Side Cover

Assembly

4 1 Release the seat-back using the EZ-entry lever.

2 Backprobe connector A138 – X2 pin 8 with a test lamp

(refer to Note 1).

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Replace the

passenger's seat

EZ-entry module,

refer to 6.4 Front

Seat Outer Side

Cover Assembly

Replace the passenger's

seat EZ-entry switch, refer

to 6.10 EZ-entry Switch

and Release Cable

Assembly

When all diagno sis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–337

Page 1A7A–337

Passenger's Seat Return Switch Function is Inoperative

Introduction

The seat return switch is located on the escutcheon at the top of the seat-back. The switch function is to move the seat in

an aft direction after the EZ-entry function has been used and the recline of the seat has been placed upright. With the

seat return switch continuously pressed, the seat will move to its fully aft position, pausing for 2 seconds at the seat

position where the EZ-entry lever was operated. The test diagnoses the seat return switch and associated circuits.

Circuit Description

The passenger's seat return switch is connected to the seat EZ-entry module by a harness. The passenger's seat return

switch is a normally open type switch.

Refer to Wiring Diagram – Passenger's Seat, Non-memory, RHD and

Connector Chart – Passenger's Seat, Non-memory, RHD and LHD, or

Wiring Diagram – Passenger's Seat, Non-memory, LHD and

Connector Chart – Passenger's Seat, Non-memory, RHD and LHD in this Section to aid in diagnos ing the pas sen ger' s

seat return switch and associated components.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

1 Checks if the seat fore/aft movement motor is serviceable.

2 Checks if the seat will move to its fully forward position when the seat-back is released using the EZ-entry lever.

Isolates if the EZ-entry switch function is serviceable.

3 Checks if the seat will move aft when the seat-back is in the upright position and the seat return switch is pressed.

Isolates if the seat return switch is serviceable.

4 Checks if the seat stops for 2 seconds at the position where the EZ-entry lever was released.

5 Checks if circuit 1247 is serviceable.

6 Checks the hall-effect sensor and associated circuits. Isolates whether the hall-effect sensor or the EZ-entry

module is faulty.

7 Checks if there is battery power at connector A138 – X2 pin 6. Isolates if there is a fault with the passenger’s seat

EZ-entry module.

8 Checks if there is continuity between connector A138 – X2 pins 1 and 6. Isolates if there is a fault with the seat

return switch and associated circuits.

9 Checks if there is continuity between connectors A138 – X2 pin 6 and S267 – X1 pin 2. Isolates if there is a fault in

circuit 1023.

10 Checks if there is continuity between connectors S267 – X1 pin 1 and A138 – X2 pin 6. Isolates whether there is a

fault with the passenger’s seat return switch or in circuit 1022.

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to 12P Wiring Diagram s.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–338

Page 1A7A–338

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Does the seat move in the fore/aft direction when operated by the

passenger' s seat adj ust men t switch?

Go to Step 2

Refer to

Passenger’s Seat

Fore/Aft Function is

Inoperative or Not

Smooth in this

Section

2 1 Move the seat forward from the rear most position and note its

position on the track.

2 Release the seat-back using the EZ-entry lever.

Does the seat move forward? Go to Step 3

Refer to

Passenger's Seat

EZ-entry Switch

Function is

Inoperative in this

Section

3 1 Move the seat-back to the upright position.

2 Press and hold the seat return switch.

Does the seat move aft? Go to Step 4 Go to Step 7

4 Does the seat stop for 2 seconds at the position from where it was

unlatched and then continue to the aft most position of the track? System serviceable Go to Step 5

5 1 Disconnect connector A138 – X1 from the passenger's seat EZ-

entry module.

2 Using a multimeter set to measure resistance, probe between

connector A138 – X1 pins 6 and 16 (refer to Note 1).

Does the multimeter indicate continuity? Go to Step 6

Repair or repl ace

circuit 1247 (refer

to Note 2)

6 Te st the seat fore/aft movement motor hall-effect sensor, refer to

Passenger's Seat Fore/Aft Movement Motor Hall-effect Sensor Test

in this Section.

Is the hall-effect sensor and circuit serviceable?

Replace the

passenger' s seat

EZ-entry module,

refer to 6.4 Front

Seat Outer Side

Cover Assembly

Repair or repl ace

the passenger's

seat fore/aft

moveme nt motor

hall-effect sensor or

circuit, refer to

6.21 Drive Motor

Hall-effect Sensors

7 1 Connect connector A138 – X1 to the passenger's seat EZ-entry

module.

2 Backprobe connector A138 – X2 pin 6 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 8

Replace the

passenger' s seat

EZ-entry module,

refer to 6.4 Front

Seat Outer Side

Cover Assembly

8 1 Backprobe connector A138 – X2 pin 1 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

2 Press the seat return sw itc h.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Replace the

passenger' s seat

EZ-entry module,

refer to 6.4 Front

Seat Outer Side

Cover Assembly Go to Step 9

9 Backprobe connector S267 – X1 pin 2 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 10

Repair or repl ace

circuit 1023 (refer

to Note 2)

10 1 Backprobe connector S267 – X1 pin 1 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

2 Press the seat return sw itc h.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Repair or repl ace

circuit 1022 (refer

to Note 2)

Replace the

passenger' s seat

return switch, refer

to 6.9 EZ-entry

Release Lever and

Escutcheon

When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–339

Page 1A7A–339

Passenger's Seat Fore/Aft Movement Motor Hall-effect Sensor Test

Introduction

This test is used to aid in diagnosing the seat fore/aft movement motor hall-effect sensor and as sociated circuits.

Circuit Description

The seat fore/aft movement motor hall-effect sensor provides a pulse signal to the seat EZ-entry module. This signal

represents the horizontal position of the seat.

Refer to Wiring Diagram – Passenger's Seat, Non-memory, RHD and

Connector Chart – Passenger's Seat, Non-memory, RHD and LHD, or

Wiring Diagram – Passenger's Seat, Non-memory, LHD and

Connector Chart – Passenger's Seat, Non-memory, RHD and LHD in this Section to aid in diagnosing t he seat EZ-entry

module and associated components.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

1 Checks the AC output from the hall-effect sensor during operation.

2 Checks if the ground circ uit is serviceable.

3 Checks if there is continuity between connectors Y81 – X1 and A138 – X1. Isolates if the hall-effect sensor is faulty.

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to 12P Wiring Diagram s.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

5 The AC voltage displayed will depend on the battery voltage supplied to the seat. At 16 V DC supply, the AC

voltage produced by the hall-effect sensor will be approximately 6 V. At 9 V DC supply, the AC voltage produced by

the hall-effect sensor will be approximately 0.6 V.

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 1 Using a multimeter set to measure AC voltage, probe across

connector Y81 – X1 pins 3 and 4 (refer to Note 1).

2 Operate the seat adjustment switch to move the seat fore or aft.

Does the multimeter display 0.6 – 6 V (refer to Note 5)?

Hall-effect sensor

and associated

wiring serviceable Go to Step 2

2 Using a multimeter set to measure resistance, probe between

connector Y81 – X1 pin 3 and a known ground (refer to Note 1).

Does the multimeter indicate continuity? Go to Step 3

Repair or repl ace

circuit 151 (refer to

Note 2)

3 1 Disconnect connector A138 – X1 from the passenger's seat

EZ-entry module.

2 Using a multimeter set to measure resistance, probe between

connectors A138 – X1 pin 11 and Y81 – X1 pin 4 (refer to

Note 1).

Does the multimeter indicate continuity?

Replace the

hall-effect sensor,

refer to 6.21 Drive

Motor Hall-effect

Sensors

Repair or repl ace

circuit 569 (refer to

Note 2)

When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–340

Page 1A7A–340

Passenger's Seat Occupant Sensing Mat Test

Introduction

This test is used to aid in diagnosing the occupant sensing mat and associated circuits.

Circuit Description

The occupant sensing mat provides a signal to the seat EZ-entry module. T his signal represents the presence of a

passenger on the seat.

Refer to Wiring Diagram – Passenger' s Seat, Non-memory, RHD and

Connector Chart – Passenger's Seat, Non-memory, RHD and LHD, or

Wiring Diagram – Passeng er's Seat, Non-memory, LHD and

Connector Chart – Passenger's Seat, Non-memory, RHD and LHD in this Section to aid in diagnosing the occupant

sensing mat and associated compo nents.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

1 Checks diode forward resistance of the Passenger Presence Detector (PPD).

2 Checks diode reverse resistance of the PPD.

3 Checks diode reverse resistance of the PPD with weight on seat.

4 Checks if there is continuity between connectors B180 – X1 pin 1 and A138 – X1 pin 9. Isolates if there is a fault in

circuit 5234.

5 Checks if there is continuity between connectors B180 – X1 pin 2 and A138 – X1 pin 10. Isolates if there is a fault

in circuit 529.

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to 12P Wirin g Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–341

Page 1A7A–341

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 1 Disconnect connector B180 – X1 from the occupant sensing

mat.

2 Using a multimeter set to measure resistance, connect red (+)

probe to pin 1 and black (–) probe to pin 2 of the occupant

sensing mat (refer to Note 1).

Does the multimeter indicate continuity? Go to Step 2

Replace the

occupant sensing

mat, refer to 6.16

Front Seat Cushion

Pad and Cover

Assembly

2 Using a multimeter set to measure resistance, connect red (+) probe

to pin 2 and black (–) probe to pin 1 of the occupant sensing mat

(refer to Note 1).

Does the multimeter indicate greater than 50 kΩ? Go to Step 3

Replace the

occupant sensing

mat, refer to 6.16

Front Seat Cushion

Pad and Cover

Assembly

3 1 Place a weight greater than 15 kg on the seat.

2 Using a multimeter set to measure resistance, connect red (+)

probe to pin 2 and black (–) probe to pin 1 of the occupant

sensing mat (refer to Note 1).

Does the multimeter indicate less than 50 kΩ? Go to Step 4

Replace the

occupant sensing

mat, refer to 6.16

Front Seat Cushion

Pad and Cover

Assembly

4 1 Disconnect connector A138 – X1 from the passenger's seat

EZ-entry module (refer to Note 3).

2 Using a multimeter set to measure resistance, probe between

connectors B180 – X1 pin 1 and A138 – X1 pin 9.

Does the multimeter indicate continuity? Go to Step 5

Repair or repl ace

circuit 5234 (refer

to Note 2)

5 Using a multimeter set to measure resistance, probe between

connectors B180 – X1 pin 2 and A138 – X1 pin 10.

Does the multimeter indicate continuity?

Occupant sen sin g

mat and associated

wiring serviceable

Repair or repl ace

circuit 529 (refer to

Note 2)

When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–342

Page 1A7A–342

7.6 Electrical Diagnosis – Eight-way Seat,

Memory

Neither Seat Adjustment Switch Functions Operate

Introduction

This test is used to aid in diagnosing the seat power and ground circuits if neither seat operates when either seat

adjustment switch is operated.

Circuit Description

Both front seats have common power and gr ound circuits. If either of these circuits become unservicea bl e, the electrica l

operation of both seats will be affected.

The charts in this Section are used to aid in diagnosing faults on the driver's eight-way seat, Memory. To aid in the use of

the diagnostic tables, refer to Wiring Diagra m – Driver's Seat, Memory, RHD and

Connector Chart – Driver's Seat, Memory, RHD.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

1 Checks if battery voltage is more than 11.5 V. The seat motors require mo re than 11.5 V to operate correctly.

2 Checks if circuit breaker F2 located on the passenger com partment fuse and relay panel assembl y is tripped.

Isolates if circuit breaker F2 is the fault affecting the circuit between the battery and conne ctor X200 pin 19.

3 Checks if fusible link F105 located on the engine compartment fuse and relay panel assembly is serviceable.

Isolates if the fusible link is the fault affecting the circuit between the battery and connector X200 pin 19.

4 Checks if connector X200 is secure.

5 Checks if there is battery voltage at connector X200 pin 19. Isolates if the fault is between the battery and

connector X200 pin 19. If the fault in the circuit is between connectors X200 pin 19 and either X3 15 pin 1 or

X308 pin B, only o ne seat will operate.

6 Checks if there is battery voltage at circuit breaker F2. Isolates whether the fault is between the b attery and circuit

breaker F2 or bet ween circuit breaker F2 an d connector X200 pin 19.

7 Checks if there is battery voltage at fusible link F105. Isolates whether the fault is between the battery and fusible

link F105 or between fusible li nk F 105 and circuit breaker F2.

8 Checks if the ground point associated with the system is serviceable.

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to 12P Wirin g Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–343

Page 1A7A–343

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Check the battery voltage, refer to 12A Battery and Cables.

Is the battery voltage more than 11.5 V? Go to Step 2

Refer to 12A

Battery and Cables

for further diagnosis

2 Inspect circuit breaker F2 (refer to Note 3).

Is circuit breaker F2 tripped?

Allow the circuit

breaker to reset

(refer to Note 3).

If the circuit breaker

trips again, repair or

replace circuit 540

(refer to Note 2) Go to Step 3

3 Inspect fusible link F105 (refer to Note 3).

Is fusible link F105 serviceabl e?

Go to Step 4

Replace the fusible

link.

If the fusible link

becomes

unserviceable

again, repair or

replace circuit 342

(refer to Note 2)

4 Is connector X200 secure (ref er to Note 3)? Go to Step 5 Ensure the

connector is secure

5 Backprobe connector X200 pin 19 with a test lamp (refer to Note 1).

Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 8 Go to Step 6

6 1 Remove circuit breaker F2 fro m the passenger compartment

fuse and relay panel assembly.

2 Using a test lamp, probe connector X12 9 – X45 pin 2 (refer to

Note 1).

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Repair or replace

circuit 540 between

circuit breaker F2

and connector

X200 pin 19 (refer

to Note 2) Go to Step 7

7 1 Remove the fusible link F105.

2 Using a test lamp, probe connector X18 - 105 (refer to Note 1).

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Repair or replace

circuit 342 between

fusible link F105

and circuit breaker

F2 (refer to Note 2)

Repair or replace

circuit 1 between

the battery and

fusible link F105

(refer to Note 2)

8 Ensure the follo wing ground poi nt is secure and has good contact with

the vehicle structure:

• X118 – GP12 located in the middle of the transmission tunnel.

Is the ground point secure to the vehicle with a good contact?

Repair or replace

circuit 650 (refer to

Note 2) Repair ground point

When all diagno sis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–344

Page 1A7A–344

EZ-entry and Memory Self Test Diagnosis

Introduction

The memory type seat provides the techn ician with in-built diagnostics. The diagnostics indicator is a green LED loc ated

on the memory position s witch. To enter the diagnostic mode, cycle the ignition while holding memory buttons 1 and 3 at

the same time.

The chart in this Section displays the error codes and fault description.

If the error code is above ten, the indication will consist of a single flash, a short delay and then the number of flashes

corresponding to the error. A longer delay will occur between error code indications.

EZ-entry and Memory Diagnostics

Flashes Description of Error Reference

2 No Passenger Presence Dete ctor

(PPD) detected Driver' s Seat Occupant Sensing Mat Test in 7.7 Electrical

Diagnosis – Driver's Seat, Memory, RHD.

3 PPD weight detected > 15 kg Driver's Seat Occupant Sensing Mat Test in 7.7 Electrical

Diagnosis – Driver's Seat, Memory, RHD.

4 Seat fore/aft movement motor

hall-effect sensor faulty Driver's Seat Fore/Aft Movement Motor Hall-effect Sensor Test in

7.7 Electrical Diagnosis – Driver' s Seat, Memory, RHD.

5 Seat rear lift motor hall-effect sensor

faulty Driver's Seat Rear Lift Motor Hall-effect Sensor Test in

7.7 Electrical Diagnosis – Driver' s Seat, Memory, RHD.

6 Seat front lift motor hall-effect sensor

faulty Driver's Seat Front Lift Motor Hall-effect Sensor Test in

7.7 Electrical Diagnosis – Driver' s Seat, Memory, RHD.

7 Seat-back recline motor hall-effect

sensor faulty Driver's Seat-back Recline Motor Hall-effect Sensor Test in

7.7 Electrical Diagnosis – Driver' s Seat, Memory, RHD.

8 Button stuck detected Driver's Seat Memory Position Switch Test in 7.7 Electrical

Diagnosis – Driver's Seat, Memory, RHD.

9 Dump latch active Driver's Seat EZ-entry Switch Function is Inoperative in

7.7 Electrical Diagnosis – Driver' s Seat, Memory, RHD.

11 Return button active Driver's Seat EZ-entry Switch Function is Inoperative in

7.7 Electrical Diagnosis – Driver' s Seat, Memory, RHD.

12 Forward track switch active 3.6 Eight-way Seat Adjustment Switch Test.

13 Reverse track switch active 3.6 Eight-way Seat Adjustment Switch Test.

14 Recliner forward switch active 3.6 Eight-way Seat Adjustment Switch Test.

15 Recliner backward switch active 3.6 Eight-way Seat Adjustment Switch Test.

16 Memory 1 button active Driver's Seat Memory Position Switch Test in 7.7 Electrical

Diagnosis – Driver's Seat, Memory, RHD.

17 Memory 2 button active Driver's Seat Memory Position Switch Test in 7.7 Electrical

Diagnosis – Driver's Seat, Memory, RHD.

18 Memory 3 button active Driver's Seat Memory Position Switch Test in 7.7 Electrical

Diagnosis – Driver's Seat, Memory, RHD.

19 Memory store M button active Driver's Seat Memory Position Switch Test in 7.7 Electrical

Diagnosis – Driver's Seat, Memory, RHD.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–345

Page 1A7A–345

7.7 Electrical Diagnosis – Driver's Seat,

Memory, RHD

The charts in this Section are used to aid in diagnosing faults on the driver's eight-way seat, Memory. To aid in the use of

the diagnostic tables, refer to Wiring Diagra m – Driver's Seat, Memory, RHD and

Connector Chart – Driver's Seat, Memory, RHD.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–346

Page 1A7A–346

Wiring Diagram – Driver's Seat, Memory, RHD

Figure 1A7A – 179

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–347

Page 1A7A–347

Figure 1A7A – 180

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–348

Page 1A7A–348

Connector Chart – Driver's Seat, Memory, RHD

Figure 1A7A – 181

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–349

Page 1A7A–349

None of the Driver’s Seat Adjustment Switch Functions Operate

Introduction

This test is used to aid in diagnosing the driver’s seat adjustment switch when none of the switch functions operate. The

test diagnoses the driver’s seat adjustment switch and associated power and ground circuits.

Circuit Description

The seat adjustment switch provides manual control for the driver's seat. It is connected by a harness to the seat

memory module, and the seat front lift and seat rear lift motors.

Refer to Wiring Diagram – Driver's Seat, Memory, RHD and Connector Chart – Driver's Seat, Memory, RHD in this

Section to aid in diagnosing the seat memory modul e and associated components.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

1 Checks if all of the passenger seat functions work. If none of them work, the fault is not isolated to the driver’s seat

only.

2 Checks if there is battery power at connector X315 pin 1. Isolates if there is a fault in circuit 540.

3 Checks if all the connectors required for the seat to operate effectively are in place a nd positively connected.

4 Checks if there is battery power at connector A21 – X1 pi n 5.

5 Checks if there is battery power at connector A21 – X1 pi n 12. Isolates if there is a fault with the seat memory

module.

6 Checks if there is battery power at connector S51 – X1 pin 5. Isolates if there is a fault in circuit 1674.

7 Checks if the driver’s seat adjustment switch is serviceable.

8 Checks if there is continuity between connector X315 pin 2 and ground poi nt X118 – GP1 2. Isolates if there is a

fault in circuit 650.

9 Checks if there is continuity between connectors A21 – X1 pin 11 and X315 pin 2. Isolates if there is a fault in

circuit 650.

10 Checks if there is continuity between connector X200 pin 3 and ground point X157 – GP2. Isolates if there is a fault

in circuit 151.

11 Checks if there is continuity between connectors X315 pin 6 and X200 pin 3. Isolates if there is a fault in circuit 151.

12 Checks if there is continuity between connectors A21 – X1 pin 10 and X315 pin 6. Isolates if there is a fault in

circuit 151.

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to 12P Wirin g Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–350

Page 1A7A–350

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Are all of the passenger’s seat adjustment switch functions

inoperative? Refer to Neither

Seat Adjustment

Switch Functions

Operate in 7.6

Electrical Diagnosis

– Eight-way Seat,

Memory Go to Step 2

2 Backprobe connector X315 pin 1 with a test lamp (refer to Note 1).

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Go to Step 3

Repair or replace

circuit 540 between

connectors

X200 pin 19 an d

X315 pin 1 (refer to

Note 2)

3 Are the following connectors secure (refer to Note 3)?

• A21

• S51

• X314

• X315

• Y64

• Y67

• Y69

• Y74 Go to Step 4

Ensure the

connectors are

secure

4 Backprobe connector A21 – X1 pin 5 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Go to Step 5

Repair or replace

circuit 540 between

connectors

A21 – X1 pin 5 and

X315 pin 1 (refer to

Note 2)

5 Backprobe connector A21 – X1 pin 12 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Go to Step 6

Replace the

driver’s seat

memory module,

refer to 6.14 Seat

Cable Tray and

Memory Module

6 Backprobe connector S51 – X1 pin 5 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 7

Repair or replace

circuit 1674 (refer

to Note 2)

7 1 Remove the driver’s seat adjustment switch from the seat, refer

to 6.4 Front Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.

2 Test the driver’s seat adjustment switch, refer to 3.6 Eight-way

Seat Adjustment Switch Test.

Is the driver’s seat adjustment switch serviceable? Go to Step 8

Replace the

driver’s seat

adjustment switch,

refer to 6.4 Front

Seat Outer Side

Cover Assembly

8 1 Remove connector A21 – X1 from the seat memory module

(refer to Note 3).

2 Using a multimeter set to measure resistance, probe between

connector X315 pin 2 and ground point X118 – GP12.

Does the multimeter indicate continuity? Go to Step 9

Repair or replace

circuit 650 between

connector

X315 pin 2 and

ground point

X118 – GP12 (refer

to Note 2)

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–351

Page 1A7A–351

Step Action Yes No

9 Using a multimeter set to measure resistance, probe between

connectors A21 – X1 pin 11 and X315 pin 2.

Does the multimeter indicate continuity?

Go to Step 10

Repair or replace

circuit 650 between

connectors

A21 – X1 pin 11

and X315 pin 2

(refer to Note 2)

10 Using a multimeter set to measure resistance , probe between

connectors X200 pin 3 and X157 – X1 pin 1.

Does the multimeter indicate continuity?

Go to Step 11

Repair or replace

circuit 151 between

connectors

X200 pin 3 and

X157 – X1 pin 1

(refer to Note 2)

11 Using a multimeter set to measure resistance , probe between

connectors X315 pin 6 and X200 p in 3.

Does the multimeter indicate continuity?

Go to Step 12

Repair or replace

circuit 151 between

connectors

X315 pin 6 and

X200 pin 3 (refer to

Note 2)

12 Using a multimeter set to measure resistance , probe between

connectors A21 – X1 pin 10 and X315 pin 6.

Does the multimeter indicate continuity?

Replace the driver's

seat memory

module, refer to

6.14 Seat Cable

Tray and Memory

Module

Repair or replace

circuit 151 between

connectors

A21 – X1 pin 10

and X315 pin 6

(refer to Note 2)

When all diagno sis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–352

Page 1A7A–352

Front/Rear of the Driver’s Seat Does Not Raise and/or Lower

Introduction

This test is used to aid in diagnosing the front and/or the rear of the driver’s seat not raising and/or lowering. T he test

diagnoses the seat adjustmen t switch and the motor circuits.

Circuit Description

The seat front lift and seat rear lift motors are controlled by the seat memory module, which provides power and ground

for the motors. The polarity of the motors are alternated to change the direction of the motors.

Refer to Wiring Diagram – Driver's Seat, Memory, RHD and Connector Chart – Driver's Seat, Memory, RHD in this

Section to aid in diagnosing the seat memory modul e and associated components.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

1 Checks if the driver’s seat adjustment switch operates the seat in any direction. Isolates if the power and ground

circuits are at fault.

2 Checks if all the connectors required for the seat to operate effectively are in place a nd positively connected.

3 Checks if the driver’s seat adjustment switch is serviceable.

4 Confirms whether the rear of the seat raises or lowers. Isolates if the seat rear lift motor and circuit of the seat is the

fault.

5 Confirms whether the front of the seat raises or lo wers. Isolates if the seat front lift motor and circuit of the seat is

the fault.

6 Checks if there is battery power to the seat rear lift motor at connector Y69 – X1 pin 1. Isolates if there is a fault

between the switch and con nector Y69 – X1 pin 1 .

7 Checks if there is continuity between connectors S51 – X1 pin 9 and A21 – X1 pin 4. Isolates whether there is a

fault between the switch and connector A21 – X1 pin 4 or in circuit 282.

8 Checks if there is continuity between connectors S51 – X1 pin 9 and A21 – X3 pin 16. Isolates whether there is a

fault between the switch and connector A21 – X3 pin 16 or the seat memory module is at fault.

9 Checks if there is battery power to the seat rear lift motor at connector Y69 – X1 pin 5. Isolates whether there is a

fault between the switch and connector Y69 – X1 pin 5 or the motor is at fault.

10 Checks if there is continuity between connectors S51 – X1 pin 8 and A21 – X1 pin 3. Isolates whether there is a

fault between the switch and connector A21 – X1 pin 3 or in circuit 283.

11 Checks if there is continuity between connectors S51 – X1 pin 8 and A21 – X3 pin 13. Isolates whether there is a

fault between the switch and connector A21 – X3 pin 13 or the seat memory module is at fault.

12 Checks if there is battery power to the seat front lift motor at connector Y67 – X1 pin 5. Isolates if there is a fault

between the switch and con nector Y67 – X1 pin 5.

13 Checks if there is continuity between connectors S51 – X1 pin 10 and A21 – X1 pin 8. Isolates whether there is a

fault between the switch and connector A21 – X1 pin 8 or in circuit 286.

14 Checks if there is continuity between connectors S51 – X1 pin 10 and A21 – X3 pin 5. Isolates whether there is a

fault between the switch and connector A21 – X3 pin 5 or the seat memor y module is at fault.

15 Checks if there is battery power to the seat front lift motor at connector Y67 – X1 pin 1. Isolates whether there is a

fault between the switch and connector Y67 – X1 pin 1 or the motor is at fault.

16 Checks if there is continuity between connectors S51 – X1 pin 7 and A21 – X1 pin 7. Isolates whether there is a

fault between the switch and connector A21 – X1 pin 7 or in circuit 287.

17 Checks if there is continuity between connectors S51 – X1 pin 7 and A21 – X3 pin 7. Isolates whether there is a

fault between the switch and connector A21 – X3 pin 7 or the seat memor y module is at fault.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–353

Page 1A7A–353

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to 12P Wirin g Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Does the driver’s seat adjustment switch operate the seat correctly in

any of the eight directions?

Go to Step 2

Refer to None of

the Driver’s Seat

Adjustment Switch

Functions Operate

in this Section

2 Are the following connectors secure (refer to Note 3)?

• A21

• S51

• Y67

• Y69 Go to Step 3

Ensure the

connectors are

secure

3 1 Remove the driver’s seat adjustment switch from the seat, refer

to 6.4 Front Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.

2 Test the driver’s seat adjustment switch, refer to 3.6 Eight-way

Seat Adjustment Switch Test.

Is the driver’s seat adjustment switch serviceable? Go to Step 4

Replace the

driver’s seat

adjustment switch,

refer to 6.4 Front

Seat Outer Side

Cover Assembly

4 Operate the driver’s seat adjustment switch to raise or lower the rear

of the seat.

Does the rear of the seat raise and lo wer? Go to Step 5 Go to Step 6

5 Operate the driver’s seat adjustment switch to raise or lower the front

of the seat.

Does the front of the seat raise and lower? System serviceable Go to Step 12

6 1 Backprobe connector Y69 – X1 pin 1 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

2 Operate the driver’s seat adjustment switch to raise the rear of

the seat.

Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 9 Go to Step 7

7 1 Backprobe connector A21 – X1 pin 4 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

2 Operate the driver’s seat adjustment switch to raise the rear of

the seat.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Repair or replace

circuit 282 (refer to

Note 2) Go to Step 8

8 1 Backprobe connector A21 – X3 pin 16 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

2 Operate the driver’s seat adjustment switch to raise the rear of

the seat.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Replace the driver's

seat memory

module, refer to

6.14 Seat Cable

Tray and Memory

Module

Repair or replace

circuit 1519 (refer

to Note 2)

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–354

Page 1A7A–354

Step Action Yes No

9 1 Backprobe connector Y69 – X1 pin 5 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

2 Operate the driver’s seat adjustment switch to lower the rear of

the seat.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Replace the seat

rear lift motor, refer

to 6.18 Front Seat

Lift Motor

Assemblies Go to Step 10

10 1 Backprobe connector A21 – X1 pin 3 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

2 Operate the driver’s seat adjustment switch to lower the rear of

the seat.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Repair or replace

circuit 283 (refer to

Note 2) Go to Step 11

11 1 Backprobe connector A21 – X3 pin 13 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

2 Operate the driver’s seat adjustment switch to lower the rear of

the seat.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Replace the driver's

seat memory

module, refer to

6.14 Seat Cable

Tray and Memory

Module

Repair or replace

circuit 1521 (refer

to Note 2)

12 1 Backprobe connector Y67 – X1 pin 5 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

2 Operate the driver’s seat adjustment switch to raise the front of

the seat.

Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 15 Go to Step 13

13 1 Backprobe connector A21 – X1 pin 8 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

2 Operate the driver’s seat adjustment switch to raise the front of

the seat.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Repair or replace

circuit 286 (refer to

Note 2) Go to Step 14

14 1 Backprobe connector A21 – X3 pin 5 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

2 Operate the driver’s seat adjustment switch to raise the front of

the seat.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Replace the driver's

seat memory

module, refer to

6.14 Seat Cable

Tray and Memory

Module

Repair or replace

circuit 1518 (refer

to Note 2)

15 1 Backprobe connector Y67 – X1 pin 2 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

2 Operate the driver’s seat adjustment switch to lower the front of

the seat.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Replace the seat

front lift motor, refer

to 6.18 Front Seat

Lift Motor

Assemblies Go to Step 16

16 1 Backprobe connector A21 – X1 pin 7 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

2 Operate the driver’s seat adjustment switch to lower the front of

the seat.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Repair or replace

circuit 287 (refer to

Note 2) Go to Step 17

17 1 Backprobe connector A21 – X3 pin 7 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

2 Operate the driver’s seat adjustment switch to lower the front of

the seat.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Replace the driver's

seat memory

module, refer to

6.14 Seat Cable

Tray and Memory

Module

Repair or replace

circuit 1520 (refer

to Note 2)

When all diagno sis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–355

Page 1A7A–355

Driver’s Seat Fore/Aft Function is Inoperative or Not Smooth

Introduction

This test is used to aid in diagnosi ng the fore/aft movement function of the driver’s seat being inoperative or the action of

the seat through the range of movement is not smooth. The test diagnoses the seat adjustment switch and the motor

circuits.

Circuit Description

The seat fore/aft movement motor is controlled by the seat memory module which provides power and ground for the

motor. The polarity of the motor is alternated to change the direction of the motor.

Refer to Wiring Diagram – Driver's Seat, Memory, RHD and Connector Chart – Driver's Seat, Memory, RHD in this

Section to aid in diagnosing the seat memory modul e and associated components.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

1 Checks if the driver’s seat adjustment switch operates the seat in any direct ion. Isolates if there is battery power to

the switch assembly.

2 Checks if there are any items obstructing the guide rails, which may stop or hinder the seat movement.

3 Checks if the guide rails and drive shafts have adequate lubricant applied t o provide a smooth operation of the

seat.

4 Checks if the guide rails or drive shafts have been damaged. An y binding between the moving parts will result in

poor operation of the fore and aft movement.

5 Checks if all the connectors required for the seat to operate effectively are in place a nd positively connected.

6 Checks if the driver’s seat adjustment switch is serviceable.

7 Checks if there is battery power to the seat fore/aft movement motor at connector Y64 – X1 pin 3. Isolates if there

is a fault between the switch and connector Y64 – X1 pin 3.

8 Checks if there is continuity between connectors S51 – X1 pin 6 and A21 – X1 pin 2. Isolates whether there is a

fault between the switch and connector A21 – X1 pin 2 or in circuit 285.

9 Checks if there is continuity between connectors S51 – X1 pin 6 and A21 – X3 pin 4. Isolates whether there is a

fault between the switch and connector A21 – X3 pin 4 or the seat memor y module is at fault.

10 Checks if there is battery power to the seat fore/aft movement motor at connector Y64 – X1 pin 1. Isolates whether

there is a fault between the switc h an d connector Y64 – X1 pin 1 or the motor is at fault.

11 Checks if there is continuity between connectors S51 – X1 pin 3 and A21 – X1 pin 9. Isolates whether there is a

fault between the switch and connector A21 – X1 pin 9 or in circuit 284.

12 Checks if there is continuity between connectors S51 – X1 pin 3 and A21 – X3 pin 3. Isolates whether there is a

fault between the switch and connector A21 – X3 pin 3 or the seat memor y module is at fault.

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to 12P Wirin g Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–356

Page 1A7A–356

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Does the driver’s seat adjustment switch operate the seat correctly in

any of the eight directions?

Go to Step 2

Refer to None of

the Driver’s Seat

Adjustment Switch

Functions Operate

in this Section

2 Are the guide rails free from obstructions? Go to Step 3 Remove the

obstructing item

3 Are the guide rails and drive shafts adequate ly lubricated?

Go to Step 4

Apply a small

amount of grease

type NLGI No. 1

Lithium Grease

(with 9% Zinc

Oxide)

4 Do the guide rails or drive shafts bind at any point of travel during the

fore and aft movement of the seat? Replace the track

and height adjust

assembly, refer to

6.15 Track and

Height Adjust

Assembly Go to Step 5

5 Are the following connectors secure (refer to Note 3)?

• A21

• S51

• Y64 Go to Step 6

Ensure the

connectors are

secure

6 1 Remove the driver’s seat adjustment switch from the seat, refer

to 6.4 Front Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.

2 Test the driver’s seat adjustment switch, refer to 3.6 Eight-way

Seat Adjustment Switch Test.

Is the driver’s seat adjustment switch serviceable? Go to Step 7

Replace the

driver’s seat

adjustment switch,

refer to 6.4 Front

Seat Outer Side

Cover Assembly

7 1 Backprobe connector Y64 – X1 pin 2 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

2 Operate the driver’s seat adjustment switch to move the seat

forward.

Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 10 Go to Step 8

8 1 Backprobe connector A21 – X1 pin 2 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

2 Operate the driver’s seat adjustment switch to move the seat

forward.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Repair or replace

circuit 285 (refer to

Note 2) Go to Step 9

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–357

Page 1A7A–357

Step Action Yes No

9 1 Backprobe connector A21 – X3 pin 4 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

2 Operate the driver’s seat adjustment switch to move the seat

forward.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Replace the driver's

seat memory

module, refer to

6.14 Seat Cable

Tray and Memory

Module

Repair or replace

circuit 1523 (refer

to Note 2)

10 1 Backprobe connector Y64 – X1 pin 1 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

2 Operate the driver’s seat adjustment switch to move the seat

aft.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Replace the seat

fore/aft movement

motor, refer to 6.19

Front Seat Fore/Aft

Movement Motor

Assembly Go to Step 11

11. 1 Backprobe connector A21 – X1 pin 9 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

2 Operate the driver’s seat adjustment switch to move the seat

aft.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Repair or replace

circuit 284 (refer to

Note 2) Go to Step 12

12. 1 Backprobe connector A21 – X3 pin 3 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

2 Operate the driver’s seat adjustment switch to move the seat

aft.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Replace the driver's

seat memory

module, refer to

6.14 Seat Cable

Tray and Memory

Module

Repair or replace

circuit 1522 (refer

to Note 2)

When all diagno sis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–358

Page 1A7A–358

Driver’s Seat Recline Forward and/or Aft Function is Inoperative

Introduction

This test is used to aid in diagnosing the recline function of the driver’s seat being inoperative. The test diagnoses the

seat adjustment switch and the motor circuits.

Circuit Description

The front seat-back recline motor is controlle d by the seat memory module which provides power and ground for the

motor. The polarity of the motor is alternated to change the direction of the motor.

Refer to Wiring Diagram – Driver's Seat, Memory, RHD and Connector Chart – Driver's Seat, Memory, RHD in this

Section to aid in diagnosing the seat memory modul e and associated components.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

1 Checks if the driver’s seat adjustment switch operates the seat in any direct ion. Isolates if there is battery power to

the switch assembly.

2 Checks if all the connectors required for the seat to operate effectively are in place a nd positively connected.

3 Checks if the driver’s seat adjustment switch is serviceable.

4 Checks if there is battery power to the seat recline motor at connector Y74 – X1 pin 1. Isolates if there is a fault

between the switch and con nector Y74 – X1 pin 1.

5 Checks if there is continuity between connectors S51 – X1 pin 2 and X314 pin 5. Isolates whether there is a fault

between the switch and connector X314 pin 5 or in circuit 276.

6 Checks if there is continuity between connectors S51 – X1 pin 2 and A21 – X2 pin 6. Isolates whether there is a

fault between the switch and connector A21 – X2 pin 6 or in circuit 276.

7 Checks if there is continuity between connectors S51 – X1 pin 2 and A21 – X3 pin 14. Isolates whether there is a

fault between the switch and connector A21 – X3 pin 14 or the seat memory module is at fault.

8 Checks if there is battery power to the seat recline motor at connector Y74 – X1 pin 5. Isolates whether there is a

fault between the switch and connector Y74 – X1 pin 5 or the motor is at fault.

9 Checks if there is continuity between connectors S51 – X1 pin 4 and X314 pin 8. Isolates whether there is a fault

between the switch and connector X314 pin 8 or in circuit 277.

10 Checks if there is continuity between connectors S51 – X1 pin 4 and A21 – X2 pin 11. Isolates whether there is a

fault between the switch and connector A21 – X2 pin 11 or in circuit 277.

11 Checks if there is continuity between connectors S51 – X1 pin 4 and A21 – X3 pin 2. Isolates whether there is a

fault between the switch and connector A21 – X3 pin 2 or the seat memor y module is at fault.

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to 12P Wirin g Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–359

Page 1A7A–359

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Does the driver’s seat adjustment switch operate the seat correctly in

any of the eight directions?

Go to Step 2

Refer to None of

the Driver’s Seat

Adjustment Switch

Functions Operate

in this Section

2 Are the following connectors secure (refer to Note 3)?

• A21

• S51

• X314

• Y74 Go to Step 3

Ensure the

connectors are

secure

3 1 Remove the driver’s seat adjustment switch from the seat, refer

to 6.4 Front Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.

2 Test the driver’s seat adjustment switch, refer to 3.6 Eight-way

Seat Adjustment Switch Test.

Is the driver’s seat adjustment switch serviceable? Go to Step 4

Replace the

driver’s seat

adjustment switch,

refer to 6.4 Front

Seat Outer Side

Cover Assembly

4 1 Backprobe connector Y74 – X1 pin 1 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

2 Operate the driver’s seat adjustment switch to move the

seat-back forward.

Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 8 Go to Step 5

5 1 Backprobe connector X314 pin 5 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

2 Operate the driver’s seat adjustment switch to move the

seat-back forward.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Repair or replace

circuit 276 between

connectors

X314 pin 5 and

Y74 – X1 pin 1

(refer to Note 2) Go to Step 6

6 1 Backprobe connector A21 – X2 pin 6 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

2 Operate the driver’s seat adjustment switch to move the

seat-back forward.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Repair or replace

circuit 276 between

connectors

A21 – X2 pin 6 and

X314 pin 5 (refer to

Note 2) Go to Step 7

7 1 Backprobe connector A21 – X3 pin 14 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

2 Operate the driver’s seat adjustment switch to move the

seat-back forward.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Replace the driver's

seat memory

module, refer to

6.14 Seat Cable

Tray and Memory

Module

Repair or replace

circuit 1269 (refer

to Note 2)

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–360

Page 1A7A–360

Step Action Yes No

8 1 Backprobe connector Y74 – X1 pin 5 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

2 Operate the driver’s seat adjustment switch to move the

seat-back aft.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Replace the front

seat-back recline

motor, refer to 6.20

Front Seat-back

Recline Motor

Assembly Go to Step 9

9 1 Backprobe connector X314 pin 8 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

2 Operate the driver’s seat adjustment switch to move the

seat-back aft.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Repair or replace

circuit 277 between

connectors

X314 pin 8 and

Y74 – X1 pin 5

(refer to Note 2) Go to Step 10

10 1 Backprobe connector A21 – X2 pin 11 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

2 Operate the driver’s seat adjustment switch to move the

seat-back aft.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Repair or replace

circuit 277 between

connectors

A21 – X2 pin 11

and X314 pin 8

(refer to Note 2) Go to Step 11

11 1 Backprobe connector A21 – X3 pin 2 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

2 Operate the driver’s seat adjustment switch to move the

seat-back aft.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Replace the seat

memory module,

refer to 6.14 Seat

Cable Tray and

Memory Module

Repair or replace

circuit 1270 (refer

to Note 2)

When all diagno sis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–361

Page 1A7A–361

Driver's Seat EZ-entry Switch Function is Inoperative

Introduction

The EZ-entry function is designed so that when the seat-back is released with the EZ-entry lever, the seat will move to its

fully forward position using the seat fore/aft movement motor. Once the seat has moved to its fully for ward position,

power to the seat fore/aft movement motor will cease. A switch attached to the seat-back activates the seat fore/aft

movement motor when the recline of the seat-back is moved forward after being released using the EZ-entry lever. This

test is used to aid in diagnosing the EZ-entry function of the driver's seat being inoperative. T he test diagnoses the EZ-

entry switch and associated circuits.

Circuit Description

The EZ-entry switch is connected to the seat memory module by a harness. The EZ-entry switch is a normally open type

switch.

Refer to Wiring Diagram – Driver's Seat, Memory, RHD and Connector Chart – Driver's Seat, Memory, RHD in this

Section to aid in diagnosing the seat EZ-entry switch and associated components.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

1 Checks if the seat fore/aft movement motor is serviceable.

2 Checks if there is battery power to connector A21 – X2 pi n 9. Isolates if the driver's seat memory module is at fault.

3 Checks if there is continuity between connector A21 – X2 pins 9 and 8. Isolates if there is a fault with the EZ-entry

switch and associated circuits.

4 Checks if there is continuity between connectors A21 – X2 pin 9 and X314 pin 1. Isolates if there is a fault in circuit

613.

5 Checks if there is continuity between connectors A21 – X2 pin 9 and X314 pin 2. Isolates whether the EZ-entry

switch or circuit 617 is at fault.

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to 12P Wirin g Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–362

Page 1A7A–362

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Does the seat move in the fore/aft direction when operated by the

driver's seat adjustment switch?

Go to Step 2

Refer to Driver’s

Seat Fore/Aft

Function is

Inoperative or Not

Smooth in this

Section

2 Backprobe connector A21 – X2 pin 9 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Go to Step 3

Replace the driver's

seat memory

module, refer to

6.14 Seat Cable

Tray and Memory

Module

3 1 Release the seat-back using the EZ-entry lever.

2 Backprobe connector A21 – X2 pin 8 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Replace the seat

memory module,

refer to 6.14 Seat

Cable Tray and

Memory Module Go to Step 4

4 Backprobe connector X314 pin 1 with a test lamp (refer to Note 1).

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Go to Step 5

Repair or replace

circuit 613 between

connectors

A21 – X2 pin 9 and

X314 pin 1 (refer to

Note 2)

5 Backprobe connector X314 pin 2 with a test lamp (refer to Note 1).

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Repair or replace

circuit 617 between

connectors

A21 – X2 pin 8 and

X314 pin 2 (refer to

Note 2)

Replace the driver's

seat EZ-entry

switch, refer to 6.10

EZ-entry Switch

and Release Cable

Assembly

When all diagno sis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–363

Page 1A7A–363

Driver's Seat Return Switch Function is Inoperative

Introduction

The seat return switch is located on the escu tcheon at the top of the seat-back. The switch function is to move the seat in

an aft direction after the EZ-entry function has been used and the recli ne of the seat has been placed upright. With the

seat return switch continuously pressed, the seat will move to its fully aft position, pausing for 2 secon ds at the seat

position where the EZ-entr y lever was operated. The test diagnoses the seat return s witch and associated circuits.

Circuit Description

The driver’s seat return s witch is connected to the seat memory module by a harness. The driver’s seat return switch is a

normally open type switch.

Refer to Wiring Diagram – Driver's Seat, Memory, RHD and Connector Chart – Driver's Seat, Memory, RHD in this

Section to aid in diagnosing the driver’s seat return switch and associated components.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

1 Checks if the seat fore/aft movement motor is serviceable.

2 Checks if the seat will move to its fully forward position when the seat-back is released using the EZ-entry lever.

Isolates if the EZ-entry switch function is serviceable.

3 Checks if the seat will move aft when the seat-back is in the upright position and the seat return switch is pressed.

Isolates if the seat return switch is serviceable.

4 Checks if the seat stops for 2 seconds at the position that the EZ-entry lever was released.

5 Tests the hall-effect sensor and associated circuits. Isolates if the hall-effect sensor or the seat memory modul e is

faulty.

6 Checks if the seat return switch and circuit operates correctly. Isolates whether the seat return switch and circuit or

the seat memory module is faulty.

7 Checks if the seat return switch is serviceable.

8 Checks if there is battery power to connector X314 pin 4. Isolates if there is a fault in circuit 1674.

9 Checks if there is battery power to connector S267 – X1 pin 2. Isolates if there is a fault in circuit 1674 between

connector S267 – X1 pin 2 and X314 pin 4.

10 Checks if there is battery power to connector X314 pin 3 when the seat return switch is pressed. Isolates if there is

a fault in circuit 1022.

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to 12P Wirin g Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–364

Page 1A7A–364

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Does the seat move in the fore/aft direction when operated by the

driver's seat adjustment switch?

Go to Step 2

Refer to Driver’s

Seat Fore/Aft

Function is

Inoperative or Not

Smooth in this

Section

2 1 Move the seat forward from the rear most position and note its

position on the track.

2 Release the seat-back using the EZ-entry lever.

Does the seat move forward? Go to Step 3

Refer to Driver's

Seat EZ-entry

Switch Function is

Inoperative in this

Section.

3 1 Move the seat-back to the upright position.

2 Press and hold the seat return switch.

Does the seat move aft? Go to Step 4 Go to Step 6

4 Does the seat stop for 2 seconds at the position from where it was

unlatched and then continue to the most aft position of the track? System serviceable Go to Step 5

5 1 Test the seat fore/aft movement motor hall-effect sensor, refer

to Driver's Seat Fore/Aft Movement Motor Hall-effect Sensor

Test in this Section.

Is the hall-effect sensor and circuit serviceable? Replace the seat

memory module,

refer to 6.14 Seat

Cable Tray and

Memory Module

Repair or repl ace

the driver’s seat

fore/aft movement

motor hall-effect

sensor or circuit,

refer to 6.21 Drive

Motor Hall-effect

Sensors

6 1 Backprobe connector A21 – X3 pin 12 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

2 Press the seat return sw itc h.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Replace the seat

memory module,

refer to 6.14 Seat

Cable Tray and

Memory Module Go to Step 7

7 1 Disconnect connector S267 – X1 from the seat return switch.

2 Using a multimeter set to measure resistance, probe across

seat return switch S267 pins 1 and 2:

3 With the seat return switch in the neutral position (not pressed)

the multimeter should indicate no continuity (open circuit).

4 With the seat return switch active (switch pressed) the

multimeter should indicate continuity (closed circuit).

Does the multimeter display as specified? Go to Step 8

Replace the driver's

seat return switch,

refer to 6.9 EZ-

entry Release

Lever and

Escutcheon

8 1 Connect connector S267 – X1 to the seat return switch.

2 Backprobe connector X314 pin 4 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Go to Step 9

Repair or repl ace

circuit 1674

between

connectors

X314 pin 4 and

A21 – X1 pin 12

(refer to Note 2)

9 1 Backprobe connector S267 – X1 pin 2 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1)

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Go to Step 10

Repair or repl ace

circuit 1674

between

connectors

X314 pin 4 and

S267 – X1 pin 2

(refer to Note 2)

10 1 Backprobe connector X314 pin 3 with a test lamp (refer to

Note 1).

2 Press the seat return sw itc h.

Does the test lamp illuminate?

Repair or repl ace

circuit 1022

between

connectors

X314 pin 3 and

A21 – X3 pin 12

(refer to Note 2)

Repair or repl ace

circuit 1022

between

connectors

X314 pin 3 and

S267 – X1 pin 1

(refer to Note 2)

When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–365

Page 1A7A–365

Driver's Seat Fore/Aft Movement Motor Hall-effect Sensor Test

Introduction

This test is used to aid in diagnosing the seat fore/aft movement motor hall-effect sensor and associated circuits.

Circuit Description

The seat fore/aft movement motor hall-effect sensor provides a pulse sign al to the seat memory module. This signal

represents the horizontal position of the seat.

Refer to Wiring Diagram – Driver's Seat, Memory, RHD and Connector Chart – Driver's Seat, Memory, RHD in this

Section to aid in diagnosing the seat memory modul e and associated components.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

1 Checks the AC output from the hall-effect sensor during operation.

2 Checks if the ground circuit is serviceable.

3 Checks if there is continuity between connectors Y64 – X1 and A21 – X4. Isolates if the hall-effect senso r is faulty.

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to 12P Wirin g Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

5 The AC voltage displayed will depend on the battery voltage supplied to the seat. At 16 V DC supply, the AC

voltage produced by the hall-effect sensor will be approximately 6 V. At 9 V DC suppl y, the AC volta ge produced by

the hall-effect sensor will be appro ximately 0.6 V.

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 1 Using a multimeter set to measure AC voltage, probe across

connector Y64 – X1 pins 3 and 4 (refer to No te 1).

2 Operate the seat adjustment switch to move the seat fore or aft.

Does the multimeter display 0 . 6 – 6 V (refer to Note 5)?

Hall-effect sensor

and associated

wiring serviceable Go to Step 2

2 Using a multimeter set to measure resistance, probe between

connector Y64 – X1 pin 3 and a known ground (refer to Note 1).

Does the multimeter indicate continuity? Go to Step 3

Repair or replace

circuit 151 (refer to

Note 2)

3 1 Disconnect connector A21 – X4 from the driver’s seat memory

module.

2 Using a multimeter set to measure resistance, probe between

connectors A21 – X4 pin 5 and Y64 – X1 pin 4 (refer to Note 1).

Does the multimeter indicate continuity?

Replace the

hall-effect sensor,

refer to 6.21 Drive

Motor Hall-effect

Sensors

Repair or replace

circuit 569 (refer to

Note 2)

When all diagno sis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–366

Page 1A7A–366

Driver's Seat-back Recline Motor Hall-effect Sensor Test

Introduction

This test is used to aid in diagnosing the seat-back recline motor hall-effect sensor and associated circuits.

Circuit Description

The seat-back recline motor hall-effect sensor provides a pulse signal to the seat memory module. This signal represents

the recline position of the seat.

Refer to Wiring Diagram – Driver's Seat, Memory, RHD and Connector Chart – Driver's Seat, Memory, RHD in this

Section to aid in diagnosing the seat memory modul e and associated components.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

1 Checks the AC output from the hall-effect sensor during operation.

2 Checks if the ground circuit is serviceable.

3-5 Checks if there is continu ity between connectors Y74 – X1 and A21 – X2. Isolates if the hall-effect sensor is fault y.

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to 12P Wirin g Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

5 The AC voltage displayed will depend on the battery voltage supplied to the seat. At 16 V DC supply, the AC

voltage produced by the hall-effect sensor will be approximately 6 V. At 9 V DC suppl y, the AC volta ge produced by

the hall-effect sensor will be appro ximately 0.6 V.

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 1 Using a multimeter set to measure AC voltage, probe across

connector Y74 – X1 pins 2 and 4 (refer to No te 1).

2 Operate the seat adjustment switch to move the seat-back fore

or aft.

Does the multimeter display 0 . 6 – 6 V (refer to Note 5)?

Hall-effect sensor

and associated

wiring serviceable Go to Step 2

2 Using a multimeter set to measure resistance, probe between

connector Y74 – X1 pin 2 and a known ground (refer to Note 1).

Does the multimeter indicate contin uity? Go to Step 4 Go to Step 3

3 Using a multimeter set to measure resistance, probe between

connector X314 pin 7 and a known ground (refer to Note 1).

Does the multimeter indicate continuity?

Repair or replace

circuit 151 between

connectors

X314 pin 7 and

Y74 – X1 pin 2

(refer to Note 2)

Repair or replace

circuit 151 between

connector

X314 pin 7 and

ground point (refer

to Note 2)

4 Using a multimeter set to measure resistance, probe between

connectors A21 – X2 pin 1 and Y74 – X1 pin 4 (refer to Note 1).

Does the multimeter indicate continuity?

Replace the

hall-effect sensor,

refer to 6.21 Drive

Motor Hall-effect

Sensors Go to Step 5

5 Using a multimeter set to measure resistance, probe between

connectors A21 – X2 pin 1 and X314 pin 6 (refer to Note 1).

Does the multimeter indicate continuity?

Repair or replace

circuit 151 between

connectors

A21 – X2 pin 1 and

X314 pin 6 (refer to

Note 2)

Repair or replace

circuit 151 between

connectors

Y74 – X1 pin 4 and

X314 pin 6 (refer to

Note 2)

When all diagno sis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–367

Page 1A7A–367

Driver's Seat Front Lift Motor Hall-effect Sensor Test

Introduction

This test is used to aid in diagnosing the seat front lift motor hall-effect sensor and associated circuits.

Circuit Description

The seat front lift motor hall-effect sensor provides a pulse signal to the seat memory module. This signal represents the

vertical position of the front of the seat.

Refer to Wiring Diagram – Driver's Seat, Memory, RHD and Connector Chart – Driver's Seat, Memory, RHD in this

Section to aid in diagnosing the seat memory modul e and associated components.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

1 Checks the AC output from the hall-effect sensor during operation.

2 Checks if the ground circuit is serviceable.

3-4 Checks if there is continu ity between connectors Y67 – X1 and A21 – X4. Isolates if the hall-effect sensor is fault y.

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to 12P Wirin g Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

5 The AC voltage displayed will depend on the battery voltage supplied to the seat. At 16 V DC supply, the AC

voltage produced by the hall-effect sensor will be approximately 15 V. At 9 V DC supply, the AC voltage produced

by the hall-effect sensor will be approximatel y 8 V.

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 1 Using a multimeter set to measure AC voltage, probe across

connector Y67 – X1 pins 2 and 4 (refer to No te 1).

2 Operate the seat adjustment switch to raise or lower the front of

the seat.

Does the multimeter display 8 – 15 V (refer to Note 5)?

Hall-effect sensor

and associated

wiring serviceable Go to Step 2

2 Using a multimeter set to measure resistance, probe between

connector Y67 – X1 pin 2 and a known ground (refer to Note 1).

Does the multimeter indicate continuity? Go to Step 3

Repair or replace

circuit 151 (refer to

Note 2)

3 1 Disconnect connector A21 – X4 from the seat memory module.

2 Using a multimeter set to measure resistance, probe between

connectors A21 – X4 pin 8 and Y67 – X1 pin 4 (refer to Note 1).

Does the multimeter indicate continuity? Go to Step 4

Repair or replace

circuit 3040 (refer

to Note 2)

4 Using a multimeter set to measure resistance, probe between

connectors A21 – X4 pin 10 and Y67 – X1 pin 3 (refer to Note 1).

Does the multimeter indicate continuity?

Replace the

hall-effect sensor,

refer to 6.21 Drive

Motor Hall-effect

Sensors

Repair or replace

circuit 557 (refer to

Note 2)

When all diagno sis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–368

Page 1A7A–368

Driver's Seat Rear Lift Motor Hall-effect Sensor Test

Introduction

This test is used to aid in diagnosing the seat rear lift motor hall-effect sensor and associated circuits.

Circuit Description

The seat rear lift motor hall-effect sensor provides a pulse signal to the seat memory module. This signal represents the

vertical position of the rear of the seat.

Refer to Wiring Diagram – Driver's Seat, Memory, RHD and Connector Chart – Driver's Seat, Memory, RHD in this

Section to aid in diagnosing the seat memory modul e and associated components.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

1 Checks the AC output from the hall-effect sensor during operation.

2 Checks if the ground circuit is serviceable.

3-4 Checks if there is continu ity between connectors Y69 – X1 and A21 – X4. Isolates if the hall-effect sensor is fault y.

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to 12P Wirin g Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

5 The AC voltage displayed will depend on the battery voltage supplied to the seat. At 16 V DC supply, the AC

voltage produced by the hall-effect sensor will be approximately 15 V. At 9 V DC supply, the AC voltage produced

by the hall-effect sensor will be approximatel y 8 V.

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 1 Using a multimeter set to measure AC voltage, probe across

connector Y69 – X1 pins 2 and 4 (refer to No te 1).

2 Operate the seat adjustment switch to raise or lower the front of

the seat.

Does the multimeter display 8 – 15 V (refer to Note 5)?

Hall-effect sensor

and associated

wiring serviceable Go to Step 2

2 Using a multimeter set to measure resistance, probe between

connector Y69 – X1 pin 2 and a known ground (refer to Note 1).

Does the multimeter indicate continuity? Go to Step 3

Repair or replace

circuit 151 (refer to

Note 2)

3 1 Disconnect connector A21 – X4 from the seat memory module.

2 Using a multimeter set to measure resistance, probe between

connectors A21 – X4 pin 7 and Y69 – X1 pin 4 (refer to Note 1).

Does the multimeter indicate continuity? Go to Step 4

Repair or replace

circuit 2940 (refer

to Note 2)

4 Using a multimeter set to measure resistance, probe between

connectors A21 – X4 pin 9 and Y69 – X1 pin 3 (refer to Note 1).

Does the multimeter indicate continuity?

Replace the

hall-effect sensor,

refer to 6.21 Drive

Motor Hall-effect

Sensors

Repair or replace

circuit 568 (refer to

Note 2)

When all diagno sis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–369

Page 1A7A–369

Driver's Seat Occupant Sensing Mat Test

Introduction

This test is used to aid in diagnosing the occupant sensing mat and associated circuits.

Circuit Description

The occupant sensing mat provides a signal to the seat memory module. T his signal represents the presence of a

passenger on the seat.

Refer to Wiring Diagram – Driver's Seat, Memory, RHD and Connector Chart – Driver's Seat, Memory, RHD in this

Section to aid in diagnosing the occupant sensing mat and associated components.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

1 Checks diode forward resistance of the Passenger Presence Detector (PPD).

2 Checks diode reverse resistance of the PPD.

3 Checks diode reverse resistance of the PPD with weight on seat.

4 Checks if there is continuity between connectors B180 – X1 pin 1 and A21 – X4 pin 1. Isolates if there is a fault in

circuit 5234.

5 Checks if there is continuity between connectors B180 – X1 pin 2 and A21 – X4 pin 12. Isolates if there is a fault in

circuit 529.

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to 12P Wirin g Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 1 Disconnect connector B180 – X1 from the occupant sensing

mat.

2 Using a multimeter set to measure resistance, connect red ( +)

probe to pin 1 and black (–) probe to pin 2 of the occupant

sensing mat (refer to Note 1).

Does the multimeter indicate continuity? Go to Step 2

Replace the

occupant sensing

mat, refer to 6.16

Front Seat Cushion

Pad and Cover

Assembly

2 Using a multimeter set to measure resistance, connect red (+) probe

to pin 2 and black (–) probe to pin 1 of the occupant sensing mat

(refer to Note 1).

Does the multimeter indicate greater than 50 kΩ?

Go to Step 3

Replace the

occupant sensing

mat, refer to 6.16

Front Seat Cushion

Pad and Cover

Assembly

3 1 Place a weight greater than 15 kg on the seat.

2 Using a multimeter set to measure resistance, connect red ( +)

probe to pin 2 and black (–) probe to pin 1 of the occupant

sensing mat (refer to Note 1).

Does the multimeter indicate less than 50 kΩ? Go to Step 4

Replace the

occupant sensing

mat, refer to 6.16

Front Seat Cushion

Pad and Cover

Assembly

4 1 Disconnect connector A21 – X4 from the driver’s seat memory

module.

2 Using a multimeter set to measure resistance, probe between

connectors B180 – X1 pin 1 a nd A21 – X4 pin 1 (refer to

Note 1).

Does the multimeter indicate continuity? Go to Step 5

Repair or replace

circuit 5234 (refer

to Note 2)

5 Using a multimeter set to measure resistance, probe between

connectors B180 – X1 pin 2 a nd A21 – X4 pin 12 (refer to Note 1).

Does the multimeter indicate continuity?

Occupant sensing

mat and associated

wiring serviceable

Repair or replace

circuit 529 (refer to

Note 2)

When all diagno sis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–370

Page 1A7A–370

Driver's Seat Memory Position Switch Test

Introduction

This test is used to aid in diagnosing the seat memory position switch.

Circuit Description

The switch is located on the outer side of the seat, attached to the inner side of the front seat outer side cover. The

memory position switch is connected to the seat memor y module by a harness.

Refer to Wiring Diagram – Driver's Seat, Memory, RHD and Connector Chart – Driver's Seat, Memory, RHD in this

Section to aid in diagnosing the seat memory position switch and associated circuits.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

1 Checks if the driver’s seat memory position switch is serviceable.

2 Checks if there is continuity between connectors S52 – X1 pin 5 and A21 – X4 pin 13. Isolates if there is a fault in

circuit 2292.

3 Checks if there is continuity between connectors S52 – X1 pin 6 and A21 – X4 pin 3. Isolates if there is a fault in

circuit 1985.

4 Checks if there is continuity between connectors S52 – X1 pin 1 and A21 – X3 pin 9. Isolates if there is a fault in

circuit 615.

5 Checks if there is continuity between connectors S52 – X1 pin 2 and A21 – X3 pin 8. Isolates if there is a fault in

circuit 616.

6 Checks if there is continuity between connectors S52 – X1 pin 3 and A21 – X3 pin 19. Isolates if there is a fault in

circuit 614.

7 Checks if there is continuity between connectors S52 – X1 pin 4 and A21 – X3 pin 18. Isolates if there is a fault in

circuit 2293.

Diagnostic Table Notes

1 For all wiring harness fault diagnoses, refer to 12P Wirin g Diagrams.

2 For wiring harness repairs, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

3 Refer to 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses for harness routeing.

4 If the fault is deemed to be intermittent, refer to 12P Wiring Diagrams.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–371

Page 1A7A–371

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 1 Remove the driver’s seat memory position switch from the seat,

refer to 6.4 Front Seat Outer Side Cover Assembly.

2 Test the driver’s seat memory position switch, refer to

5.9 Memory Position Switch Test.

Is the driver’s memory position switch serviceable? Go to Step 2

Replace the

driver’s memory

position switch,

refer to 6.4 Front

Seat Outer Side

Cover Assembly

2 Using a multimeter set to measure resistance, probe between

connectors S52 – X1 pin 5 and A21 – X4 pin 13 (refer to Note 1).

Does the multimeter indicate continuity? Go to Step 3

Repair or replace

circuit 2292 (refer

to Note 2)

3 Using a multimeter set to measure resistance, probe between

connectors S52 – X1 pin 6 and A21 – X4 pin 3 (refer to Note 1).

Does the multimeter indicate continuity? Go to Step 4

Repair or replace

circuit 1985 (refer

to Note 2)

4 Using a multimeter set to measure resistance, probe between

connectors S52 – X1 pin 1 and A21 – X3 pin 9 (refer to Note 1).

Does the multimeter indicate continuity? Go to Step 5

Repair or replace

circuit 615 (refer to

Note 2)

5 Using a multimeter set to measure resistance, probe between

connectors S52 – X1 pin 2 and A21 – X3 pin 8 (refer to Note 1).

Does the multimeter indicate continuity? Go to Step 6

Repair or replace

circuit 616 (refer to

Note 2)

6 Using a multimeter set to measure resistance, probe between

connectors S52 – X1 pin 3 and A21 – X3 pin 19 (refer to Note 1).

Does the multimeter indicate continuity? Go to Step 7

Repair or replace

circuit 614 (refer to

Note 2)

7 Using a multimeter set to measure resistance, probe between

connectors S52 – X1 pin 4 and A21 – X3 pin 18 (refer to Note 1).

Does the multimeter indicate continuity?

Memory position

switch and

associated wiring

serviceable

Repair or replace

circuit 2293 (refer

to Note 2)

When all diagno sis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–372

Page 1A7A–372

8 Service Operations – Rear Seat

8.1 Usage Charts

Usage charts are provided in 1A7 Seat Assemblies in the MY 2003 VY and V2 Series Service Information to help

determine the rear seat assembly components that are serviced. F or vehi cles not shown and for service procedures not

included in this Section, refer to 1A7 Seat Assemblies in the MY 2003 VY and V2 Series Service Information. Also refer

to 1.2 Rear Seat General Description for further information.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–373

Page 1A7A–373

S, SV8 and SS

Figure 1A7A – 182

Legend

1 Rear Seat-back Pad – Right-hand

2 Rear Seat-back Cover – Right-hand

3 Rear Seat-back Pad – Left-hand

4 Rear Seat-back Cover – Left-hand

5 Rear Seat Cushion Pad

6 Rear Seat Cushion Cover Assembly

7 Rear Seat Cushion Frame Assembly

8 Rear Seat Cushion Release Handles (2 places)

9 Rear Seat Cushion Cover Retainer Wire

10 Hog Ring

11 Rear Seat Centre Tray Assembly *

12 Rear Seat-back Centre Cover

13 Rear Seat-back Centre Pad

14 Rear Seat-back Centre Release Button

15 Release Button Rod

16 Rear Seat-back Centre Striker

17 Rear Seat-back Centre Striker Cover

* Refer to 1A7, Rear Seat Usage Chart – Se dan in the MY 200 3 VY and V2 Series Service Information f or a complete

breakdown of the Rear Seat-back Centre T ray Assembly.

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–374

Page 1A7A–374

Coupe

Figure 1A7A – 183

Legend

1 Rear Seat Cushion Cover – Right-hand

2 Rear Seat Cushion Pad – Right-hand

3 Rear Seat Cushion Pad – Left-hand

4 Rear Seat Cushion Cover – Left-hand

5 Rear Seat Cushion Release Handle

6 Rear Seat Cushion Centre Escutcheon

7 Rear Seat Cushion Frame

8 Rear Seat-back Cover – Left-hand

9 Rear Seat-back Pad – Left-hand

10 Rear Seat-back Cover – Right-hand

11 Rear Seat-back Pad – Right-hand

12 Rear Seat-back Frame

13 Rear Seat-back Centre Escutcheon

14 Head Restraint

15 Head Restraint Sleeve (2 places each side)

16 Child Comforter Guide – (if fitted)

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–375

Page 1A7A–375

8.2 Child Comforter Guide – Coupe

Remove

1 Remove the rear seat-back assembly, refer to 1A7, 8.2 Rear Seat-back Assembly in the MY 2003 VY and V2

Series Service Information.

2 Unclip the J-strip (1) on the outer edge of the rear

seat-back assembly (2).

Figure 1A7A – 184

3 Using a suitable screwdriver (1), gently pris e open the

clip (2), attaching the child comforter guide strap (3) to

the seat-back frame (4).

4 Unclip the child comforter strap from the seat back

frame and carefully withdra w the child comforter guide

from the pouch in the rear seat-back cover.

Figure 1A7A – 185

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–376

Page 1A7A–376

Reinstall

1 Insert the child comforter guide strap (1), through the

pouch in the rear seatback cover (2).

2 Clip the child comforter guide attaching clip onto the

rear seat-back frame, refer to Figure 1A7A – 187.

Figure 1A7A – 188

3 Using a suitable pair of pliers (1), gently squeeze the

end of the child comforter guide attaching clip (2)

closed.

4 Attach the J-strip (3) to the rear seat-back frame.

5 Reinstall the rear seat-back assembly, refer to

1A7, 8.2, Rear Seat-back Assembly in the MY 2003

VY and V2 Series Service Information.

Figure 1A7A – 189

Seat Assemblies Page 1A7A–377

Page 1A7A–377

9 Torque Wrench Specifications

9.1 Front Seat

Fire Extinguisher Mounting Bracket Attaching Screw................15.0 – 20.0 Nm

Front Seat Assembly Attaching Screw......................................35.0 – 50.0 Nm

Front Seat Outer Front Cover Attaching Screw.............................1.0 – 3.0 Nm

Front Seat Adjustment Switch Attaching Screw ............................1.0 – 3.0 Nm

Memory Position Switch Cover Attaching Screw...........................1.0 – 3.0 Nm

Front Seat Outer Side Cover Attaching Screw..............................1.0 – 3.0 Nm

Front Seat Inner Side Cover Attaching Screw...............................1.0 – 3.0 Nm

Front Seat-back Map Pocket Attaching Screw..............................1.0 – 3.0 Nm

Lumbar Support Knob Attaching Screw.........................................2.0 – 5.0 Nm

Side Impact Airbag Assembly Attaching Nut.................................5.0 – 6.0 Nm

Front Seat Dummy Block Insert Assembly Attaching Nut..............5.0 – 6.0 Nm

Active Head Restraint Frame Assembly Attaching Screw.............3.0 – 5.0 Nm

Front Seat-back Frame Assembly Attaching Screw..................30.0 – 45.0 Nm

Track and Height Adjust Assembly Attaching Nut.....................24.0 – 32.0 Nm

EZ-entry Module Attaching Screw.................................................1.0 – 3.0 Nm

EZ-entry Release Escutcheon Assembly Attaching Screw............1.0 – 3.0 Nm